The WingMakers – A Message for Humanity – The Ancient Arrow Site . . …

The WingMakers - A Message for Humanity - Dr. Neruda's 5th Interview
[!]The WingMakers – A Message for Humanity – Dr. Neruda’s 5th Interview (720p)➤

(Google Translation from original Spanish)


 In 1972, in a remote area of northern New Mexico, a group of hikers discovered within an obscure canyon an unusual artifact and pictographs. The artifact was examined by an archaeologist at the University of New Mexico, who did research in the area where it was found, but found signs that showed the stable presence of a prehistoric culture in the canyon. It concluded that a nomadic tribe of Native American Indians he had occasionally used as a temporary camp and consequently had left behind some traces of their presence.

However, there remained two very puzzling questions. All the artifacts, but one could go back to the eighth century AD The exception, known as the “compass”, seemed to be an unusual form of technology and was found among the most common artifacts like pottery and simple tools.
The compass was covered strange hieroglyphic symbols, some of which were also found on the pottery.

Secondly, the pictographs that were found in the area had inexplicably appeared, and they were remarkably different from any other form of inscriptions or native rock art found in the southwest, to say the whole continent.

Because of these two anomalies, the artifacts and the entire project quickly became the responsibility of the US government, or more specifically the National Security Agency (NSA). It was decided that these artifacts might indicate a prehistoric extraterrestrial presence on Earth, and that the NSA had the appropriate program and everything you need to start a scientific expedition on a large scale in order to determine the nature and importance of the site.

In 1973 the latter was fully explored by a secret department of the NSA, but the only result was some further discovery that still revealed no technologies or evidence of an extraterrestrial presence. In addition they found other pictographic symbols, but their decipherment proved a difficult and frustrating process. He was asked the help of experts, but it was impossible to reach agreement on their meaning. As it had become a priority investigation, just as quickly, the project ended up in the archives of the NSA, with the code name of the Ancient Arrow .

Twenty-one years later, in 1994, some landslides opened a section of the Ancient Arrow site. The canyon is located in the naturally dark area of a park managed by the state of New Mexico. After its discovery in 1972, he was officially declared ‘off limits’ for hikers and campers and was to remain in its natural state. Occasionally, scientists funded by the NSA visited the place, hoping to uncover new evidence, but remained regularly disappointed.

Shortly after landslides, a small team of officials from the NSA visited Ancient Arrow canyon to do some research. They found that the landslide had revealed the entrance to a hidden cavern that led deep within the canyon walls.

On the bottom of this cavern, the research team found an entrance very well hidden that accessed a system of rooms and tunnels that had been cut into the rock.

Pictograms and hieroglyphs of the rooms 1-3

AND ‘a representation of the birth of the consciousness enters a space-time event to experience a Will / Cause.
The case begins to expand the IS through the Water Air and Earth, but lack the knowledge or the Fire Spirit that manifests in Being.
The Divine Spark, or Primordial Fire, enters in the atom elementary and descends into the physical plane as a spiral.
THIRD BEDROOM Detail: the atom elementary descends into the physical plane as a spiral, cloaked in all the substances of the various planes of existence.

There was a total of 23 rooms, all in a complicated way connected to an interior corridor, and each kept a specific room painted on the walls, a series of pictograms and hieroglyphs, and what seemed dormant alien technologies.

Not just discovered this access to the cave, he was immediately drawn up a relationship with the director in charge of the Ancient Arrow project. The project was formally under the jurisdiction of the Advanced Contact Intelligence Organization (ACIO), which organized a multidisciplinary research team to assess the exact nature of the site and try to discover additional artifacts or evidence of an extraterrestrial visitation.

The ACIO is a secret department or otherwise not recognized by the NSA; It has its headquarters in Virginia, but has staff in Belgium, India and Indonesia, and is virtually unknown even among older directors within the NSA. In the context of the entire intelligence community, is the organization lowest profile: his agenda is research, assimilate and reproduce any technology or discovery of extraterrestrial origin. The staff available, includes absolutely anonymous scientists who receive an annual salary of over $ 400,000 by virtue of their security passes and their IQ.

This secret organization not only possesses enormous intellectual power, but also much more advanced technology than any research facility on the entire planet. They are, in a word, privileged.

For the research team, the artifacts found at the Ancient Arrow site were unintelligible. There were many mysteries. Why would an advanced culture leave their artifacts in such a precise and seemingly ordered? What was the message you were trying to leave? What were their technologies and why they had abandoned there? The creators of this site were mixed with the native tribes or had remained an isolated culture? Who they were and why they were there in the eighth century? They plan to come back?

These were only a few of the mysteries with which the research team had to confront.

During the seven months of restoration, cataloging and analysis, the Ancient Arrow project was a complete enigma. It was spending more energy in the careful preservation of the artifacts, rather than in trying to solve the problem of their existence, though speculations were on the agenda in every conversation.

Gradually, the research team structured a hypothesis that in the eighth century, an extraterrestrial culture had founded a colony on Earth, it was isolated in the canyon in question;and he had the mission to leave behind a massive “time capsule” that should have been discovered in the late twentieth century. While for the researchers was not clear the exact nature of this time capsule, it seemed likely that it was a cultural exchange of some kind and had no invasive intent to earth or its inhabitants.

After they were completed the restoration, the researchers took two years to decipher the meaning of the partial products. The 23 separate chambers seemed to be linked together to form some specific message or purpose. In the twenty-third and last room, recovered a small optical disc that was presumed to contain digital information that could be the key to deciphering the artifacts. Scientists examined carefully, unable to understand how to access its contents.

They were called the best computer experts ACIO to try to force the access, but without success: they were used several months to groped any conceivable method to do that, and none of them worked. For the first time in nearly a year, the Ancient Arrow project was on a siding, and the ACIO quickly looked funding.

After two months of unsuccessful attempts, it was determined that the technology to access the disc was simply not available. The optical disc and all the artifacts and findings would be carefully stored in a safe place until the technologies to sboccarlo and collecting their contents had been available. It was believed that it contained star charts, translation indexes, glossaries, and all the answers to the various mysteries of its creators and, perhaps more importantly, their intentions toward Earth. Since the disc was considered vital to understand the meaning of the time capsule, the ACIO could do was freeze the project pending technologies suited to interpret it.

However, there were two scientists of the research team who theorized that the disc could be unlocked by understanding the meaning of the wall paintings in each of the 23 rooms. According to them it would not be a complex technology solution to unlock, but a linguistic solution or translation.

After much persuasion, the ACIO decided to allow the two researchers to assemble a replica of the contents of the time capsule, consisting of photos and detailed drawings of all the artifacts from all 23 rooms, including high-resolution photographs of the wall paintings. The two scientists would be allowed to continue research in their spare time, except to maintain absolute secrecy and report directly to the project director and the head of the ACIO division all of their discoveries.

The optical disc was stashed in a vault ACIO. Officially, the project was suspended indefinitely, and all personnel associated with it was moved (with promotions) to other projects. The Ancient Arrow was not to be talked about as long as technology or other systems had made it possible to unlock the drive and access its contents.

The scientists worked almost five months, working together, to try unsuccessfully to decode the Ancient Arrow artifacts and determine some way to access the optical disc content. In this period, the ACIO it tested new technologies and systems, but these had no luck.

One day in late summer of 1996, one of the scientists (a linguistics expert) had the idea to reduce the symbols of the wall paintings in the closest thing he had been found in the ancient Sumerian texts. Although it was a dead language, Sumerian was quite understandable why a scientist who was able to decode the symbols of the paintings, and placing the 23 words in the same order as the Ancient Arrow site rooms, finally managed to access the optical disc.

The connection between the Sumerian language and the time capsule was the turning point that the ACIO team had been waiting. A simple set of 23 words he obtained from the disk more than 8,000 pages of data: Unfortunately, they were incomprehensible because the computer did not have a character set that emulate the hieroglyphics and unusual symbols of the language. So it was necessary to develop a translation index, but this work took another six months.

Finally, once a translation index programmed into the computer, the data could be viewed on screen or printed in their hieroglyphic form, but had yet to be translated into English. This process was extremely tedious and could not be easier using the computer, because of the subtlety of the language and its intricate connection with wall paintings and pictographic representations scattered everywhere in the Ancient Arrow site.

Starting to partially develop the translation, it was discovered that even within the disc there was a segmentation of data in 23 units. Each of these appeared to correspond to a specific room.Beginning to translate the first two, it turned out that each unit contained philosophical and scientific writings, poetry, music, and an introduction to the culture and identity of its creators.

The latter were referring to themselves as the “WingMakers”. They represented a version of humanity to come who lived about 750 years in our future. They claimed to be bearers of culture, namely those that introduce the art seeds, science and philosophy to humanity. They had left behind a total of seven time capsules in various parts of the world, they would be found in a well-orchestrated plan.

Apparently the intention was to help the next generations of humans develop a global culture – a unified system of philosophy, science and art.

In early 1997, the ACIO scientist who had originally discovered the access code for the optical disc oddly began to feel sympathy for the mission of the WingMakers. He was convinced that the ACIO would never have made public the discovery, and it was certain that it was too important to hide it. Also claimed to be in communication with the WingMakers, who were watching the ACIO’s progress and at the appropriate time would have made public the time capsule and how much it contained.

This assertion troubled the ACIO and particularly the Ancient Arrow project director, who eventually recommended a leave of absence for the scientist and summarily removed him from the project. The latter feared that his notes would be altered or destroyed, so defected from the organization – literally the first he had ever done such a thing. Soon after his defection, he disappeared. However, before doing so, he gave to a journalist that he had selected at random, a part of his materials regarding the WingMakers and their time capsule.

That reporter, some time later, he said:

I am in possession of photographs, music, poems, drawings, translation indexes, copies of secret documents and a variety of translated philosophical texts that all come from the Ancient Arrow project. I have taken every precaution to remain anonymous so I can not be traced. I am of the belief that this material is spread against the wishes of a secret organization that probably has powers which even our government is unaware.

Before the ACIO scientist ( that from now on I’ll call Dr. Anderson ) they contact me, I had no interest in topics such as time travel, extraterrestrials, secret organizations, or anything like that. When you first heard the story, it seemed to me absurd; But I kept my journalistic objectivity, I met Dr. Anderson and reluctantly came to the conclusion that it would be unlikely that a person would invent this story with such detail and supporting evidence and then wished to remain anonymous.

Dr. Anderson had brought files of photographs and drawings of strange technologies with over etched strange symbols, research reports which related to translation tables, cipher, star charts, and dozens of notes relating to the discussions of heads ACIO department about the Ancient Arrow project. Everything, including about 400 pages of philosophical writings, was so established that it was impossible to discredit or ignore me.

For clarity to those who suggested that before submitting this material I should investigate further to seeking independent confirmation, I will simply say that you leave because of the very nature of the ACIO is impossible to corroborate this story. However, for whatever reason, I believe Dr. Anderson who gave me these materials. He did not ask me anything. He did not want money or awards. His only request was for me to decide the best way to make them public. He advised me not to investigate the ACIO because he was convinced that the NSA would use misinformation tactics that would have made me lose time and made it difficult, if not impossible, the disclosure of this material.

I have not contacted any other government office because Dr. Anderson warned me that such contact would be tracked down by the ACIO, which owns high-level personnel in both the NSA and the CIA at best would have triggered attempts at disinformation by one or both.

They are in possession of certain documents that do not present on the WingMakers website but I prepared that if ever anything happens to me, they are disclosed at the major media that I know. Constitute my only defense in disseminating this material.

My only interest lies in presenting it to the public, who then will decide what to do: put pressure on politicians or take other initiatives – to it the choice. I am convinced that this story is too important to be confined in the hands of an elite organization whose only interest is the reverse engineering on technologies found in the Ancient Arrow site in order to use them for their own purposes, however noble they may be.

I also realize that the Internet Service Provider who is hosting this site might end up under investigation, but if against him was exerted any pressure to withdraw its service, this could push me to disclose the documents mentioned earlier. I want to be clear: these documents provide incontrovertible evidence of this secret organization known as the ACIO; They are cited its directors and revealed their true identities.

I’ve spent the last few months to arrovellarmi on how to present this material, and how it seemed more appropriate to put it on the Internet to allow access to a global audience. I have a close friend, whom I trust, who created this website. Apart from him, nobody knows what I’ve done here.

Perhaps you wonder why I have chosen to reserve the full disclosure to the media of the material given to me by Dr. Anderson. I can only tell you that I do not want to create a circus atmosphere surrounding this discovery. Eventually it could end up to the media, but for now, my instinct tells me to keep a low profile so much for this material as well as for myself. By doing so, I hope to preserve something of the dignity of these artifacts, and make it grow from there.

I’ve never been involved in a story of this magnitude, and I’m sure if you spend a bit ‘of time on this site, refraining even just a few minutes of your disbelief, you will see how important this discovery of the time capsule. The best way you can help is to spread the news of this discovery, and open the eyes of your political representatives. If you have any websites, please put them in link with the WingMakers website.

Dr. Anderson had warned me that the ACIO has an advanced version of a technology based on what he called “remote viewing.” As far as I understand it, remote viewing is the ability to ascertain the position of the people through a kind of “psychic vision” by someone trained in this technology. I know it sounds far-fetched, but Dr. Anderson insisted that they have this ability and is one of the most feared technologies by those within the ACIO. In fact, it is known that keeps loyal staff. Unfortunately, this requires me to stay hidden and to move much over the months to come, so do not expect too many updates to the website.

Believe me, I know this whole thing may seem impossible, but I can only tell you that I examined detailed drawings and photographs of the artifacts taken from the Ancient Arrow site, and in my opinion do not belong in any way to this time or world. I’ve never seen anything like it. Or the WingMakers exist, or someone has spent a lot of trouble to convince me to the contrary, the fact is that I am a simple journalist without any personal interest in a secret government operations, ETs, time travel, or alien artifacts.

This is the testimony of the journalist who “saddled” the burden of the spread of this material so important. The scientist who has entrusted this difficult and dangerous task to the journalist himself who could have sold the material and make a lot of money, must go the gratitude of the whole world, because it is supposed that the salvation of the human race from extinction total It may also depend on the disclosure of this information.

Spanish Translation Concluded …

Sources :

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

WingMakers - Dr. Neruda Interviews #1-5 [Ancient Arrow Project]}
WingMakers – Dr. Neruda Interviews #1-5 [Ancient Arrow Project]})

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
Cosmic Revelations [‼..Disclosure Warning..‼]∶ A Trip Down ‘d’ Rabbit Hole…
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . … «≺⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«≺⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«≺⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

Wes Penre Production Blog! [031514] (Consciousness Parallel Universe)
Wes Penre Production Blog! [Metaphysics, Extraterrestrials, Life after Death, Artificial Intelligence, Transhumanism, Nanotechnology, Ray Kurzweil, Anunnaki, Enki, Enlil, Orion, Orion Empire, cyborg] (Consciousness Parallel Universe)

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••

The "Wes Penre Productions" Blog
The “Wes Penre Productions” Blog []

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

Present and Future Challenges (PFC) Section:

PFC Paper #3: New Revelations on the Story About the Wingmakers, The Labyrinth Group, and S.A.A.L.M

by Wes Penre, Friday, May 26, 2011

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••

  1. Abstract

Figure 1: From the original WingMakers site, now located at

This is a hot potato! 

When I’m writing these words, I am still not exactly sure how to approach these related subjects. Many people have read the WingMakers Material (WMM)[1] and many have been very inspired by it. Others have come out and proclaimed that it’s all a hoax.

Here is news for everybody who reads this; it’s not a hoax.

However, it’s a pretty complicated issue, and there are a lot of organizations and agendas connected to it. So I am going to tell you the real story behind the WingMakers to the best of my ability; how it is connected to both  LPG-C (Life Physics Group in California)[2], The Labyrinth Group[3] (allegedly in California, but a reliable anonymous source is telling me U.S. East Coast), NSA (National Security Agency), ACIO (Advanced Contact Intelligence Organization), and S.A.A.L.M. (Supreme Annunaki Assembly of Lord Marduk, Pine Gap, Australia). The last three are all connected, as we shall see. The whole WingMakers issue runs through the Military Industrial Complex and all the way to the top, as they say, but it didn’t use to be that way.

Confused yet? Good, because that’s what “they” want you to be. So let’s see how we can hopefully make it clearer with this paper.

  1. How The WingMakers “Saga” All Began

Figure 2: Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, where the Ancient Arrow site is located,
according to the WingMakers Material.

First of all, who am I to think I am able to shed some light to this confusing issue?

Well, for a couple of reasons, actually. The WMM fascinated me from the first time I read it, and has ever since. For a long time I was absolutely hooked on it, like so many other people before and after me. And when someone gets that hooked on it, there is more than a little truth in it. I quoted, elaborated on, and used a lot of the material on the previous version of my website,, and I made the connection to so many other subjects I had been researched earlier. Then, happenstances took me on a journey which made me doubt at least some of the WMM. So I started pulling the strings and what I found out was quite astounding.

But more important than that; I got much of it relayed to me from the “horse’s mouth, “Dr. Anderson”, who was the instigator of the WMM in 1998. I know where he is, but the circumstances are such that I can’t reveal it in public at this moment. However, he has relayed to me the incredible story of the WingMakers Material.

2.1 What is Myth and What is True? Here is the Key

People have, since the first WingMakers site launched in 1998[4], had a problem with that the WMM is supposedly both myth and truth mixed into the story line, like has been done so often by fantasy and science fiction writers. Of course, the discussions have been, what is true and what is fable?

Well, if we know how certain controlling forces work to obscure true information we also know that they often put out the truth in plain sight to blind us! It’s a little mind game they are playing.

Let me explain how this was done. I know that many people who read these words have already read the WMM, whether it’s the original version, the later version, or both. Either way, I urge you to read this whole paper from beginning to end, because hardly any reader of the WMM has read it from the perspective I am now going to present it.

I want to start from the beginning, with the original “Dr Anderson Interviews”, published in late 1998. Once the current version was published on the Internet, the original one was taken down. Luckily, there were people like former White House employee, Fred Burke ( , who had downloaded the whole original website and liked it so much that he created his own domain, Thus, the original site is still available to the public. 

“Dr. Anderson” is of course a made-up name, used by a true defector from the ACIO and the Labyrinth Group. What Dr. Anderson presented in his interview with “Anne” is true in the sense that the defector told her what he knew from the level it had been presented to him within the organization in which he once belonged (see later in this paper). However, he did withhold some of what he knew and hid some of it by speaking in mythological and symbolical terms, probably both to protect himself, and due to the fact that if you want to teach a child quantum physics, you don’t start him/her out with the higher math. He also changed the names of the ET group, the Corteum; a few dates, and a few other things, for what he considered, “good reasons,” But my point is: Dr. Anderson was genuine.

2.2 How the WingMakers Site Was Found

For you who remember some of the early WMM, this is a refresher, and for the rest, here is the story. In 1972, according to the early material, the Ancient Arrow (AA) site was found in New Mexico by a few young hikers. By coincidence, they found the caverns which led deep into the mountain side. These caverns were spreading out like veins from an aorta on both sides of a long tunnel. Each side-tunnel ended in a chamber, 23 all together, and these chambers all had artifacts in them. The young hikers were in awe because they figured what they saw couldn’t be of this world!

Figure 3: Chamber 4 Painting []

The site was of course quickly taken over by the U.S. Military and isolated from the public. To make a long story short, the military came to the same conclusion as the hikers, that these artifacts, in form of out-of-this-world paintings, were something they’d never seen here on Earth before. Hence, the site was classified and the NSA (National Security Agency) took over from there and put an Above Top Secret stamp on the project. Out of NSA, a secret organization had branched out, possibly already in the early 1950s, when the U.S. government made treaties with alien races. This organization was called the ACIO (Advanced Contact Intelligence Organization), headquartered in Virginia (California according to the later WMM), with branches in Belgium, India, and Indonesia. The AA was incorporated by the ACIO, because they early on understood that these painting and other things they found in the chambers were not made by some old Indian tribe that suddenly may have left the area (although there were indicators that there indeed was an Indian tribe that all of a sudden, hundreds of years ago, disappeared in “thin air” in the area). The site was traced back to around 800 AD.

When they further explored the caverns and the chambers, they found other artifacts besides the paintings, such as poetry, music discs and a disc containing more than 8,000 pages with written material in a language not even the best linguists at the ACIO could decode.

The Ancient Arrow Project was put on ice for 22 years, due to that we didn’t seem to have the technology to open the disc and decipher what was written on it.

However, in the earlier part of the 1950s, a young genius hit the scientific field like a torpedo. He quickly outsmarted his professors to such a degree that they didn’t want to have anything to do with him; it was too embarrassing. This young man with his long hair and ponytail simply refused to buy into the current scientific dogma. He wanted to build computers powerful enough to use for time travel; like something that was taken from a science fiction novel. Of course, he didn’t get much response from the academia of that time.

Although he was rejected by most professors; eccentric at best, and insane at worst; the ACIO quickly recognized his genius and hired him in 1956, when he was only 22 years old. He was literally obsessed with time travel, and no one knew for sure why he had this exclusive drive; perhaps it was a mystery even for himself.

ACIO eventually put him on this above top secret project to develop Blank Slate Technology (BST), which is a very specific type of time travel (he called it “Freedom Key”), which we will look into much more in a separate papers.

We need to understand that the ACIO was the primary interface with alien technologies and how to adapt them into society as well as the military industrial complex. When this young genius came into the picture, the ACIO was already savvy with some alien technologies, which they had gained access to via so called “Technology Transfer Programs” (TTP), apparently starting in 1954 (if not earlier), when President Eisenhower had an encounter with a faction of the Grays, which resulted in an exchange program where the U.S. government at the top level was given alien technology in exchange for abductions of a limited amount of humans for genetic experiments.[5] It needs to be noted, though, that not all Grays agreed with this exchange, but there is a faction of them, as mentioned in previous papers, whose purpose is to further develop their own genetics, using human DNA to help them accomplish this. The experiments done on abductees (mostly without their conscious consent), are often  executed without even using anesthesia. In the abductors own non-emotional state of mind, they look upon the human species as laboratory rats; no more, no less. However, we have traits in our DNA/RNA which are interesting to them; we have feelings and emotions! These are ancient traits which were put there by our original seeders, the Lyrans and other species they are interconnected with.

This young genius, later known as “Fifteen”, quickly became the head of the ACIO and its offshoot, the highly secretive “Labyrinth Group”, possibly located on the U.S. East Coast. As it were, he was contacted by two different ET races, whom were both willing to offer technology in exchange for something we have here on Earth that they wanted. One of the groups was the same Grays I mentioned above, and the other group is known in the WMM as the Corteum. Fifteen rejected the Grays but stayed with the Corteum.

So who are the Corteum? Some say they are part of the Mardukian Anunnaki, left here on Earth and now connecting with this group of secret scientists. However, I said in the beginning that the ET issue is complicated. The Ša.A.M.i. and their Anunnaki work together with the Reptilians and possibly the Grays on one level, while independent groups of the same basic race (splinter groups) work independently from those on Nibiru.

This ET group, code named “The Corteum”, is an old renegade group of the Ša.A.M.i., still living on a planet around Sirius B, but have been involved in TTP (Technological Transfer Programs) for quite a while with the human U.S. Government. They have now deceived this serious, otherwise human-friendly group of scientists into building a crystalline-scalar-mechanics based weapons technology to prevent an alien invasion.[5a] They are after the 7 Tributary sites, where New Mexico is only the first. They want to use something they call the “7 Trumpets” technologies to open up wormholes. The technology that the Corteum have inspired Fifteen and his Labyrinth Group to develop is to secretly (unbeknownst to the human group) re-activating the “Seven Jehovian Seals” to allow an alien invasion. The Labyrinth Group has been led to believe that the opposite is true; if they, in cooperation with the Corteum, can develop this technology and find the WingMakers sites, one by one, they may help them being able to avoid an alien invasion, which was scheduled for 2011, but has been slightly delayed (more about that later).

Figure 4:“Fifteen” in Hawaii around 1978

The Grays offered a full scale technology transfer program to Fifteen in exchange for genetic information of human DNA. The reason he turned them down was because of a previous agreement with the Corteum, who were the ones with the most advanced technology in Fifteen’s field, and hence more able to help him with his task. However, the Grays had something the Corteum lacked; their technology how to make memory implants, and skills in genetic hybridization.

This may sound odd to the reader, because the Ša.A.M.i. had a lot of skills in genetic engineering, but what Sitchin is telling us on several occasions in his books is that not allŠa.A.M.i./Anunnaki have these skills. Just like we humans; only because we humans know how to build space shuttles doesn’t mean all of us know how to build them. Only the rocket scientists and rocket engineers do, although we all gain from their knowledge. Same thing with genetic engineering; the Ša.A.M.i. (even those not from Nibiru) have their scientists/geneticists just like us, but even Marduk never had the knowledge how to genetically engineer species; it was not his field of expertise. And most probably, none of the members of the 200 in the Corteum Group had this knowledge either, other than perhaps a general knowledge, not enough to create complicated species and/or manipulate their genes. In addition, the Corteum group is supposedly consisting of 200 members, but these are only the ones who show up for the meetings, so to speak. In the background, there is a huge amount of their kind, overlooking the process. Not even our government (on any level) is aware of that, I think.

After been pondering over the Gray issue for some time, Fifteen and others within the Labyrinth Group started reconsider whether they should make an agreement with the Grays or not. After all, the Grays’ technology could be useful; especially the memory implants, which could be used to create photographic memory in the group members. So they made a deal after all, and Fifteen got a lot of information on genetic hybridization from the Grays. Still, they apparently never told the Grays about the Labyrinth Group for several reasons; they didn’t want the Grays and the Corteum to work together (perhaps that was the Corteum’s idea not to work with the Grays), and the Grays had no need-to-know, so the Labyrinth Group officially worked with them outside the organization.

2.3. Dr. Anderson From the ACIO/Labyrinth Group, Speaks Out

In December 1997, a reporter by the penname Anne got contacted by someone who said he was a linguist who had defected from the ACIO, or “Special Projects Laboratory”, as it was called then; an unacknowledged department of the NSA. He called himself Dr. Anderson for protection, albeit this was not his real name.

Anne, a typical, dedicated journalist, was, rightfully so, very skeptic at first when Dr. Anderson told his story. He told her everything he knew as a top linguist, working under Fifteen. Dr. Anderson had been a part of the first crew who explored the Ancient Arrow site, and because he spoke multiple languages (some of them extinct), he became one of those in charge of translating the disc. Up to the day when Dr. Anderson defected, they had only translated about 7% of the 8000+ pages, so he didn’t have no, or little, knowledge of what the rest of the disc contained.

Figure 5: Structure and Relationships of the Labyrinth Group

After Fifteen had broken the “code”, which finally started the project, the Corteum, who had infiltrated the ACIO already in 1958, became part of the project and helped out with their technologies as well. Fifteen had found out that some of the material on the disc was old Sumerian/Akkadian languages, plus a few others.

Dr. Anderson, after had started his internship at the ACIO, was subjected to something called “Intelligence Accelerator”. He said they had the (alien) technologies to increase raw intelligence in a person by as much as 500%. In addition, they had this genetic implant technology (which they allegedly got from the Grays) which created photographic memory. The whole ACIO staff had been subjected to both, including Dr. Anderson himself. These technologies were held very secret and were not revealed to the government or the intelligence agencies; it was entirely on a need-to-know basis. To have access to this information, a person would have to have clearance level 12 or higher (highest is 14, with Fifteen being the only one having 15). Dr. Anderson had clearance 12. These high level clearances is the Labyrinth Group. This group split from the ACIO to enable secrecy from the NSA and lower ranking members of the ACIO. Fifteen was afraid that if too many people had access to the technology stemming from the TTPs (Technology Transfer Programs), the chances are great that these technologies would be compromised and used against humanity’s best interests. However, the Labyrinth Group is taking these technologies on a regular basis and dilutes them to a point where the ACIO can sell them to private industry and government agencies (probably via a network of contractors, to remain secret), including the military (this is a part of the reason for the speed-up of technology the last few decades). So, we can see that the “best interests” for some groups or individuals are not considered “best interest” by others; it’s all very subjective and in line with a group’s imperatives.

Speaking of secrecy; for more than 40 years now, the Labyrinth Group has accumulated considerable wealth on their own. They have been able to build their own security technologies which havs thus far prevented any detection from intelligence agencies like the CIA, KGB, MOSSAD, or MI5 and MI6.

The Corteum were permitted access to all of the information systems of the ACIO, which was considerable, according to Dr. Anderson, because they could be of assistance and were on slightly similar IQ level as Fifteen, after the latter had had “Intelligence Acceleration”. He also said the Corteum are friendly and have no motives to take over our planet in some kind of One World Government agenda. However, he said that there is another alien race, who does have these motives, and we are going to talk more about them (the Anima) in a later paper. I have reason to believe that the “Anima Problem” is a deception, and in the next paper I will explain why. Dr. Anderson also told us that the head of the Corteum alien race, working with the Labyrinth Group, goes under the name of Mahu Nahi, and that he actually liked this Corteum leader (keep the name Mahu Nahi in memory).

Dr. Anderson considered Fifteen the most powerful human on Earth due to his brilliance and his power. He was the first human who was subjected to Accelerated Intelligence and the memory implant, and in his case, from had already been brilliant, now had an intellect comparable to that of the Corteum and the Grays. Still, Dr. Anderson was portraying Fifteen and his seven Directors as benevolent, who in their own way have humankind’s best interests in mind. The main problem Dr. Anderson had with them, though, was the secrecy. He thought this information should be in public domain.

2.4 The Origins of the WingMakers Race

In a classified document, no. 040297-14X-P17AA-23, from Dr. Jeremy Sauthers, Director of Special Projects, ACIO, to all Labyrinth Group Members (FYEO), which described the Ancient Arrow Project to the team, is telling them on page 2, that the WingMakers originate from the Pleiades. He is also stating that they were the ones who originally seeded life upon Earth “and facilitated life’s evolutionary leaps and biological transformations.”[6] They (and the Lyrans [same genetic origins]; see endnote #6) were the human genotype, who brought with us a “library of genetic codes” that, through experimentation, produced the human species, but also most other life forms on Earth[7(the story of the original seeding of mankind can be review in my “Genesis Paper #1: Human Origins and the Living Library“. Here we learn that the Pleiadians and the Lyrans are the same species. A faction of them fled to the Pleiades when the Anunnaki came, but returned to Earth and eventually started working together with the Anunnaki in their effort to manipulate the DNA of the early humans. At that point they most possibly interbred with the Anunnaki and created a new hybrid, making parts of the Pleiadian Lyrans also part of the Anunnaki species. We know very little about the origins of the Anunnaki, and they may just as well be a splinter group from the original Lyrans, before any of them had any encounters with Planet Earth). 

The Pleiadian WingMakers were in control of time-travel technologies, and put time capsules here from a future time (in our terms). Their hope seems to have been that we will be able to connect to our future selves and grasp a greater understanding of human destiny, among other things.

The renegade Pleiadian Group, channeled by Barbara Marciniak, are here to steer us in a new direction, away from the Technology Transfer Programs and back in connection with nature. They are here to do this because they live in a machine technology reality themselves, which is quite brutal, oppressive, and inhumane. In their efforts to do something about it, this group has managed to trace back their timeline to the nano-second between 1987-2012, where humanity made decisions which created the hellish future this renegade group lives in. In the sense of ancestry, they are us in a future time, but also us in the past, and if we can make better choices now, it will also affect them positively, and by the same token we will be able to positively change our pasts. They call it “healing along the lines of time”. In their books and channeling session, they are emphasizing that we need to get away from electronics as much as possible, and get back to basics to become more multi-dimensional, like we once were. Instead of connecting to the Internet they want us to connect to our “Innernet”, which is our own psychic abilities; that’s where the answers and the connection with the Multiverse lie.

The WingMakers, whom, like we said, are also from the Pleiades (if we are to believe Dr. Sauthers and the WMM), claim to have been the ones seeding the concept of the Internet for the purpose of developing a global culture. They say they did it because it’s the way to communicate globally amongst people on Earth, but also because it’s going to be the universal communication device for us in the future, albeit in a much more advanced version, of course, in a form of a “intra-galactic, digital nervous system”. The WingMakers teach us that by the time their final time capsule is discovered in 2023, “the Internet will be the focal point of the new global culture…”[8]. This statement alone (if true and not altered) is telling us the the Pleiadians, whom Dr. Sauthers refers to as the WingMakers, are not the same group as the one Barbara Marciniak is channeling. The latter wants us to get off the Internet as much as possible and develop our Innernet” instead. The WingMakers website, in its current form, is promoting the Internet as an intergalactic communication network.

Beware of deception! We are going to talk about the Internet a lot later on, but the Super-speed Internet is not developed for humans, but for aliens. For them to be able to use our technology here on Earth, it needs to be more sophisticated. We, in our current development, have little use for super-super-speed Internet, do we? Think about it. The Internet was developed to eventually work as a network meant to ultimately control mankind by certain alien species, not to be used by alien species in general.

The Pleiadians Barbara Marciniak is channeling is warning us about the Machine Kingdom. If I didn’t know better, I may have considered this as a fairly good communication device; just expand on what we have and connect to the intergalactic network. However, this is not the way aliens communicate with each other in general. Thus the distinction between the Internet and the Innernet. The latter is what we need to develop more of, not the former. This is where this world is going to split in two; one where people are migrating to gigantic cities where technology has become a serious addiction and a suggestive way of survival, and the other where people who have had enough, start saying they don’t want any more of machine technology and will move out in the country and perhaps open up their own, self-sufficient communities. There, due to lack of an abundance of electronics, people will be able to connect with their own Innernet, become more psychic and multi-dimensional. Go out in nature and notice the difference! It’s not that there is anything wrong with technology in general, but at this point in time, where our bodies and minds have been so polluted by electronics, misuse of negative energy, and the effects of the TTP, we need to disconnect from the mindset of it, remove our biological life form from it, and go back and reconnect with the elements to regain our power and sovereignty over our own biokind. It’s like a person who have been on the whole spectrum of addictive, recreational drugs for a long time and wants to quit. Big part of a successful recovery program would be not only to stop taking the drugs, but to disconnect from everything that reminds him of the drugs.

It’s imperative that humankind survives the next 100-125 years or so, which will be very challenging, but to do so, we need our inner awareness to guide us, so we are able to consciously direct our energies to create oases in a world of turmoil and destruction. How well we succeed with this will determine our survival potential as a species. What we do after that, in the sense of space travel and connecting with the galactic community, is a totally different matter. My own take of the “Pleiadian Agenda” is to introduce to us the possibilities to make decisions not only based on survival but at the same time connect subquantum-wise to our Innernet, without technology. This is our key both to survival and enlightenment at the same time. Space travel is coming into the picture later, as does technology under responsible conditions. We need to go through “withdrawals” first; actually, in a literal manner. It’s come to a point when people are addicted to their cell phones and Facebooks. I have heard stories where kids sleep with their cell phones under their pillows rather than their teddy bears, in case someone would text them during the night, and other kids have insomnia, because they think they’ll miss a message on their Facebook and run up in the middle of the night to check it out. This is very serious, as we are losing our young generation to electronics!

2.5 Mark Hempel, the Middle-Hand

Although Dr. Anderson only had a security clearance of 12 and probably got a watered down version of the truth from the upper lines, he learned more than he felt comfortable with. He soon became the leading linguist and was the one who translated the disc from Sumerian.

After had visited the AA (Ancient Arrow) site a couple of times and experienced a “presence” in there, which he was sure was the WingMakers themselves, and due to the translations, which he felt communicated directly to him, he knew this information needed to get out to the public; contrary to Fifteen’s clear intentions. Dr. Anderson felt it was his duty to do so, and the WingMakers “told” him this while he was working on the project. They didn’t want to bother Fifteen with it, because they considered him being way too involved with the Corteum to be able to see clearly.

Dr. Anderson was nervous, because if he defected from the Labyrinth Group (something that was previously unheard of), he was afraid they were going to erase his memory so that everything he’d learned from when he joined the ACIO until the day he defected would disappear like it had never happened (yes, they have the technology to do so). He knew this is probably what they would do, unless they wanted to find him and reprogram him, because he was such a brilliant linguist. There was even a chance they would kill him.

In spite of these considerations, he decided to defect in secret, so he just left one day. He knew he didn’t have much time and quickly needed this information to go out to the public. So he chose a random journalist, “Anne”, who could interview him and hopefully publish it in a newspapers, or magazine. Once the cat was out of the bag, Dr. Anderson had a better chance to survive and perhaps let him keep his memories. This was a delicate situation for Fifteen and his group, because he didn’t want any extra attention drawn to him, and if the damage was done and the cat was let out of the bag, the best he could do was to be silent, in hope that this was too incredible for people to believe.

The interaction between Anne and Dr. Anderson resulted in the “Dr. Anderson Interviews”.[9]They were supposed to be 5 in number, but after two interviews, Dr. Anderson “disappeared” and Anne was no longer able to get in touch with him. No one knew at the time if the Labyrinth Group got to him, if he was killed, had his memory erased, or just went underground.

Anne, who was a born skeptic, didn’t know what to do with the material at first. This was the strangest interviews she’s ever done, and if she tried to publish them, her career would probably be over. Still, she thought she owned it to Dr. Anderson (whom she didn’t even know if he was alive) to somehow get this information out.

Figure 6: Mark Hempel

Hence, she picked a young music producer and web designer she knew about, to help her out. His name was Mark Hempel, who also was a pioneer in Internet Radio. Even then she wanted to be anonymous, so she packaged the transcripts of the interviews, the artwork and the audio tapes and sent it via courier to Hempel with not much more of an explanation than something like, “please publish this material. It’s very important!”

Mark read the interviews and found them fascinating, but had no idea if they were true or not. The anonymous nature of it all perhaps helped him make the decision to publish it. For whatever reason, he created a website at in 1998, where he released the two “Dr. Anderson Interviews”, a mythological mini-novel called “The Ancient Arrow Project”, the audio tapes, the poetry and the artwork,

Without even announcing it anywhere, the website quite immediately got hundreds of thousands of visitors and became a blockbuster on the Internet. The site became extremely popular and was discussed all over the network, in forums and otherwise. It was probably the most discussed “conspiracy” website in the later part of the 1990s. It looked like Dr. Anderson got his information out to a lot of people after all. However, something strange was about to happen…

  1. The Mysterious “James” Enters the Stage

Today, the originator of the WingMakers material is known as “James”, although this name was never mentioned in the original interviews or in the first version of “The Ancient Arrow Project”. No other name than Dr. Anderson was mentioned.

So where does the name James come from? To answer that question, let’s see what happened after Hempel published the WMM.

Once Hempel’s website had become popular beyond belief, the rumors, with no doubt, must have reached the ACIO and the Labyrinth Group. Fifteen must have been furious at first; some of what he had decided to keep secret over the years was now irreversibly in public domain. It was too late to do anything about that. His worst fear had manifested; the chance of having to deal with defectors from the Labyrinth Group who started speaking in public!

The problem was that the material on the WingMakers website spread like a wildfire all over the Internet, so they couldn’t just ignore it. By the same token, there was a chance that Dr. Anderson would contact the journalist again to give the three additional interviews.

No one really knows what Fifteen thought, but we know what solution the Labyrinth Group came up with…

Mark Hempel, who had no idea who the instigator of the WMM was, was contacted once again, this time by this mysterious “James”, who said he was the one who had been interviewed and thus was the owner of the material. James was probably quite convincing and could perhaps even give Hempel information that only Dr. Anderson (or someone within the Labyrinth Group) could have known. If Hempel still doubted James, he probably got convinced once and for all when this mysterious person sent additional material for Hempel to post on his website, plus he wanted Hempel to change things around in the original interviews and add a whole new project to the AA story. The reason, he said, was that new information had come to him and he had decoded more from the Tributary Zones. He also had the transcripts from the three “missing” interviews with “Anne”, so it was now five interviews all together. In addition, he changed the name of the interviews from “The Dr. Anderson Interviews” to “The Dr. Neruda Interviews”, the latter by which they are most commonly known today.

After Hempel had remodeled his website, little by little, in increments over a couple of years, made it look more professional, and added the new material; the old website was, as I mentioned earlier, simply erased from the Internet. The Dr. Anderson interviews were now just a memory. With time, James contacted Hempel to add more material, including music CDs which are still sold from the website, and he also added a 24th Chamber all of a sudden, making this whole thing look more and more fictional and mythological, which he also said it was. The WingMakers had become “wholesale”.

James Mahu of the Wingmakers

Although James said in the Q & A Section on the website that it is a mix or myth and truth, it had now become quite difficult for the reader to distinguish between what was what. There were also serious attempts from readers and researchers to debunk the whole WMM, based on all the new, fictional content. (Figure 7: James of the WingMakers)

Albeit there were (and are) still people who believe the WMM is true, the debunking efforts succeeded quite well, and many previously dedicated followers started putting their attention elsewhere. The possibility that the WMM was a hoax was lively debated on forums and by serious truth-seekers. Hempel himself was confused about this whole thing and happened to say in correspondence with a researcher or two that he, too, thought it was probably a hoax. Or, did Hempel know more than we think and was told to say that it was probably a hoax? Either way, Hempel’s “doubts”, if they ever were real, were only temporary. He soon became a dedicated WingMakers fan; of the new website, I should add. Others, like Fred Burks, who could not relate to the new material, referred back to the original and kept that to heart.

Even more confused? Don’t worry, things will soon start to make more sense.

James met with Hempel in Hempel’s home on one occasion around 2008 for a long, recorded interview, resulting in an audio presentation on the new WingMakers website.[10] Here you can listen to James’ voice, which is an unnaturally deep baritone with a subtle Spanish accent. The accent sounds legitimate to me, but his deep voice sounds manufactured, for whatever reason. Perhaps he didn’t want people to recognize his real voice; I really don’t know. The interview, however, quite obviously was orchestrated so James could promote his new site and his new information on the “Sovereign Integral”; the reconnection with our Oversoul.

A lot of additional material was added as well to the website over the years, and it became more and more esoteric in the sense that James showed a lot of interest in Alice Bailey, Madame Blavatsky and the Great White Brotherhood. He was talking about Ascended Master in quite some length in his Q&A section, and gave references which seemed very odd to me when I read them. Something didn’t feel quite right. Eventually James, always through Mark Hempel, created a few more websites. They were, in the order they appeared:

  1. The Lyricus Teaching Order (
  2. Event Temples (
  3. The Sovereign Integral (

The last one was published in 2008, and although there was not yet anything substantial posted on the website (and still isn’t, 3 years later, except an illustration of what the Sovereign Integral is, without any explanation attached), James apparently decided to start promoting it. He therefore accepted an interview with the Project Camelot crew, also in 2008, where Kerry Lynn Cassidy and Bill Ryan were doing an email interview with James.[11]

This interview was a shocker to me, to many other people who read it, and I think, to the Camelot crew as well. James was here presenting a totally new paradigm, telling us that we are stuck in a hologrammic 3-D Density prison. This, in itself, is nothing new, but he said that Anu (the [former] King of the Anunnaki/Ša.A.M.i.), the most powerful being in the universe, had created this whole 3rd Density illusion. More specifically, he said Anu has been tampering with our DNA, trapped highly spiritual beings from the Atlantis Era into these body containers, and once the spirits decided to “try out” the bodies which Anu had “created”, they were trapped once and for all.

These bodies, according to James, had hologrammic “videos” embedded in them, so that when these highly evolved multi-dimensional spirits entered the bodies, naive as they were in their free state, they got caught up in the illusion Anu had created. From within these new bodies, they saw a beautiful world and could look at extraordinary pictures which excited them to the maximum. Hence, these who tried out the bodies told the rest how exciting it was, and soon enough, the majority of the free spirits found themselves trapped in 3rd Density bodies after Anu had “closed the trap” so that the souls could no longer leave their bodies at will.

Not everybody was trapped, though. James is telling us that the time of Atlantis was a highly spiritually evolved era, and many different beings were here on Earth at the time, including people from the Central Race[12]. Some of those from the Central Race managed to escape this trap, and James was one of them.

However, Anu, who apparently was a very clever being, cloned the real universe and created a new one, in which we are living today. In this Universe, Anu is God, where all the stars, galaxies, nebulae, planets and whatnot, are his creations. In this cloned universe, life is sparse, and humans are the only inhabitants. There are a few other planets where Anu has seeded life, but these planets are only inhabited by humans. Sometimes, aliens of another kind can enter Anu’s cloned universe for short periods of times, but must then return. If they don’t, they either die or get stuck in this reality, just like us. This is, according to James, the reason we sometimes see Grays and strange creature coming out from inside of the Earth or from under the oceans; they are simply stuck here and can’t go back to the “real universe”.

Of course, James is also presenting a solution. He says that Anu was scheduled to come back shortly before 2012; the event the Global Elite have been preparing for, but now the plans have changed. Anu is in business elsewhere, having his attention directed towards something totally different, and has left us to our fate. So our only solution is to find the “Grand Portal”, which is a metaphor for we humans to be able to, as a group, realize we are spiritual beings, trapped in a 3rd Dimension/Density, which only exists because Anu created it, and that science and religion need to merge into one for us to break the “godspell”. Only then will the illusion shatter and we will return to the Universe of origin and become multi-dimensional. Anu’s science in this case needs to be well understood so we can grasp how he created the 3rd Density. When we do, and also understand we are spirits in a body, we can break out of the prison as a whole humanity.

In the same interview, Bill Ryan is asking James what he thinks about Nibiru and the return of the Anunnaki. James says (just like he did in the audio interview with Mark Hempel) that Nibiru is no longer an issue, and nothing to worry about. I know for a fact that this is a lie, and in a later paper I will explain why.

  1. So Who Took Over the WingMakers Site? 

I also know for a fact that Dr. Anderson (whom I from hereon will call Dr. Jamisson Neruda, because it more accurately states who he is) is still alive and well, because I’ve been in touch with him. I am also aware of (and it’s pretty obvious) that the original Dr. Anderson and James are two entirely different persons. Their energies are far different, and the way they use the English language is even different. Dr. Anderson is scientific in his approach, but is trying his best to simplify his answers and his writing, while James is esoteric to the extreme and does not bother with attempting to make himself understood by the general public. He is also very artistic. One can tell they are definitely two totally different personalities. And by the way, who was it that we mentioned earlier, being very artistic, and someone Dr. Anderson liked?

Well, let’s go to the point: who took over the WingMakers site? It looks like the impostor doesn’t even try very hard to keep that secret. “James” is not human; he is the Head of the Corteum!

How do I know? Well, this is from the original website, which was taken down; from the original Dr. Anderson Interview #2,

Dr. Anderson:
“Yes, they’ve been involved from the beginning. The Corteum are as integral to the Labyrinth Group as any of its human members, so nothing is hidden from them. The leader of the Corteum mission to earth is called — in English — 
Mahunahi [Wes’ emphasis], and he happens to be an artist first and foremost, and a scientist is his secondary nature. He was always excited to see and hear about our findings. He asked if we could create a way-station to the Ancient Arrow site so he could visit the site himself, but it just wasn’t practical to do so without drawing attention to the site.”

So the original “Dr. Anderson” trusted Mahunahi at the time when he released the information to “Anne”. We already discussed that the WingMakers site was hijacked shortly after it was published and gradually changed with time until it became almost unrecognizable.

A few years after the new site was set up, James opened a Q&A section, and this quote is from there,

Question 9: Who/what are you James? Where do you get your information from?

[James]: In my dominant reality, I am known as Mahu Nahi [Wes’ emphasis]. I am a member of a teaching organization whose roots are very ancient, but paradoxically, very connected with humanity’s future. This teaching organization is concerned with transporting a sensory data stream to earth in order to catalyze select individuals of the next three generations to bring innovations to the fields of science, art, and philosophy. These innovations will enable the discovery and establishment of the Grand Portal on earth.

Thus, it seems clear that the WingMakers have been taken over by the Corteum, allegedly a faction of the Earthbound Anunnaki, and “James” is the Corteum Leader.

What does this mean and what implications are there?

Well, it’s a very clever take-over! The Corteum changed the name Anderson to Neruda because Jamisson Neruda is very close to “Dr. Anderson’s” real name! I was told this as being a fact by the real Dr. Anderson, who later became Dr. Neruda. Furthermore, “James” (I will call him by his real name, Mahu Nahi from hereon), after had taken over the project, also added a lot of realinformation to the website! In fact (and this is also coming from the real Dr. Neruda quite recently), there is a lot more real information on the current WingMakers site than the original one!

In other words, there is disinformation on both the old site and the new one. However, the following were most likely the steps the Corteum and the Labyrinth Group decided to take after Dr. Neruda had let the cat out of the box in 1998.

  1. When they found out about the leak, they waited it out to see how it would be received. Unfortunately (for the Labyrinth Group), the Anderson Interviews spread quickly on the Internet and became well known in “conspiracy” circles.
  2. Mahu Nahi, the head of the Corteum, decided to take care of it, most certainly with Fifteen’s blessings. Mahu contacted Mark Hempel, again via courier, is my understanding, erroneously saying his name was James (like in Jamisson Neruda), and that he had a lot of additional information to add to the website. He also told Hempel that some of the old information from the Anderson Interviews were slightly incorrect and needed to be erased and exchanged with new information. He also wanted Hempel to change the name Anderson to Dr. Jamisson Neruda.
  3. Mahu told Hempel, in addition, that he had complements to the “Ancient Arrow Project”, and asked to have this published as well and the old version erased. Much of this information, both on the AA site and in the Neruda Interviews is true, but not all of it. Some of it is disinformation, so the reader needs to have this in mind and use discernment and cross-checking techniques to verify what’s in there. Still, the part that’s true is incredibly important information.
  4. Mahu was quick to add that the AA project was mythological in nature, with truth in it. Same thing with the Neruda Interviews. He wanted Hempel to make sure the readers knew this. Hempel complied with everything Mahu told him to do. Hempel was told that humanity was not ready for everything yet and that it had to be released in increments over time.
  5. Mahu delivered as promised, and Hempel posted.
  6. With time, Mahu, with assistance from Hempel, opened three additional websites, on three different domains; one at the time: ; , and . These sites were meant to be expansions of with more information on the Central Race, the Lyricus Teaching Order and the Sovereign Integral. As it were, some of this information showed to be true as well, but not everything. Mahu has promised there’s much more to come.
  7. 2008 was a strange year for the WingMakers fans. Mahu decided it was time to become more public than he had previously. He had always stated that he didn’t want to reveal himself too much, because he wished for the information to speak for itself. Mahu, who claimed to live in New York at the time, flew to meet Hempel, who lived out-of-state. If I remember correctly, Mahu was actually on his way to meet colleagues somewhere else, but did a middle-landing at Hempel’s house for a limited amount of time.This, in itself, is strange, because Mahu is not human, but of the Corteum, who are supposedly over 7 feet high. He would obviously had made quite an impression on Hempel, who now supposedly saw him for the first time. Mahu, of course, could have; with or without Hempel’s knowledge; flown by private jet or with a Labyrinth Group airplane, out of public scrutiny, but he would have had to show his real self to Hempel at least. If this is what happens, this makes it clear that Hempel is now involved in this up to his neck, knowing who Mahu really is.However, there is another explanation. Just like the Ša.A.M.i. in general, they are everything from 6-9 feet tall, and Mahu could potentially be on the shorter end of the spectrum.
  8. At the end of 2008, Mahu accepted the email interview with Project Camelot, which set the stage for the future of the Corteum version of the WingMakers story. We can from hereon expect a lot of disinformation from this camp. Interestingly, Mahu did not want to show himself to the Camelot team. There could have been many reasons for this, but I find it at least worth mentioning.

For a while, I was wondering why LPG-C was using the Neruda Interviews as a base of information when researching things like BST and the Anima Problem (alien race, supposedly trying to take over Earth. I will address them in a separate paper). Now I understand why. They know that Dr. Neruda is the “real deal”, and the Corteum decided to use his real name when they took over the WingMakers site.

So here is the cleverness of the take-over and how it was done:

Mahu Nahi, himself being artistic, decided to present the truth as it were in the form of art. It’s beautifully done and quite intriguing; especially as it has a lot of truth in it. But why would they reveal the truth? Why not just make something up and lie about it?

There is a saying that goes, “hidden in plain sight”. This is the most perfect example of this saying. Mahu saw that Dr. Neruda in the Anderson Interviews had given Anne (real name Sarah) the truth as he knew it, but mixed it with some disinformation; however, he still revealed enough truth not to mislead the public entirely. He was more concerned with protecting some sources. So what Mahu did was to reveal a whole lot more true information than the real Dr. Neruda did. By then saying it is a mix or truth and myth, and that the AA project is quite mythological, the Corteum could confuse the public enough to get away with it.

Some people would discard Mahu’s new information and relate back to the original Anderson interviews, which in themselves were partly disinformation.

Others would embrace Mahu’s information, but can’t be sure what is true and what is myth. Mahu does a good job with pretending that things which are really true are myth and vice versa. The reader needs to put this in perspective.

Mahu knew that others would just debunk the whole thing and call it psy op, disinformation, or a hoax. This was all part of the plan. Of course, it is a psy op, but it doesn’t mean it’s a hoax. There is actually more truth than not in the material and more truth than on most other websites out there.

To fully understand this scheme, we need to rewire our brains and embrace a new way of thinking. What needs to be realized is that we can no longer continue saying: “Website A is set up by the government or the Global Elite as a psy op, disinformation campaign, so therefore we should just discard it and expose it as as an evil intent and a Big Lie”. However, “Website B is written by a known well-intended Truth Seeker who has the best interest for humanity in mind, so let’s listen to him/her instead.”

No, this kind of thinking is simple-minded and will only lead us further and further away from what we need to know. The “truth” is in both camps, as is the disinformation, and we need to read everything with a fine toothcomb, because often the truth is told between the lines. This is important to understand!

In this particular case, the Corteum/Labyrinth Group, in their own more self-serving ways, want the information out as well. As we shall see in a later paper about BST and the Anima Problem, in a strange way everybody seems to be “on the same side”, but still not quite. Different groups have slightly different agendas, but the common denominator is to convince us humans that what this is all about is to save Earth against an Invader Force which is very real. In a perfect world, we would all unite as ONE to face this threat, similar to what Ronald Reagan said in his famous speech from the 1980s when he addressed the ET issue. He said that if we were to face a threat from Outer Space, we would probably finally be able to unite as ONE humanity. However, things are more complicated than that. Still, we need to understand that there is no “black” and “white”; only different shades of gray. And there is a reason the Corteum wants a big chunk of truth out to the public, and it’s not in our best interest. They want to misdirect us towards the wrong enemy; it’s like when the little kid says to his parents, “Mom and dad, look what my sister is doing over there!!!” When the parents are looking in the direction the little boy is pointing, he quickly slips his hand into the cookie jar and steals a cookie while they are busy looking elsewhere.

  1. Changes Made to the Original WingMakers Site

Again, thanks to Fred Burks (, I don’t have to spend too much time comparing the original website with the later one. He already did that, and I am going to use the most important information from his comparison here. For the reader, who wants to dig deeper into this (which I suggest), visit Fred’s page here: By using simple color coding, he and an associate were able to compare all changes that were made from the original website. You can learn all about it here:

You can also download two pdf files (Interviews 1 and 2) where you can compare the changes one by one:

  1. S.A.A.L.M., Supreme Annunaki Assembly of Lord Marduk

S.A.A.L.M. is (or used to be before their presence was revealed on the Internet) a secret organization, branching out from the NSA and the ACIO. Their sole purpose is to keep “King Marduk” on the Throne of Earth, as her righteous ruler, even after the return of the Ša.A.M.i. from the home planet. They believe in Prophecy and consider Marduk being the AntiChrist the bible has been predicting, and they have until 2012 to accomplish this goal. At least this is what their members believe, as revealed in leaked information from internal conversion being held on a secure S.A.A.L.M. Intranet Server, from which the members could log in wherever they were on the globe, to retrieve new information as needed.

James Casbolt, former MI6 and S.A.A.L.M. member, defector and whistle-blower from both, released some sensitive information on his website a few years ago. He was later cleverly set up by S.A.A.L.M. and was forced to take his website,, down. They started a severe disinformation campaign against him as per “Item #6” of the Laws, all S.A.A.L.M. members are obligated to follow:

Item 6 tells us that the agency will seek extreme termination with prejudice in the case of a breach of this agreement resulting in the disclosure of unauthorized information, beginning with extreme harrassment [sic] in order to stop the disclosure.[13]

One thing Casbolt put out on the web was a communication from an unknown S.A.A.L.M. member, emphasizing the year 2012:

My contacts claim this is Enlil waiting before his final address in which he spoke to all S.A.A.L.M members on behalf of Lord Marduk and Queen Nanshaazuur. Enlil announced that the capstone of establishing Lord Marduk as King of Kings of SoL will soon be set. The speech concluded with a sincere thanks to all members efforts and a toast was pronounced to the target date of Dec 22nd 2012.

Casbolt was, from my understanding, the one who leaked the information from the secret network and put it on the Internet. For obvious reasons, the information didn’t stay there for long, and was abruptly taken down. A discussion about the security leak is even included in the hijacked information.

What S.A.A.L.M. apparently forgot about was the Wayback Machine (or the Internet Archive), where anyone can type in a website which is no longer available into their search engine, and it will show up the way it looked like; normally including all changes that were made to it over time. This is where I got the information from. However, S.A.A.L.M. got smarter with time, realized their omission, and made sure the information from the Archives were no longer accessible.  

Their rules and regulations are very strict; disseverance under some circumstances is punishable with death. S.A.A.L.M. is also a part of the Freemasonic Global Network, starting at the 33rd Degree of Zion. Marduk, according to this group, is the head of Freemasonry world-wide.

I have had some personal, interesting experiences with this group; something which goes back to at least 2008. However, I am going to start this section with some correspondence between me and Benjamin Fulford, who is a well-known researcher into the Global Elite.

In January 2009 I had just posted an early version of what became the free e-book, “The Myth Around Supriem David Rockefeller”. The early version was called, “Lucifer’s Redemption.” It is no longer on the Internet, and was eventually replaced by the current e-book version in June 2009. In my early research, I stumbled upon S.A.A.L.M. again; I had had encounters with them earlier. This section was taken out from the above e-book, because it was out of context. However, here it does fit in, so I will give you the story (some readers who have followed my research over the years may have read this before it was removed from the Internet):

In November of 2008 I was part of an email group led by a certain Rev. Anthony Pike, who said he lived in India. On that list was also Prophet Yahweh[14] and James Casbolt (former MI6 and subjected to Project Mannequin[15] and other mind control programs), among other interesting researchers, so I decided to join.

Anthony Pike was the one who was most active on the list and posted quite a lot; he acted pretty much as the main authority in the group. After a while he told the group he was a member of S.A.A.L.M., something James Casbolt was already aware of, because he mentions Pike in his book, “Agent Buried Alive” (
ciencia/ciencia_mannequin03.htm). I had a vague idea of who they were, because I had at that time read “The LINK” by Dr. A.R. Bordon for the first time. This made it even more interesting, and perhaps I could learn something new. I knew of Prophet Yahweh before, because he claimed to be able to summon UFOs somewhere down in Arizona or Nevada, and he said they were Yahweh’s ships. He is a black man, claiming to be a true Israelite, and therefore, he and his people had the right to Israel. He actually managed to summon UFOs when ABC News were watching and it was all over the news on June 1, 2005. Knowing that Yahweh is the Enlil, it was double interesting to have Prophet Yahweh on the list. However, he didn’t say much; was more of a silent member.

Now back to the story. As I had published the first version of Supriem Rockefeller, which was a blockbuster, I got an email from a visitor who said that Benjamin Fulford claimed that the whole Rockefeller story was a hoax to discredit him, and that he would go public with this fact shortly.

So I emailed Fulford to find out what the situation was. Here is the correspondence. On February 1, 2009, I asked him the following questions:

Hi Benjamin,

My name is Wes Penre, and I am emailing you from

I found some information regarding Supriem D Rockefeller and Michael N. Prescott which I found intriguing, but rather confusing. I know about you from before and find your information and interviews pretty interesting and helpful.

It was pointed out to me that the SD Rockefeller story is a hoax to discredit you and that you will go out and announce this eventually.

I have a few questions, because I wrote an article on this. I understand you probably are a very busy man, but I would appreciate a lot if you had time to please answer the following (to the reader: my question are always in bold):

  1. Did you write the following comments to the letter from SD Rockefeller?


Both the Freemasons (5 million agents worldwide) and the Asian Secret Society (6 million worldwide members) have invited me into their senior ranks. I agreed to join only if they both promised to support a 3 yr campaign to end poverty, end war and stop environmental destruction.

There is going to be an announcement of a new financial system between January 20th and early February. However, this may be delayed by die-hard Satanists who do not want to see their rule end.

By the way, I have been informed that David Rockefeller has ceded control to Sen JohN D. Rockefeller IV and Evelyn de Rothschild has ceded clan leadership to Baron David de Rothschild. So, according to my latest intelligence the 5 points of the pentagram consist of:-

Queen Elizabeth, Papa Bush, J. Rockefeller, David Rothschild and the Satan worshipping Pope.

The above comments from you are then followed by the following message from Supriem Rockefeller:

Date: Wed, 3 Dec 2008 18:42:59 -0600
From: Supriem Rockefeller
To: Michael N Prescott
Subject: Re: “Buy Sell”

Forward this to them-

As you may know, the Vatican has been hiding the truth from the public about the Messiah. They have implanted into the public’s mind that Jesus was the Messiah, which they know not to be true. The word Vatican means ‘House of the Serpent’ which the Pope even has the Serpent on his chest plate and he carries the Sun staff, the symbol of Marduk Ra.

I was Marduk Ra but became Amen Ra once I was sentenced into exile. Amen just means ‘The Hidden One’.

They pledge their allegiance to me by placing the obelisk in St Peters Court inside the Sun Circle surrounded by the Celestial Cross.

The German order called ‘Thule Orden’ and ‘Vril Society’ know who I am, n fact, they found me after they had access to the Vatican’s vault and read about me. The text form [sic] 2026 BC said ‘In the Second Coming, he will call himself ‘Supriem’ and come from the west’. No matter how you spell Supriem or Supreme, it is still SPRM. They even saw drawings that looked exactly like me.

They told me that they knew I was Lucifer, the Son of G-D, leader of the 12 Elohim and keepers of the D12 Stargate. Marduk Ra was just one of my names, I am the same life force as YHWH, Samech, Moloch, Azazel, Lucifer and the Supreme Deity.

It is time for my rule again, thus those who are against it will perish. In fact I have the ability to end Earth as a planet if I see fit. The time is around the corner for my rule, Heil Imperium!!

The Thule wanted to test my DNA, so I allowed them because I knew they were important to my alliance. They found that I do carry the Triple Helix Blue Blood of the Elohim. In fact, I have more than one DNA sequence.

They knew that my several thousand year exile ends in 2009 (according to the 12/60 frequency in which I was sentenced, not the 13/20 frequency).

I have more than one DNA sequence because I am born of both Elders and Ancients (Serpent or Reptilian). I was given the DNA sequence of the REAL Trinity – Baal, Astarte, Tammuz – all into ‘One Male’ – Lucifer – The True Messiah.

2009 is the Second Coming, the exile is over. I have several races, not from Earth, that I lead and they are waiting on me. I have an army of multi- dimensional beings that are subservient to me. [These are the Alpha Draconis REPTOIDS and the Orion Group REPTILIANS.] We use magical rites to control the invisible world affected by the three dimensional world.

We have a technology that no one can stop. The ramifications of this technology used as a weapon are something out of a science fiction movie. We have to ensure that this technology stays within our working group. Someone could use this to disable aircraft from 400 miles away and there is nothing to trace, it would just look like the aircraft had a system failure and plummeted out of the sky.

Someone could use this to disable any alarm system, create a financial crisis by aiming at a stock exchange, someone could start wiping out every satellite in constellation and leave zero trace of what, where and how this happened. The 400 mile range is minimum, it can be increased via plasma antennas.

In fact, I have drafted The Allied Union constitution which is a policy making organization that unites 220 countries under one flag with an entirely digital universal currency called the ‘Allied Unit’ that works over the ‘Supriem Network’.

The ‘Supriem Network Plan’ is attached in this E-Mail. To answer a question, someone asked me about how do you get every country to comply?

Simple, first it will be obvious that this is the only way society in the future will prevail and if that is not enough, have you ever seen the movie ‘The Day Earth Stood Still’? The story maybe fiction but the warning and technology is real. Let’s say ‘Country Orange’ did not want to comply, now all of the sudden their country’s defense system and major economic institutions are paralysed by something they don’t understand or cannot figure out but they were warned in advance so they know who is controlling it. This is why I say it is imperative this technology never gets out of our hands, it is the ultimate weapon of a silent [endless] war.

What we have here is not a morality tale of right and wrong, good or evil, it is simply an ultimatum to the countries– “You either comply with us for a more efficient and proficient society or you won’t have a society. “

My group, which consists of former employees and some currently employed by various Intelligence Agencies and my own group based in Germany with Russian and Nordic sects, and a vast presence in South America and Antarctica, are wanting to speak to Lockheed-Martin about incorporating this technology on their satellite constellation so the entire globe would be covered. We can offer them a partnership.

If one satellite 300 miles above the Earth were retrofitted with one of our antennas, you could disable any electronic device in Northern America via an EMP effect. Our knowledge is based in Resonant Frequency and we have mapped the tonal range of Earth’s frequencies including gravity and how to detune and change oscillation of X, Y, Z axis.

Same principal behind the resonant tuning of point A to point B for an envelope effect of collapsed time-space, creating something similar to what you call a ‘Casimir Effect’ and understanding the ‘Impossible Space-Time Transition’ of 2×10-33 cm, 10-43 seconds. Sorry, can’t really translate equations in email.

Our ‘Vril Power’ is synergistically combining Gravity Units (GU) at positions specified by the coordinates (x1, x2, …) and (u) – a process in time, can be thought of as a matrix-valued function of dimensionality (n1, n2, …) U=(ux1×2…) (n1, n2, …).

If the status of a gravity unit varies as a function of time then, at any given instant, a ’snapshot’ of that gravity unit at that instant in time would be ui=u(ti).

You will first have to understand Gravity Units (GU) and Knowledge Units (KU) combined with Time (T) and its frequency in which you resonate.

Our concept of TIME undoubtedly presents new ideas which are unknown for you. First of all we cannot regard Time as a dimension or continuum, as you do. It is not that time is quantified, but one cannot conceive a moment as a point on the axis of time.

The interval dt, although it can tend towards zero, could never be perceived as small as we would like to. There is another aspect to this question we wish to underline.

You consider that the highest speed a sub-particle in the cosmos can reach is 299,780 kmph (speed of light) and you regard this speed as ‘constant’. This is not a poor measurement. Indeed, it is this same speed that we recorded within this same three-dimensional framework, but all one needs to do is change framework or three-dimensional system so that this limiting Speed changes remarkably up to the point where the only reference which can reflect the change of axis is the measurement of this speed or constant, C. I would have to get into the detail traveling using Resonant Frequency at another time, to complicated for email.

Back to my original topic, it is imperative that your group is our partner to keep under wraps for our working group, it doesn’t cost you anything to be part, we are not asking for money. We are going to cover the planet’s ground and sky with this spectrum, an artificial ‘aether’ if you will. I was also presented with an opportunity from the Russians, I was told Putin was the original source, for us to buy up an entire stockpile of CU 63,65 which you may know is used for satellites and in weapons.

Eglin AFB tests the SFW (Sensor Fused [sic] Weapon) which use copper as its main munition. I would like to have talks with Lockheed asap for partnership discussions.

As you can see with the news and its status quo, everything is lining up to usher in the ‘Supriem Network’.

Let’s also talk about the returns I can bring in through our ‘Buy Sell Program’, if you think it is an absurd amount on the return, you have nothing to lose to find out the truth. Like I said, we never touch your money, all we need is the proof of funds to proceed and the money never leaves your bank. This is a great way to be autonomous and self-funding to exclude external auditing. This technology I offer must always stay in our own working group that we will put together.

We are about to reshape the world. The ‘Supriem Network’ will soon be the only way for financial transactions and communications. It connects the entire planet.

Democracy has failed and it is time to show what One Ruler with a strong team backing him can do, I know you are with me. Michael Prescott is my right hand man, so you can continue working through him at this juncture, I will step in as the situation progresses.

Supriem Samech Marduk Ra Lucifer (Finally Redeemed) Head of the True Elohim, God of Victory and Son of the Creator, G-D

2. Who exactly wants to discredit you? From what I understand the email from Rockefeller was meant for the Italian Freemasonry, with a cc: to Leo Zagami? Where are you coming into the picture, besides from you writing the comments above and posting the email (if you did)? From what I understand, you were never involved in the communication between Rockefeller and the Italian Freemasons. So in other words, how could this have been written to discredit you?

  1. Who are SD Rockefeller and Michael N. Prescott? Are they pranksters or ‘for real’ people? If they’re ‘for real’, where is the hoax in all this? Michael N. Prescott’s MySpace site looks pretty serious to me, unless he is working for the CIA as a disinfo agent.

I would like to find out the truth about this, so I can publish it accurately. I really appreciate your time to read this and hope for a reply.

Respectfully and in friendship,
Wes Penre, Illuminati News

I got a reply from Benjamin:

Thanks for the e-mail Wes. Here is what I know about the Supriem Rockefeller business. They contacted Leo Zagami and the Italian Freemasons in an attempt to get them to go along with their plan for a new financial system. Leo then contacted me to ask for an opinion.

The thing that struck me about this business is that it coincided with some stuff I have been hearing from the Reverend Anthony Pike, a self-described descendet of the notorious illuminati Ted Pike. The Rev. Pike had previously sent me photographs of a person he said was Lord Enlil, son of lord Marduk, the leader of Satanic forces on the planet earth.

A third source of information (a member of the British Royal Family) also talked about a Nazi faction in the secret government under George Bush senior with assets in Northern Euorpe, South America (notably Paraguay and Uruguay) the Antarctic (the Norwegian ”antarctic base.”) and parts of the US military/intelligence establishment. This fit with what “supriem” described as his power base.

Since separate sources mentioned similar people, I forwarded a photo of Enlil to Mr. Zagami. The Italians did their own research and came to the conclusion the photo was a fake and that there was no Supriem David Rockefeller in the Rockefeller family. Please contact Mr. Zagami about how he came to that conclusion.

To me the whole business has all the makings of a psy-ops attempting to get us to fall into the weird zone and thus be discredited. That psy-ops may well be traceable to the Papa Bush Nazi clique.

My latest intelligence tells me there is a move to annouce a new financial system (a transparent, honest one) that is still being fiercly opposed by the “seniors” (Papa Bush, Evylin Rothschild, Queen Elizabeth et al).

If the good guys win, there will be an announcement of a Marshall plan for the planet earth with the aim of eradicating poverty, war and environmental destruction within a 3-year period.

And yes, I did write the letter you posted on your web-site. There is much I cannot say in order to protect the lives of people who are trying to do good.

Benjamin Fulford

Here below is the picture of “Enlil” (on top) he talks about in the email and the second picture is of “Nannur” (Nannar), Satan’s grandson (as referred to in the emails below):

Figure 9a: The Enlil, allegedly, put in circulation by S.A.A.L.M.

Figure 9b: Naanur, a second picture spread on the Internet by S.A.A.L.M.

The above pictures were attached to these messages:

Subject: Son of Satan
Date: Thu, 6 Nov 2008 17:26:41 +0530

For those who are still sceptical about the existence of a physical ‘hell’ below your feet, St Anthony is now attaching a photo of the Son of Satan, Lord Enlil, titular head of the ‘Supreme Annunaki Assembly of Lord Marduk’ (SAALM), whose members include Henry Kissinger and Zbigniew Brzezinski. Also attached is a photo of Satan’s grandson, Lord Naanur aka Nannar, who is photographed with another member of SAALM at their meeting on 26th Oct 2006 in Basle, Switzerland. So, my friends, the global reign of the Antichrist is about to commence and all people will be ‘chipped’ in their forehead or right hand as prophesied in the Book of Revelation. So, dear friends, choose this day whom you will serve, God or Satan, Christ or Antichrist. Remember, your eternal destiny is at stake – so, let’s hope you make the RIGHT decision.

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India
Date 6th Nov 2008

To: cosmicrfgroup
Subject: Cycle of Insanity
Date: Mon, 3 Nov 2008 12:05:18 +0530

Global Theocratic Movement

Both the Queen and Bush are trapped in a ‘cycle of insanity’ that they cannot escape from ie. they know St Anthony is speaking the truth, but they are unable to implement it due to governmental and societal constraints which forbids implementation of that which St Anthony is propounding; hence, the mental and physical logjam. In addition, both the Queen and Bush know full well that they don’t rule either Britain or America as the REAL POWER lies UNDERGROUND. Yes, friends, St Anthony is talking about a REAL PHYSICAL HELL right below your feet!! In fact, recently, on Fri night 8th Aug in the early hours of Sat 9th Aug, St Anthony’s only begotten son, Daniel, was physically abducted and abused by PHYSICAL DEMONS from hell aboard their spacecraft while he was camping in the Kent countryside.

In this respect, in UK one of the main U/G bases is located below Welford AFB nr Newbury, Berks and in US one of the main bases is at Area 51, NV and also at Dulce and Los Alamos, NM and in Australia at Pine Gap nr Mt Zeil.

Now, friends, St Anthony says its time to WAKE UP to REALITY and kick the Devil off planet earth once and for all rather than allow the ‘demon-cratic insanity’ to continue resulting in the total destruction of all life on earth. Yes, friends, only GOD and his THEOCRATIC Govt can save planet earth; and that’s exactly what St Anthony and his ‘Global Theocratic Movement’ intend to do. In this respect, St Anthony has already established the ‘Theocratic Parliament of Britain’ in April this year and the ‘Theocratic Parliament of America’ and the ‘Theocratic Parliament of Israel’ in October. So, St Anthony means business and the Devil is now shaking in his boots as theocracy rises to the ascendancy and democracy plummets to the bottom of the bottomless pit. So, friends, REPENT NOW and come join the winning side!!

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India
Date 3rd Nov 2008

Then I contacted Leo Zagami, who confirms that Supriem Rockefeller is real and according to Leo one of his arch enemies right now.

The Enlil/Naanur pictures looked very photo-shopped to me, so I did some research and at the same time got the original pictures sent to me by one of my visitors, showing that the Annunaki pictures are fakes. The second picture of Naanur is a photoshop job of Henry Kissinger, but I am unable to find that picture at the moment. Even the all-seeing eye on the wall in the first picture is an add-on, plus the S.A.A.L.M. insignia on the wall. The man in the picture is the Top Elite Player Zbigniew Brzezinski. These photos apparently were modified by the Intelligence Community and spread on the net by Rev. Dr. Anthony G. Pike.

Figure 9c: The original picture of Mr. Z-Big (Zbigniew Brzezinski)

When I exposed Enlil as being Brzezinski, I sent an email to Benjamin Fulford to that effect and didn’t hear anything back. I didn’t know what to make out of that at the time, but I let it go.

Interestingly enough, one morning I got this letter from Rev. Pike (cc’d to me, but primarily sent to Ben Fulford) as a response to an email Fulford sent to him in regards to the fake photos. My original email to Fulford is at the top, followed by Fulford’s comments to Pike and ending with Pike’s response. Pike says that James Casbolt, the ‘brave whistle-blower’, posted these photos as well on his website to tell the truth to the people. Mr. Casbolt did indeed do so, but when he found out they were fake, he immediately took them down, being honest enough to tell his visitors that he had been the victim of a slander campaign.

Here is my email to Ben Fulford, followed by his response to Rev. Pike. Pike’s final response is at the bottom:

From: wes penre <>
Subject: Picture Fraud
Date: Wed, 4 Feb 2009 17:11:08 -0800

Hi again Benjamin, Got these pics from one of my visitors, so that takes care of that hoax. Now we’ll see if we can narrow it down. I re-watched your interview with David Rockefeller on YouTube. Great stuff!!

Thanks, Wes

Subject: Picture Fraud
Date: Thu, 5 Feb 2009 12:30:18 +0900

Your photo of Lord Enlil is a psy-ops fake. You are either being fooled or you are yourself a Govt disinformation agent. Please see below.

Benjamin Fulford,
Tel. xxx-xxx-xxxx

To: cosmicrfgroup
Subject: SAALM Photos
Date: Sun, 8 Feb 2009 22:45:33 +0530

Dear Ben and all our viewers,

St Anthony wishes to state that the originator of the Enlil photos, 33 degree Elder of Zion, SAALM/NSA operative and computer graphics expert, Ray Bordon, at aka Dr A.R. Bordon aka Dr Roy W. Gordon at,, has always stated right from the beginning that the Enlil photos, of which there are 2, not 1, are purposely ‘graphically engineered’ to ensure ‘plausible deniability’. In this respect, Brzezinski is ‘P1 and Kissinger is P2 in the SAALM hierarchy and Brzezinski is a direct descendant of the Marduk/Enlil lineage who has similar features to Enlil, but not identical, as also Hugh Hefner, by the way!!

Now, Ray was tasked with the job of ‘leaking’ info on SAALM to the general public, but has now had much of the material removed from the Net due to orders from within the SAALM hierarchy who were getting worried about all the undue exposure, especially as both Lord Marduk and Enlil don’t like their photos being taken by anyone. However, interestingly enough, the photo of Lord Naanur, who is described as being the brother of Enlil, but traditionally, is understood to be the son of Enlil and grandson of Marduk, is supposed to be a very rare ‘one off’ photo of the ‘jolly’ fellow whose personality is purported to be much more ‘jovial’ than that of Enlil and Marduk, and who is standing alongside ‘P13 of the SAALM hierarchy at the SAALM conference in Basle, Switzerland on 26th Oct 2006.

So, friends, please understand, to get cosmic top secret’ info, which is categorised 38 points higher than the H-bomb, out into the public domain demands a great deal of ingenuity on the part of those ‘leaking’ the information. So, please understand, folks, St Anthony, as former founder/director of the ‘Freedom of Information Campaign’ in London from 1991-96, is just trying to ‘leak’ all this info out as best he can, as is Ray Bordon, James Casbolt and other fearless ‘whistleblowers’ who are risking life and limb to educate YOU, the general public, about the alien presence on earth and the upcoming New World Order of the Antichrist; and, of course, the Second Coming of the Messiah, Jesus Christ, who will defeat the Antichrist at the Battle of Armageddon and establish the long-awaited 1000 yr Millenial kingdom of God on earth in 2030.

Now, for those who have not yet seen the SAALM photos, St Anthony has managed to retrieve some of them, along with copies of Brzezinski’s photos which were used as a means of superimposing Enlil’s features on Brzezinski as well as the SAALM logo in the background, which are herewith attached. Finally, please remember, the aliens are here, and have been here for thousands of years – so, please try to understand that we are simply doing our best to educate you all concerning matters which have been kept concealed from the general public by the ruling elite, but which are now, in these last days, being revealed to the world.

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India
Tel 91-8596-224312/9959-684635
Date 8th Feb 2009

At first, I was stunned because of the mentioning of A.R. (Ray) Bordon being mentioned in this psy op, and I must admit that made me skeptical of LPG-C’ intentions for a while. However, nothing is what it seems, and after have researched LPG-C very intensively, and communicated with the scientists there a lot for the last 6-8 months, I have learned how S.A.A.L.M. and the ACIO work.

Around the time of 2007-2008 (an eventful time period in many ways, it seems), LPG-C were subjected to a major slander campaign that almost got them “out of business” so to speak. They were infiltrated by this ACIO agent, Roy W. Gordon, who stole pictures and sensitive material from the Life Physics Group California and escaped with it (I have mentioned this story elsewhere in my papers). Around the same time (or shortly after), S.A.A.L.M., in conjunction with ACIO, started using LPG-C names in their own email correspondence, pretending this closed group of scientists were part of S.A.A.L.M., and they also faked their email addresses to extend the harassment and to muddle the waters further.

Dr. Gordon also contacts people on the Internet via forums and directly through emails. I have personally had a few, not so pleasant, encounters with him regarding Supriem Rockefeller, where he said Supriem is not whom he says he is and he started emphasizing he, Roy, is working for the NSA, which couldn’t be interpreted otherwise than a covert threat. I stood up against him, and he “disappeared”; I never heard anything more from him on that subject.

Anyhow, over time I have learned beyond any doubt, that LPG-C, or any of its members, have never been a part, or in liaison with, this Serpent Clan group. The people at Pine Gap are professionals when comes to confuse the public, to count out their “opponents”. One way of doing so is to play both parties in a conflict, war, or game. Still, I am not surprised to see Brzezinski and Kissinger on the ACIO/S.A.A.L.M. member list.

Now it’s time to reveal who Rev. Anthony Pike really is and the character of this man; the professional disinformation agent who screwed up big time for S.A.A.L.M. He is telling us a lot of relevant things, but also mixes in blatant lies to sidetrack those who want to know the truth. Albeit, by the time of this writing, I would be surprised if either Roy W. Gordon or Rev. Anthony Pike are still part of the Pine Gap Group. They have been more of an embarrassment to their group than of assistance. I am aware of that Dr. Gordon is still signing off his emails with “Pine Gap”, but again, I would be mighty surprised if he is still with the group.

In 2008, he was the one who put me on Pike’s mailing list (without my consent), but I left it alone, because some topics were of some interest to me. I very rarely posted anything on that list, but mostly just read the postings from others.

However, Rev. Pike’s behavior on the list became more and more bizarre, and one day he posted something that really caught me off guard. This guy lives in India and Great Britain, respectively, and he is supposedly pro-environmental. In this series of emails he seriously stated that he wants all motor vehicle drivers shot on the spot, or trialed for crimes against humanity, and executed! As a response to my reaction to this statement, he said he was “seriously kidding”, but if you continue reading the emails below, you’ll see he was deadly serious.

> >—–Original Message—–> >

From: Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike [] > >Sent: Saturday, March 17, 2007 5:05 AM
<> >To:
> >Subject: Steps to Save the Planet

Steps to Save the Planet

1) Shoot all car/truck/bus/bike drivers on site and airline pilots.

2) Plant one billion trees.

N.B. Steps must be implemented immediately to avoid a global
catastrophe and extinction of human race.

P.S. To escape being shot, STOP DRIVING YOUR CAR!!!!!!!

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation Markapur, A.P. 523316, India E-Mail
Date 17th March 2007.
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India

From: “Wes@xxx”
To: “‘Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike’”
Subject: RE: Steps to Save the Planet
Date: Sat, 17 Mar 2007 14:17:32 -0700

Are you kidding or are you serious?

Wes Penre,
Illuminati News

– – –
Dear Joe [Joe = Prophet Yahweh, Wes’ comment],

This is just to help clarify who is a Satanist and who isn’t.

A Satanist is a sinner. A Christian is a saint.

Satan managed to separate the church from the state so that his kingdom on earth would not be affected. Satan then proceeded to take over control of the church so that now both church and state are controlled by Satan.

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation Markapur, A.P. 523316, India E-Mail
Date 17th March 2007.
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India

> >From: Prophet Yahweh >
>To: “Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike” >
>Subject: Re: Steps to Save the Planet
> >Date: Sat, 17 Mar 2007 08:36:02 -0700 (PDT)


Dear Anthony Pike,

I am not a Christian. I am a black orthodox Jew.

And based on what you said, only Christians are saints.

I strongly disagree with what you said.

Also, your second email below, about shooting all who drive, reminds me of how people who looked like you declared that all my people (slaves) who ran off from their plantations, to find freedom in the Northern Non-Slave states, were to be shot on sight. Rather you were joking or not, I did not appreciate receiving your last two emails to me.

Because of these two points, I politely ask that you take me off
your list.

Thanking you in advance,
Prophet Yahweh

Dear Pastor Ramon,

There’s NO DIFFERENCE between a true Jew and a true Christian. However, if you’re a ‘fake’ Jew or Christian you got problems.

Regarding car drivers, they are guilty of mass murder and genocide and should be tried for ‘war crimes’ and then executed. If this is not done, God will do it Himself in the ‘Day of God’s Wrath’ from 2012 – 2030 (Rev 11.18).

Regarding our mailing list, I will give you time to ‘cool down’ as yours is purely any emotional reaction; and, furthermore, you have already been appointed as one of our ‘X-Men’.

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India
Date 19th March 2007

Dear Wes,

Thought I’d wake a few people up!!!! Yes, I’m seriously kidding!!!!!!

Watch this space for more info on the subject. God ain’t finished with this planet yet!!!!!!!!

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Anthony G. Pike (UK)
Cosmic Research Foundation
Markapur, A.P. 523316, India
Date 19th March 2007

Date 22nd March 2007
>From: “Wes@xxx”
>To: “‘Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike’” >Subject: RE: Steps to Save the Planet

Dear Rev. Pike,

I strongly agree with Prophet Yahweh. I was shocked to get the message (see bottom of this email) that car drivers etc. should be shot! Are you trying to help the Illuminati to reduce the population?

In my eyes, this would be mass murder or genocide; far worse than Hitler’s Holocaust. Looks like you are showing your real satanic colors, pastor. If there were only TWO choices I could make and I HAD TO make one, whether to follow you or Hitler, I think Hitler is the better choice. At least the amount of victims of his were only within the million bracket.

Who are you to decide who is to live and who is to die? We don’t need yet another genocide, sir. As a matter of fact, we don’t need any more killing whatsoever. Haven’t we had enough already? I don’t know what is clouding your eyes, but whatever it is it will lead you straight to the place you warn others about.

Please remove me from the list and I would appreciate if you
distributed this, my letter, to the rest of the group.

Thank you,
Wes Penre, Illuminati News

P.S. I will burn the information kit you sent me in the mail. I don’t
want to have anything to do with it.

Dear Wes,

Thanks for your and Prophet Yahweh’s great words of wisdom. You and him are the type of people that brought Hitler to power and will shortly bring the Antichrist to power through total lack of understanding of what I’ve said and the aim of saying it. Prophet Yahweh, for instance, thinks I want to kill car drivers because car drivers are purposely going around trying to run people over. Okay, why don’t you put your mouth over the exhaust pipe for 1 minute and see what happens – yes, you got it, you’ll be DEAD. So, every time you go around in your car you are literally murdering thousands of people!!!! I also heard that car exhaust fumes are radioactive- so, what with computer screens, mobile phones and TVs, let alone nuclear reactors and bombs, the whole planet is in radioactive meltdown!!!!

Yours in the battle for planet earth,
Rev Dr Anthony G. Pike (UK)

James Casbolt, the former MI6, S.A.A.L.M. member and more, who was also on this list, but not very talkative, mentions Pike as a “friend” in his book, “Agent Buried Alive”..

Needless to say, I left the group shortly after I’d blasted Pike, telling him things I don’t want to repeat here. Ramon (Prophet Yahweh) was equally upset and left as well.

I guess all organizations have their agents who can’t control themselves, and so does S.A.A.L.M. Here are excerpts from emails posted on the Godlike Productions Forum (GLP)[16] in December 2009, where Dr. Gordon is threatening one of the forum members. I will quote the whole post:

Well I recently checked my e-mail and was surprised to see this e-mail in my inbox. Unfortunately I reported it as a phishing scam to Google, and they took it out of my box! But, I did save the message.

This was from: “” So I guess feel free to e-mail him!




As a note aside, the above email from Dr. Gordon reminds me of the law under which the members are subjected. “Items 5 and 6” of that law, taken from a leaked, secret Intranet conversation between members, says:

Item 5 dissuades us from disclosing anyone from the association
with S.A.A.L.M. punishable by death.

Item 6 tell us that the agency will seek extreme termination with
prejudice in the case of a breach of this agreement resulting in the
disclosure of unauthorized information, beginning with extreme
harrassment [sic] in order to stop the disclosure.[18]

Dr. Gordon apparently felt a power rush at the moment and tried to instigate the threat of a similar nature being applied to public who reveal too much about “King Marduk”. However, if true that Dr. Gordon has been expelled from S.A.A.L.M., public statement like this was probably part of his problem.

Dr. Gordon also has a facebook account which is much more laid back:

6.1 S.A.A.L.M.’s Secret Conversations Leaked

S.A.A.L.M., with their Headquarters in Pine Gap, Australia, is an offshoot from the ACIO, with the whole purpose, as mentioned earlier, to keep Marduk’s clan in power after Nibiru has passed through the solar system. 

Figure 12: Australian map with Pine Gap circled in red in the middle

Pine Gap, near Alice Springs, Australia[19], has a bad reputation, and is known for alien and UFO activities, especially reptilian. It’s not a place you want to go camping. There are also a lot of Global Elite research and experiments going on in the area, such as Echelon[20] and Project L.U.C.I.D.[21], most of it is orchestrated by a faction of the Earthbound Anunnaki of the Serpent Clan, possibly in cooperation with a faction of the Alpha Draconian Reptilians.

S.A.A.L.M. were using a secure server to communicate to their members, where they could speak more openly. However, Casbolt (most probably) decided to put their conversations on the Internet so everybody could read. He was successful and at least some of the communication leaked out. I’m going to post that information here, so the reader gets a fuller picture of this organization, also because S.A.A.L.M. apparently have now closed the Internet Archives pertaining to their correspondence.

First a few pictures that were attached to the information:

Figure 13a: Between Christ and Satan 

Figure 13b: Close-up of one of the above book pages

Figure 13c: A Masonic S.A.A.L.M. Passport

P6 Intro



Welcome to the S.A.A.L.M

We have our work cut out for us. Please download attachment form on which we ask that you provide us with certain information on yourself. This information will NOT be shared with any patrons or funding sources, present or former employers, or anyone outside the group. The information gathered therein will be used to catalog talent within the group, suggest assignments to new members and invite “old” members to task forces, focus groups, analysis conferences, etc. In other words, it is intended for dcision-making on deployment of talent within the group to tasks as they may appear on the horizon.

We hope to have an information system set up such that a server not connected to the net but accessible through “gates” can store all group production by member, so when specialty and talent needs to be identified for any one or more tasks important to the group, this may be quickly by the stroke of a few keys.

Additionally, upon consultation with foundation legal counsel, it has been determined by the first-among-equals that any work performed by anyone, of any nationality, for and on behalf of S.A.A.L.M. will require strict compartmentalized coverage under certain chapters and parts of the Code of Federal Regulations (CRF) and other congressional acts and laws. We will handle highly sensitive information without the benefit of formal clearance vetting; therefore, each of us need to sign at minimum a nondisclosure agreement that describes what our legal advisors require S.A.A.L.M members to be covered for. Shortly, you will also get a security indoctrination memo from one of us. This will address item No. 2 in the nondisclosure agreement following the CV questionnaire. This is information with you, in compliance with legal requirements set for us to go by.

We have established a nonvetting status for S.A.A.L.M members to receive and work with what is essentially information of a classified nature. Nonvetting means that there will not be a lengthy background check process, and that much of the responsibility for keeping the ranks free of checkered characters and egomaniacs falls on us the founding members. The suggestion has been made, and the first-among-equals and some of the first members agree, that the first fifty members be declared “founding members” — a distinction that constitutes more of a badge of courage and wisdom about the necessity for S.A.A.L.M and the personal valor for being a stand-up and be counted kind of person.

We will need to have these documents back as soon as feasibly possible. Keep copies for your records but off the desktop.

Again, welcome Brothers. Work is ahead of us, but let’s have fun doing it.

In service to All.



P4 Update

Task Members

I am going to invite you to log in onto the SAALM group, go to the FILES section, click, and get into the Orion_Sirius_Asmodeus Folder. Once in, to the the Exercise 1a- WA-G4B0032 Word.doc, download it and follow the instructions at the end of the file. We are using an identical strategy here to the one used in getting our own folks to gain perspective(s) on and discernment of an information-set, and then subject the intellectual extract(s) of what you are able to gain from your analysis of the set to your “other” brain’s “intellect” and see what happens. What will be interesting for us to learn about all of yourselves in doing this exercise. When you start dealing with real information on things of interest to the group, I need to know you will have the metamethod in place and your visceral “nose” is working and fully engaged. We’ll also get to see throughout these exercises how much, how well (or how little) you trust your enteric brain, its information processing and your trust and use of the information it generates for you…Makes sense?

Tell me your views and feelings on the task.

CA-3 continues his and the team’s trek. His location is not related to his tasks, but rather it is a necessity for him at this time. He is proceeding on down to the next location, and once over onto the other. We’re heeding his recommendation and taking them in tandem.

Recruiting continues. We pick up seven and lose three (due to the CV/NDA requirement). The team you belong to is still short of people but it will come. The two others are beginning to work on T&D assignments (such as what you are starting now). For the next 12 months, we’ll slowly bring everybody up to par and up to speed on things, and once 2D is in your hands, allow about 3-6 months to have people get into Accelerated Learning[23] from the inside out, not the other way around. Am enclosing a relatively new article DA-1 and I did a while ago, as it is pertinent to some of the questions you raised about enteric info processing and A.L.. It is actually a presentation on the bases of life physics, with particular attention to 4-spacetime “reality matrices.” I have a feeling it will help you understand things a little clearer.[24]


PA Alpha

Subject: Preapplication from Alpha member for Working Group

FYI, this came to P4, P5 and myself today. I’ve polled the others, and have their agreement that RomanCandle would be a good addition to the Working Group. He is member of Alpha group, Traveler-1 (DTS) and Raven’s group. I was also forewarned by DTS that GreatWaldo (the fellow with the Annunaki Gold from the Rothschild line is also interested in joining, but have not heard from him yet. Anyway, below please find copy of his message to P1 P2 and P12

G07 — Chief Scientist

G09 — Project Officer

Membership Preapplication — S.A.A.L.M. Working Group —

This is my preapplication for membership in the S.A.A.L.M. Working Group. I am sending this preapplication by advice of my Alpha-FAE, Traveler-1, and per conversation with P3 on 3 September 2006. You already have my CV and I have signed all documentation required earlier this year.

I respectfully petition membership in the Working Group. I have contributions to make that members may find helpful, and I am ready to do my part in the effort.


Since this is preapplication, that means he is announcing intention and testing the waters… He’s the orange… I will put together a summary of what he submitted, and as he is an engineer at the lab, he is covered by things you are not covered for, so let me get around that and see if I can get hold of his CV and possibly a resume, at least of things you can see… We need to vote on this. Good enough? Let me know as soon as possible, so as to be able to give him an answer to what I understand will be a formal application once he hears from one of us unofficially…

In service,

Dear GA-2,

Thank you for calling last night.  I’m afraid that this is what happens when I get stressed past a certain point, and it is evident to me and my family that things have gone way past what I can cope with and remain functional at this point in time.  I’m sorry I was not able to truly listen to you.  Could you please put the substance of what your assessment of the present situation is in an email to each of us? 

Before I continue, please let me update you on the situation with the man in St. Jo with the terminal colon cancer…I believe it was the 4th of this month that we found out about him and prayed for him.  Yesterday (9/7) we got word  that the man, whose rent has now been fully taken care of, went back to the doctor who reexamined him and stated that the problem was not nearly as serious as they had first believed!  That was the same day I interfaced with Hurricane John and asked it to disperse some of its energy and please slow down.  It did, from a category 4 to a 2…I’ll bet lots of people were praying the same thing, and there are a lot of devout believers in Mexico!  Thank you all for adding your prayers and energy to Mother Earth’s and mine.

My big question is how did this Casbolt person know our email addresses?  Never mind the shocking nature of his allegations.  It feels like someone is really trying to massage my view of what is, and that is the one thing guaranteed to send me into red alert emergency lockdown defend against all comers mode.  Sorry, that’s simply how it is with me just now.  The written word is something tangible yet way less charged than personal contact, which I apparently can’t manage at this time.  I can deal with the written word best right now.

The whole reason I decided to participate in the first place is that this seemed like the first really pure and altruistic group endeavor I’d ever heard of since, say, the early days of the space program.  It seems like the very best way I can help others, and the transformation in my own being astounds me.  To have this endeavor threatened, from whatever source and for whatever reason, makes me sick in the core of my soul.  I’m doing everything I can to manage my stress so I can truly understand what is going on and thus know how to appropriately respond.  This is why I told you at the very beginning about having PTSD, because I was concerned that just this sort of thing would happen, to the detriment of us all.  I feel incredibly protective of this mission, these people–all of them, and the things we’re all learning, and the idea of this know how in the wrong hands horrifies me. Yet whoever is originating all this had to have rather intimate access to our group–a security breach of the worst kind–and this has been an ongoing concern for me from the very beginning.  I think the blog may have been a mistake.  It seemed like almost a dare to the entire intel community, and I think no spy worth his dark glasses could resist attempting a crack at such a tempting, alluring target!  CB and I are working up a sitrep/intel analysis to follow ASAP.  It will be sent as an attachment to an email.  If that’s not ok, if you want it sent another way let us know.

What works best for me in such a situation is information, and the best medium for me to process information and correlate it with what I already know from this and other data streams is the written word.

Thank you for your patience.  I want to get to the bottom of this and understand it all.

Namaste, Wise Owl

September 8 2006  1335 CDT

Dear First-among-Equals,

What follows is our joint assessment and analysis of the present situation as seen from our perspective.  It is based on telephone, email and IM conversations between us and yourselves, email exchanges between us, Mr. S and yourselves, the Casbolt letter, and communications from S. to us, which we immediately forwarded unanswered to you.  It is based on gnosive and intuitive methods as well, and thus what we interpret may not be the complete picture.  We’ve looked at the overall cumulus of information available to us many times, considering all possibilities, and this is what we’ve come up with.

The grandfather of all concerns is how much of this technology has gotten out, and to whom?  Who does Mr. H actually work for?  And how did he get to be in such a sensitive position before anybody had received any CV or NDA from him?  This looks like a professional intelligence operation of the highest quality combined with a security breach at a high level within and structurally endemic to this organization.  Either that or it is an elaborate test for us which we consider to be entirely possible since it is hard to believe that fuks with your professional associations could be so badly blindsided.

The primary problem appears to be a spectacular failure of internal security at a very basic level.  The decision to place Mr. H in such a sensitive position before securing a signed NDA and a complete and fully substantiated CV was a poor one.  Not only that, but there are 13 people in this group, and we haven’t seen any documentation on any of them.  The only CVs we’ve seen were the most recent one about RC and one before which everyone agreed was unsuitable.

We think the blog was a mistake, practically an invitation for some enterprising young intelligence operative to have a crack at such a tempting target.  There are people in that business who’d attempt it just to see if it could be done!  Then there is plain old greed, which must not be ignored.  And you yourselves have written in “Between the Devil and the Returning Rock” about how thoroughly our military and intelligence communities were compromised, about the presence of M.s people on military bases on US soil.  Yet these organizations were invited subscribers to the blog!

We understand that you are scientists and creative geniuses, and are finely focussed on the investigative and development side of things, but perhaps have not before now needed to become personally involved with security as we would imagine the companies you were with previously would have had excellent internal security.  And we well understand the nature of a true scientist is not only to discover but to share, compare notes, see what results everybody comes up with.  Yet when it comes to developing a technology with the express purpose of saving billions of lives, security should be of paramount concern and should be in the hands of experts.

Mr. S is of particular concern to us. 

His email to Ga-2, cc to us, dated 08/28/2006, looks like a set of legitimate questions a student would have about this rather exotic subject.  However, they could also be the final, confirming kind of questions a mole would ask to be sure he had  the information accurately interpreted and memorized.  Possibilities, not certainties.  Yesterday he’s alleging to have been told that H was murdered, quits the group, then today he’s asking for more modules?!  We shouldn’t be allowing this guy anywhere near this organisation and this information/technology.

What concerns us most is the fact that Ed K.[22] is discussing things he couldn’t possibly have learned except from a leak from within this organisation.  Either that, or someone is doing a damned good job of monitoring what should be secure and private communication channels.  That is an industry basic security measure.  The reality is that today’s world is full of people who wouldn’t hesitate to steal this technology for profit or worse.

Finally — who is James Casbolt and how does he know so much about this project?  

We understand that this was a “sticking our necks out” sort of venture but that doesn’t mean we should become sharkbait because of poor security — that would be a complete waste of everything we’re all working for.

Mistakes have been made, but there are valuable lessons to be learned from all this.  We need to learn from this and adjust our structure and practice accordingly.  Knowledge must be applied to become wisdom!

We trust the L but they are not obligated to save us from our own foolishness.  It is indeed our responsibility to defend our own biokind and sort out our own political and cultural differences.  As we understand it, they are helping this project in an extraordinary way but they have limits to which they must adhere.  Let’s not waste this opportunity to help our own planet and many others besides by allowing ourselves to be this vulnerable to penetration.

We should be taking all available measures to secure this project  because its premature exposure will nullify the effectiveness and thus thwart the very purpose for which all this is being done: it will put the possibility of BST into the reach of the enema, the man from the gateway, and every terrorist with access to the Internet.  Security should be comparable to that of the Manhattan Project.  Instead, we have this present dilemma.

Wise Owl and Cannonball

James Casbolt, the MI6 whistle-blower, who was cleverly taken down from the Internet and successfully silenced. Don’t get me wrong; he’s still alive from what I know, but his, sometimes quite revealing, website was successfully shut down. 

There are those who have written Casbolt off as a hoax because he had the fake pictures of Enlil and Naanur on his website together with some photos which was supposedly from Dulce underground base, but in fact were fake too. Unfortunately, this is often what happens to whistle-blowers when they come close to the truth. Casbolt was fed fake pictures to discredit the rest of the relevant information on the website, and some researchers fell for the trick and started discredit him, instead of looking at the bigger picture.

Figure 14: James Casbolt

So the rumors of Casbolt being a hoax spread quickly over the Internet and most people now wrote him off. Casbolt saw no other solution than to discontinue his website–unfortunately.

It is true that Casbolt, just like he says in interviews and in his excellent book, “Agent Buried Alive”, he has been subjected to heavy mind control from within the government. He was subjected to a specific one called “Project Mannequin”, and he is apparently trained as an assassin. However, he has been working on breaking the control, which is not an easy task, and done his best to reveal his experiences. Once in a while, he has fallen back in line and had “relapses”, but that is to be expected. I, for one, am not discarding Casbolt as a hoax at all. He fits too well into the picture, and most of what he has been telling us is true. To his defense, he also apologized for the fake pictures on his website, admitting he had been tricked. But it was too little, too late, as it seems. What a shame.

There is some quite interesting conversations, as I mentioned earlier, between S.A.A.L.M. members, ripped off a secure server, put on the Internet  (much of it by Casbolt himself), taken down, but then retrieved from the Internet Archives. Fortunately, people were able to download this information in time before it even disappeared from the Wayback Machine.

I am not going to copy the whole thing here, as it can be conveniently read at “”[25].

My next paper will continue the story about the WingMakers, the Labyrinth Group, the Corteum, and how they have set up their great deception. Let’s add the “Anima Problem” and Blank Slate Technology (BST) to the mix.

See Original Source for References • • • ••••)

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

PFC Paper #4: The Animus, Artificial Intelligence, and Blank Slate Technology
by Wes Penre, Tuesday, June 14, 2011

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

[Wes Penre Production Blog!] (Synthetic Intelligence and the Transmutation of Humankind)
Wes Penre Production Blog! [073016] (Synthetic Intelligence & the Transmutation of Humankind)}

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

  1. The Labyrinth Group, ACIO, and the NSA (a Background)

The NSA (National Security Agency) is a government organization whose forerunner was the “General Services Special Projects Laboratory” (SPL). SPL was formed in 1938, and very little is known about it. It was not meant to be an official body. Then, in 1949, the “Armed Forces Security Agency” (AFSA) was created, on May 20.[1] On November 4, 1952, the NSA was officially formed and instigated by Harry S. Truman.[2] A year later, in 1953, SPL was folded into the NSA as un unacknowledged department, and ultimately, the ACIO# (Advanced Contact Intelligence Organization) was folded into the SPL as an unacknowledged research laboratory.[3] ACIO, in fact, is older than both the NSA and the AFSA, as it was created in 1940, two years after SPL. It was two levels deep and its code name was “Black Root”.[4]

The reason for all this secrecy and security was not due to war or Intelligence gathering on antagonistic countries or leaders, as many people think. Rather, it was (and is) because of the ET issue. It’s mainly a race against whom is going to get ET technology for military applications first.

The Labyrinth Group, which was created by code name “Fifteen” (more about him in the next subsection), came into existence much later, in 1963, with its main purpose to learn how to master Blank Slate Technology (BST) to counter an alien invasion, something which will be discussed in details later in this paper.

In review: the Neruda Interviews contain more correct information than The Anderson Interviews (see Wes Penre: “PFC Paper #3: The True Story About the WingMakers, The Labyrinth Group, and S.A.A.L.M. (May 26, 2011)” for reference). In fact, as explained in the above reference, the WMM was taken over by the Labyrinth Group and the Corteum, the latter being an alien faction working with the Labyrinth Group. After that, the WMM became more esoteric and purposely made less comprehensible for the public. The new owner of the WingMakers site, Mahu Nahi of the Corteum, wanted people to believe that it was mostly myth to defuse the truth that had been released by Dr. Neruda, a defector from the same group.

So, for the record (and this is coming directly from the horse’s mouth, Dr. Neruda, whom I’ve been connected with), the Neruda Interviews are what is containing the most truth of all the WMM, in conjunction with the “Ancient Arrow Project”, although the latter has been altered by Mahu Nahi, a.k.a. “James”. The rest of the WMM still contains truth (like in the case of the Sovereign Integral, the Energetic Heart, and most of how the human template is constructed), but needs to be read very carefully to distinguish between truth and falsehood.

  1. Fifteen; The Man Behind the Number

(Some of this will be repetition from previous paper in order to give the whole story, so a lot of additional information has been added).

According to the Neruda Interviews, Fifteen was born in 1934 and was only 22 years old when he joined the ACIO in 1956. He was a renegade genius from the universities who wanted to build computers powerful enough to be used for time-travel. He came to the ACIO from Bell Laboratories due to an alliance between the two organizations at that time.

In 1958, the Corteum became known to the ACIO, and due to Fifteen’s incomparable genius he was the obvious choice for being the one working with them. The Corteum found his obsessive interest in time-travel interesting, and somewhere along the line they told him about Blank Slate Technology (BST), a very special form of time-travel, which the Corteum had been trying to develop for some time. Fifteen was hooked as soon as he got to know about it. 

Figure 1 Zeta Gray

While working within the ACIO, Fifteen was approached by the Zeta Grays, who wanted to offer him a full-scale Technology Transfer Program (TTP#), but Fifteen turned them down. He did not fully trust them, and he had already a similar (and better) program set up with the Corteum. Also, the Grays were much less organized and united than the Corteum, and the least thing Fifteen wanted was instability.

Albeit, there was something the Grays had which the Corteum lacked; memory implants and their genetic hybridization technologies. After much consideration, he decided to make a deal with them as well, but outside of the organization. He did not want too close of a relationship with the Zetas. In exchange, we provided them with access to our “information systems relative to genetic populations and their unique predisposition across a variety of criteria including mental, emotional, and physical behaviors; and they [also] provided us with their genetic findings.”[5]

We need to keep in mind here that there are several different bands of Grays, and not all of them are from Zeta Reticuli I and II; some of them are not even from our galaxy. Grays are pretty common in the Universe. However, even the Zeta Grays are not united, and different factions have different imperatives. Something many of them have in common (although working within different, unrelated groups, sometimes antagonistic to each other), is their genetic research agenda. They are a dying race and need genetics from the Living Library (Earth and its life forms) to strengthen their biokind. Their deteriorating bodies have to a large degree lost their ability to host an Information Cloud (soul), and have therefore become more and more like artificial intelligence. 

Figure 2: Joint Corteum & ACIO Seal

Factions of the Grays made treaties with humans already in the early 1950s through the Eisenhower administration (if not even earlier, through Hitler), and offered TTP in exchange for being allowed to abduct humans and animals in small quantities for their research. As if this wasn’t bad enough, the Grays broke their agreement and abducted far more people than the government had agreed to, and in addition, the Grays did not report each abduction case to the government either, which they had promised. I am not sure if Fifteen was unaware of this fact when he made this new agreement with another faction of the Grays, or if he was willing to pay the price of deception for the exchange of technology on a conscious basis. His reasoning is unknown to me, unfortunately, as it would tell us more about this man’s character.

Whatever the case, the Grays were clearly interested in our information databases, and this was their primary agenda in regards to the ACIO, as it looked like. This particular band of Grays reported directly to Fifteen, because they saw him as someone with an IQ similar to themselves, and regarded him as the CEO of Earth. In many ways, he actually was…

In 1963, two hundred Corteum members under the supervision of their leader, Mahu Nahi, and 118 brilliant human scientists joined Fifteen in the project of building the Labyrinth Group, which was somewhat connected to, but mostly separated from, the ACIO and the NSA. By using his influence, and with some help from his alien friends, Fifteen soon found himself in charge of both the ACIO and the Labyrinth Group, which was one of his big goals. In completing this, he had great help from Dr. Neruda’s stepfather, who was a high executive of the ACIO and supportive of Fifteen. He assisted in putting Fifteen as the CEO of the ACIO. Fifteen could now put a cloak of secrecy around both groups in a way he couldn’t have done prior to that. He now had free hands to develop BST. A little bit later in this paper, I am going to explain why Fifteen and the Corteum are so interested in this time-travel technology, and how the technology works, and it has to do with prophecy, and an alien race from another galaxy; an Invader Force, whose purpose is to establish themselves here and steal our genetics. However, in a much more aggressive way than the Grays. At least, this is what the Corteum has been telling the Labyrinth Group.

Fifteen soon made the Labyrinth Group quite a wealthy organization by selling soft technology to the government and certain major Companies in the U.S. and the rest of the world. These technologies came from the Corteum, and some from the Grays, but Fifteen kept most of it within his group, and only sold what he thought would be “safe” and not used for destructive purposes. This is the main source of income for the group, to be able to finance their research. Then, what Fifteen considers “safe technology” is up for debate.

Figure 3: Fifteen in Hawaii, circa 1978

Fifteen, for obvious reasons, is a very private person, and he is working on BST more or less 24/7; that’s mainly all he does. The number “fifteen” has to do with security clearance within the ACIO and the Labyrinth Group. Levels 1-11 are assigned to the ACIO only, and 12-14 are all within the Labyrinth Group; in fact, they are the Labyrinth Group. Level Fifteen is reserved for Fifteen himself, hence his nick-name. His real name is not known to me.

So how does he look? He is now, as of this writing, on his 77th year; there is a description of him in the Neruda Interviews, and a photo taken of him at his resort in Hawaii in 1978, when he was 44 years old. It was put in circulation (without Fifteen’s consent, I’m sure) (fig. 3). This picture has been verified to me by reliable sources as being genuine.

Fifteen is of average height, and when Dr. Neruda defected, he had shoulder-long hair, gray, usually worn in a ponytail. Neruda said he always reminded him of Pablo Picasso with long hair, and the same penetrating eyes. They are also mischievous, “like you’d expect from a child who’s done something wrong on the surface, but underneath, they’ve created something wonderful, it’s just that nobody understands the wonderful part yet.”

His country of origin is Spain, which is interesting, because Mahu Nahi, the leader of the Corteum alien race, who supposedly took over the WingMakers site, has a Spanish accent and lets the people know in Hempel’s recorded interviews that he was born in Spain, outside Barcelona. If he’s a Corteum, that’s of course misinformation, but if the person whom Hempel met in his home in the Summer of 2008 was Fifteen, it explains both the accent and his height. Hempel didn’t mention Mahu’s height, but if he was a Corteum, he would have looked slightly different from a normal human. The evidence speaks of a person who looks quite normal, of about average height, visiting Hempel in his home, and unless someone else within the Labyrinth Group is from Spain as well, Fifteen fits the profile. Just some food for thought.[6]

Fifteen is on a life mission. Some of us can relate to that. Ever since we were little kids we knew there is something we need to do and we need to find out what it is. Fifteen found out early in life that he wanted to work with developing time-travel technologies. He probably didn’t know why he had that inner drive, but when other kids were playing regular children’s games, Fifteen was already thinking about time-travel. In school and the universities, he quickly outsmarted his professors and didn’t keep quiet about it. He was outspoken and eager to show what he knew. Of course, us being aware of how things work in the field of education, the professors, instead of taking this brilliant young man to heart, they felt threatened by him and often kicked him out from their school of learning.

His already off-the-chart IQ was boosted exponentially when he was subjected to the Corteums’ “Accelerated Intelligence Technology” (AIT#). Then, after he had selected the cream of the crop from the scientific core of the ACIO, he let them undergo the same procedure in an effort to create a team which could successfully develop BST#.

2.1 A Cloak of Secrecy, Two Different Defense Weapons and Hidden Agendas

Fifteen has already from the beginning been very secretive about everything he is doing. Nothing whatsoever which is discussed within the Labyrinth Group is allowed to be discussed with anybody outside the organization; not even with life partners. Hence, Dr. Neruda is the first, and only person so far who has defected from the Labyrinth Group and started talking both about the Animus Problem (which will be addressed in this paper) and BST.

Dr. Neruda says in his interview:

Fifteen withholds his knowledge from the media and the general public because he doesn’t want to be seen as a savior of humanity–the next messiah. And he especially doesn’t want to be seen as some fringe lunatic that should be locked up, or worse yet, assassinated because he is so misunderstood. The instant he stepped forward with what he knows he would lose his privacy and his ability to discover BST. And this he’ll never do.

Most people who know about this greater reality are fearful of stepping into the public scrutiny because of the fear of being ridiculed. You have to admit, that the general public is frightened by what it doesn’t understand, and they do kill the messenger.[7]

To fully understand why this is such a secret I need to touch on the subject of the Animus before we go into them in detail.

Briefly, the Anima (Anima or Animae; plural of Animus) are apparently an alien, ontocyboenergetic* life form from another galaxy who are planning on coming here to Earth as an invader force; as conquerors, but also to get hold of our DNA. Due to a catastrophe in their past, they developed into a machine race with artificial intelligence. In other words, they lack what we call a soul, or information cloud.[8] Their intention is to once again be able to have soul-carriers (biological bodies – biokinds – which can carry a soul) and to have information clouds inhabit them. If they don’t, they can not be part of the evolvement towards being ONE with the Prime Creator, and their part in the universal cycles will be very limited. Therefore they are planning on invading this planet, steal our DNA, and perhaps our whole biokind template, and kill off the rest of the population.

So why Earth? Why travel from a distant galaxy to invade us, a small planet in the outskirts of the Milky Way?

First of all, we are not “just” a small planet. Our biokind is very special and part of an intergalactic experiment called the Living Library. Yes, the Living Library was interfered with some 300,000 years ago when the Anunnaki took over this planet, but our soul-carriers are still very special, and carry traits which are quite unusual in this galaxy and beyond; namely, a wide range of emotions!

Still, we are not the only target for the Animus. They have set out probes in our solar system as well as in others. This year, in 2011, they are scheduled to set up a new probe close to Earth to study our development as a human species. Last they checked (around 12,000 years ago), we were still not developed enough for them to interfere, but Fifteen and the Corteum are afraid that we are now! This means that an invasion could be scheduled by the Anima shortly after the probe has scanned our present biokind/biomind.

This is where BST comes into the picture. With the gain of certain knowledge, Fifteen is hoping to be able to stop the invasion by using his time-travel technology. Details about how this works will be discussed in a separate section below.

Thus, we can see from Fifteen’s point of view why he wants to keep this whole thing secret. However, Dr. Neruda didn’t agree with Fifteen’s approach to use BST to stop this alien race. Just like LPG-C, the Labyrinth Group have their form of remote viewing (RV#), similar to Extra Neuro Sensing (ENS#), but although the subject of ENS is not supposed to be able to detect the neuro-sensor (or ENS, the person who remote views), the WingMakers detected the ENS used by Fifteen and they started to probe her. When Fifteen established that the beings whom detected her were actually WingMakers of the Central Race, he got cold feet and stopped all future RV sessions. He was afraid that the WingMakers would jeopardize his BST plans and stop him.

This was another reason why Dr. Neruda defected. He believed that the WingMakers’ defense weapon installed on our planet would be more effective than BST; he said that all logic showed this to be true, but Fifteen strongly disagreed.

So how can the seven WingMakers sites be defensive weapons? It’s because, due to extensive RV sessions, Dr. Neruda came to the conclusions that among other things, they are DNA triggers. It is known inside the Labyrinth Group that these sites are supposedly meant to activate something in our DNA. This hypothesis alone makes a great connection to the renegade group of Pleiadians whom Barbara Marciniak is channeling. The latter is, in their own words, here to help us activate dormant parts of our DNA[8]. Although they have not mentioned anything in their lectures about the Tributary Zone in general, they have made hints to that such exist, and of course the Pleiadians are not the only alien race interested in seeing our DNA evolve. The Anima, in more clear language, is after our “source code”; the code which the Lyrans and their group of Original Planners implanted in our DNA, the code which is being “decoded” as we speak by gamma rays transmitted from the Sun and the Galactic Center by the Founders, who appear in segments, in form of light-waves! By understanding this source code, they can prevent us from evolving. At least, this is what makes all the sense to me, but there is another twist to this story, as we shall see when we move on.

The purpose of this activation was still a mystery when Dr. Neruda defected, but Neruda himself thinks it has something to do with stimulating our fluid intelligence and enabling sensory inputs that have been dormant within our central nervous system (and he is right). The enhancement of the central nervous system, still according to both Dr. Neruda and Marciniak’s group, makes the defensive weapon more effective to any alien attack. In fact, it has to do with ascension; the rest is secondary.

Dr. Neruda contemplated that the WingMakers’ defensive weapon had to do with rendering our planet invisible to the 2011 probes sent out by the Anima, and in a sense, that is true as we shall see in the Soulution Papers. Here are Dr. Neruda’s own words:

They [the WingMakers] wrote that higher frequencies were emanating from the central universe, and that these seven sites comprised a collective technology that somehow coordinated these frequencies or higher energies to bring about a shift in the planet’s vibratory structure, enabling life on the planet to survive the shift and remain undetected by the Animus.


It confirmed that we’re dealing with the Central Race, and that they want the cultural artifacts from the seven sites to be shared with the public. These elements were connected to the effectiveness of the defensive weapon.


They left behind poetry, music, paintings, and even a glossary. It seems to me that all of these elements — in addition to the philosophy — are connected. Also, I’m suggesting that something fundamentally changes when these materials are absorbed, and perhaps this change, whatever it is, resonates with the technology from the seven sites.


…I’ve absorbed the materials and I’ve noticed changes.[9]

It sure sounds to me that the WingMakers sites were left here on Earth by the Lyran/Pleiadian group who were chased away by the Anunnaki, supposedly 4-500,000 years ago. They are activation sites and defense weapons against those who would try to stop humankind from evolving. The WingMakers sites are heavily encoded and encrypted, and Marciniak’s Pleiadians say that intruders of any kind will not be able to figure out the source code. Humankind (or parts of us) will evolve! The artwork, original music, and the text is telling the story, but the Lyrans knew, or course, that this material could come into the hands of something like our Military Industrial Complex and therefore not come out to the public in its pure form (or at all), but they knew it would. This was planned by soul agreements!

Dr. Neruda says that he had some profound experiences when he was alone in the caves at the Ancient Arrow site in New Mexico, where the first WingMakers site is located. Apparently, he had a visitation from the WingMakers themselves in the cave; more of a perceptual nature than a physical, but still very real. They told him not to trust what Fifteen was doing, and that he was too involved with the Corteum to see the real solution. It is Dr. Neruda’s conviction that the WingMakers put this defensive weapon on Earth to protect their genetics (us).

This was the soul agreement! In a Multiverse, where all time is simultaneous, and the Founders and the Builders think “long thoughts” because of their long lifespan, were already planning 300,000 years ago for what is happening now. Dr. Neruda most probably has a soul agreement with the Builders and the WingMakers) to reveal the information to the public, which he did in 1998. These kinds of soul agreements are done in Sitter Space (the astral worlds between lives). It was no coincident that Dr. Neruda got involved with the Labyrinth Group, received the information he needed, “happened to be” in the cave alone and receive the message from the WingMakers. It was all in the plan to get the material out to the public, although Dr. Neruda was of course, like the rest of us, in oblivion as of what his mission was; it was predestined to happen as part of his life mission. Even if the information was distorted afterwards, it doesn’t matter. The information triggered the source code and is speeding up our evolution.

The source code is still not understood and is not supposed to be; the secrecy and cover-up by the different alien/human groups involved, frenetically trying to decipher a source code they can’t even find, is a waste of time; humankind is evolving and the source code is being triggered every second of the day.

The WingMakers must be the Central Race (the Founders), the original seeders of planets and universes, working in unison with the Lyrans, Vegans and other species involved in the first seeding of mankind to make sure the source code was hidden in the human genome. The WingMakers sites are simply the “light switches” which send signals in encoded form to the source code, hidden in our genome, and the DNA activation begins. So what determines when the ‘light switches’ should go off? Well, the Sun does, and the Central Sun in the middle of the Milky Way Galaxy. When the star constellations and the lineup of our solar system with the Galactic Center is in a straight position with the Central Sun (i.e. right now), the latter, from its Galactic Center Tributary Zones, sends signals to our Sun on gamma rays, and from there signals are relayed to the WingMakers sites, which turn on the light switches. It looks like the Tributary Zones on Earth (which I think are 12 in numbers, not 7 due to that the original planners worked with the 12 system, not the 7 system) are just relay stations. The real Tributary Zones are hidden on planets in another dimension in the center of the Milky Way Galaxy, which we call the “Central Sun”.   

As usual, what so often is blinding scientists and highly educated people in the Military Industrial Complex is that they think everything has to have something to do with weaponry; defensive or offensive in nature. Few are looking in the right direction. No higher evolved beings who are spiritually inclined would suggest a defensive system that has anything to do with violence of any kind. This case is no exception; the WingMakers sites have nothing to do with defensive attack.

So Mahu Nahi (James of the WingMakers) is correct in describing the Sovereign Integral and the Grand Portal. But if Mahu Nahi is the head of the Corteum, why on Earth is he telling us the truth? Well, he is smart enough to understand what the WingMakers sites actually are; something he is very careful to keep a secret from the Labyrinth Group. On the other hand, he knows that the source code in our DNA is getting triggered as we speak in many, many people, and there is little he can do about it. Therefore he took over the WingMakers site after had decided that he could just as well give the public the truth in a watered-down version to get people hooked.

But hooked to what?

He must have figured that if he gave us the truth about the Sovereign Integral (our reconnection with our Higher Selves, i.e. our Oversouls) and our journey to find the Grand Portal, he would have people occupied and it may help him find the source code. Many races out there want access to the source code for different reasons.

In addition, according to The Guardians, a certain frequency distortion has been embedded into the WingMakers music CDs and some of the paintings and poetry has some advanced code inserted so that it actually could prevent us from having our DNA reactivated. It’s all about delaying the reactivation effect until after 2012, when the aligning with the Galactic Center is happening in full. After 2012, if we haven’t taken advantage of what has been sent to us in form of encoded information on gamma rays, it’s much harder to get the activation process started.

So apparently, if we are to believe Ashayana Deane and her Guardian Alliance, it could be dangerous to follow the “spiritual” practices Mahu Nahi suggests when comes to the paintings, and reading the poetry and listening too much on the music CDS could be delaying our reactivation. My own thoughts are that Mahu and the Corteum took over the WingMakers as an experiment to see how many serious spiritual truth-seekers they could attract to their site. They were probably hoping to attract the cream of the crop of active awakened individual and “deactivate” their DNA, or keep keeping it dormant while they continue studying all our DNA activation, looking for the hidden source code. The bottom line is that I seriously suspect that the Corteum knows what the real purpose of the WingMakers sites are. As we shall see soon, their intention is not only to fool those of us who are awakening, but also to fool the Labyrinth Group or any other organization working on a similar project as they do.

Does this mean we should avoid the WingMakers Material as if our life depended upon it? No, there is a lot of very important information there, but we should be very careful not to get involved in any of the particular practices that have to do with the paintings and avoid the music CDs to be on the safe side. There are other, more general practices, like breathing exercises, which are just old, common knowledge from Eastern Philosophies, and there is no harm done to do them; I actually encourage some of them, like “The Quantum Pause” ( In addition, if you like their music, I would suggest you look into some of the New Age composers; some of them are extremely good. I personally like anything of Deuter and of Liquid Mind, to mention two. Both are writing high quality music which relaxes you and helps you tune into higher frequencies.

  1. Accelerated Intelligence

Accelerated Intelligence is something which the Corteum brought to the group. The purpose is to activate the thalamocortical system of the brain. When they have activated this specific section of the brain, inducing a small functional cluster within this system, it expands the higher-order consciousness. These are the neural coordinates of consciousness, pertaining to higher-order reasoning, useful to scientific inquiry, mathematics and general problem solving.

This was the technique Fifteen was subjected to and in his turn let all his employees take advantage of as well. Shortly after this was done to him he got the vision of BST, as a solution to his time-travel theories.

So how does this technique work? Dr. Neruda is describing it in some details in the Neruda Interviews #2:

Few people realize that their conscious mind only processes about 15 bits of information per second of linear time. However, in vertical time, the unconscious mind is processing approximately 70-80 million bits of information. Thus, in normal consciousness, humans are aware of only an infinitesimal amount of the information that is constantly being fed to them at the unconscious level. The Corteum technology was designed to reduce the filtering aspects of the conscious mind and enable the higher frequency information packets to be fed to the conscious mind.

In parallel with this effort, the brain circuitry–if you will–is re-wired to handle the higher voltage of the information that is being fed to the consciousness, allowing capabilities like photographic memory and abstract thought to co-exist. These capabilities become the matrix filter that draws from the unconscious repositories the most relevant information at any particular time based on the problem or task at hand.


It’s not really a simple question of the quantity of information processing, but rather the relevance of the information in linear time based on the intention of the individual. When one goes through the process of the Corteum technology, their ability to tune into information packets that are relevant to a situation or problem is vastly improved. In most people, when a given situation confronts them they access their conscious mind and pull out the solution that has served them in the past. Thus, people fall into ruts and patterned behavior, which closes down their access to the unconscious information packets that are based on real-time situation analysis and have extremely high relevancy.

“This technology accelerates the circulation of information between the conscious and unconscious aspects of the mind to flow in the pattern of an ascending spiral rather than the pattern of a repetitious circle. And because of this it unleashes the innate intelligence of the individual. So you see, the Corteum technology doesn’t increase raw intelligence, it simply facilitates the natural intelligence of the individual.[10]

I will talk a lot more about vertical time and BST in a moment. The concept of vertical time is imperative for BST to work. But a few other things first:

  1. The Corteum – How They Supposedly Look Like

For those familiar with the WingMakers Material (WMM#) it has been a mystery who the Corteum really are. They are presented as a benevolent race, not connected with the ETs that interact with of world’s governments, i.e. the Grays or the Reptilians.

Figure 4: The Corteum, depicted on the WingMakers site


There is no real public picture of the Corteum that I am aware of. The only thing I’ve found is the artsy image at, which doesn’t tell us much. Still, I don’t believe the Corteum are one single species and this is another thing we need to learn about aliens; they rarely work alone. Species, as they develop (not always so much spiritually as technologically) and are involved in space travel, have a tendency to join together with other alien species from other star systems in different star confederations. Thus, species with similar imperatives and agendas work together to accomplish their goals. This means that factions of Reptilians, Grays, Insectoids and humanoids are working closely together as one species when it comes to bringing forth their development as separate species. We have a tendency to think that Grays have their agenda, while the Reptilians have theirs and so on. In reality, amongst alien races whom are developed enough to routinely engage in traveling between the stars, this is rarely the case.

However, we know how some of them look like due to a description by Dr. Neruda. He says that:

They stand nearly three meters high (almost 10 feet) and have very elongated heads and bodies. Their skin is very fair; almost translucent, like you might expect from a cave dweller. Their eyes are relatively large and have various colors just like our own, except the Corteum have different colors to their eyes depending on their age and, in some instance, their emotional state.

What’s very unique about the Corteum is that they have an incredibly articulate nervous system that enables them to process virtually everything that occurs within their environment, including the thoughts of another. Which means that when you’re in their presence, you need to have control of your thoughts or else you’ll potentially offend them. They’re very sensitive emotionally.


They speak perfect English or French, Italian, Spanish, or most any other language for that matter. They’re very gifted linguists and can acquire average language skills in a matter of a few weeks, and operate as masters of the language within a few months. Their minds are like sponges, but like I said before, while they possess incredible mental powers to absorb new information and synthesize it with previous information, they’re not necessarily adept at creating new information totally unrelated to existing information. That’s precisely what impressed them so much with Fifteen.[11]

Furthermore, Dr. Neruda explains to us that their reason for being so interested in BST is because the planet from where they come has become very fragile because its protective atmosphere is degenerating “at an alarming rate”. This condition has led them to become nocturnal, only coming to the surface at night, and even then, only for short moments. Their outer skin becomes more and more sensitive while their atmosphere becomes less protective. From their perspective, BST would restore their environment.

So where have we heard this before? It’s a similar story told by Zecharia Sitchin regarding the Anunnaki and their home planet, Nibiru, which needs gold to restore their atmosphere, and it’s an ongoing process. These people are miners, and they have not been mining only here on Earth, but on other planets in our solar system and elsewhere, too.

I have heard from a source that some of the Corteum is indeed a faction of the Earth-bound Anunnaki, who stayed behind and still dwell on our planet, mostly underground. They are not the S.A.A.L.M.# faction, which works on putting Marduk and his people on the World Throne once and for all, but are still loyal to the Kingdom (home planet Nibiru), and are working with the Labyrinth Group to perhaps (at least officially) solve their planetary issue once and for all.

In his description of how the Corteum look like, Dr. Neruda is both describing the Anunnaki and the Tall Whites, encountered by Charles Hall[11a], who explained that the eye color of the Tall Whites (some call them Tall Grays) change as they grow older, and their nervous system is quite sensitive, just like Dr. Neruda says.

Before we move on, I’d like to bring up the subject of elongated skulls, which has been a matter of discussion within the UFO community for a long time.

4.1. Elongated Skulls vs. Skull-Binding and Cranial Deformation

An interesting thing with Dr. Neruda’s depiction of the Corteum is that they are extremely tall (the Anunnaki can be 7-10ft tall), with elongated skulls!According to Sitchin and LPG-C, the Ša.A.M.i. and the Anunnaki, even if their skulls can be slightly elongated, they otherwise look pretty much like us; we have their genetics. However, giant elongated skulls have been found in South America and elsewhere, and you can study them in some museums around the world. I would suggest you google “elongated skulls” and do your research; it’s very interesting, and the research is almost addictive.

Figure 5a – Alien skulls, some elongated.

We can see the same traits in some of the Egyptian pharaohs as well, and very much so in Queen Nefertiti (see fig. 5b).

Figure 5b – Comparing a giant, elongated skull with a bust of Nefertiti.

Some people, who want to debunk this refer this special kind of skull to something called “skull-binding”, where some tribes bind the heads of young infants while the skeleton is still soft and this will bring about this trait. Although this is true, it’s rather an attempt to copy-cat the Old Gods. The difference between the original ones and the ones that are “skull-bound” is the size of the skull and the jaws.

Figure 6: Skull-binding

I have heard suggestions that the elongated skulls that have been found belong to the Titans, who were deformed offspring of the Anunnaki mating with humans. For the records, the Corteum are not Titans; they are not related. It always puzzled me why the Anunnaki, as depicted in the Sumerian cuneiform is always wearing headgear and headdresses. Did they actually have elongated skulls and wanted to hide this from the humans? This contradicts the information I’ve received from Dr. Bordon of LPG-C, who says the Anunnaki look pretty much like us, but are usually much taller. The question is; the Ša.A.M.i. he is seeing in the LINK meeting, do they wear headdresses? The readers may ask themselves why I don’t just ask Dr. Bordon this question, but over time I’ve learnt that he is not very eager to answering questions he thinks are of less relevance.

Figure 7: Were the headdresses to hide their skulls?

Also, as we now know, the humanoid species is very common in this galaxy, and the variation is mostly in length, skin color, and perhaps the shape of their heads. There is overwhelming evidence that those LPG-C call the Ša.A.M.i. are not one species working alone, but a dominant race in a galactic federation to which they belong. Therefore, it is not farfetched to think that some of them have elongated skulls.

Figure 8a: Egyptian Royalty in stone on chariot.

Figure 8b: Nefertiti in stone

Figure 8c: Queen Nefertiti’s mummy, supposedly (Anunnaki hybrid)

Figure 8d: Egyptian Royalties, entertaining themselves

Skull-binding and intentional cranial deformation has been common throughout history in most parts of the world[12], and most of these intrusions on infants have been in an effort to please, and look like, the “gods”. The question is, which gods? Skull-binding even happened in Egypt; people thought that if they extended the skulls, they would get larger brain and become more intelligent. As in comparison to whom? It is interesting that skull-binding has been most common in Egypt, South Africa, and South America (such as Peru), where the Anunnaki have had the greatest influence, aside from the Three Rivers in Mesopotamia. Is this the reason why we find tribes still doing it today and that we have found deformed skulls in these areas? But where do the larger, deformed skulls come from? Hybrids? Pure Anunnaki? Or did the Anunnaki skull-bind their own children within certain families? If the latter is true, that explains why we see the Anunnaki and their hybrids depicted both with normal skulls, and deformed. It could also explain why the Corteum have elongated skulls (if Dr. Neruda is correct); they belong to a certain family or “tribe” of the Ša.A.M.i./Anunnaki.

Point in case is that it’s very unlikely that Mark Hempel had a visitor, who traveled regular airline from New York to Minnesota, being 10 feet tall, with an elongated skull. It’s more likely that someone else, more humanlike looking, visited Mark in his home with a Spanish accent. But why a Spanish accent and why this unnaturally low baritone voice of the person speaking in the interview sessions by Mark Hempel from 2008? I don’t know, other than it’s confusing and that’s perhaps what it’s meant to be; the person in the interview, who claims to be Mahu Nahi of the Corteum, may not want his true voice in a recording. (These interviews can be downloaded in mp3 format from the WingMakers site for your consideration[13]).

It is evident that the WingMakers site was taken over by the Corteum. However, Fifteen and the Corteum are not our enemies, according to Dr. Neruda; they too want to save the planet from the incoming threat and wish for us to evolve; they just want to keep their work secret. Hence, you will see a lot of uplifting, spiritual information on the WingMakers site, which was put there by the Corteum. This information is true and you can feel it in your heart. Then there are other things, not so inspiring, which are mixed bags at best, and disinformation at worst. Is this confusing? It is meant to be. If there is a lot of truth in something and those who don’t want this truth to be leaked need to take some kind of action. What is more effective than anything else–more than killing the messenger often–is to create a disinformation campaign on a large scale. However, for the clever there are ways to sort information from disinformation; listen and read with your heart.


Master Universe Illustration by Gary Tonge
[!]Master Universe Illustration by Gary Tonge [1208×820]}»
Seven Superuniverses, Seven Tributary Zones, and Seven Superdomains

The Master Universe Card
[!!!]The Master Universe Card [786×667]}»
In the WMM they are talking about 7 superuniverses with a Central Universe in the middle, which is the Universe of Source (the Prime Creator). Like some people pointed out in the WingMakers Q&A section[15], this sounds very similar to what is described in the Urantia Book.[16] Nahi Mahu replied that in some cases the WingMakers share the philosophy with Urantia, but it’s still quite different. However, when we look at it, it may not be so different after all. As we shall see, Dr. Neruda’s presentation of the 7 superuniverses coincide and fit pretty well with LPG-C’s 7 superdomains, but is a light version thereof.

Figure 9: The Grand Universe with its 7 superuniverses, according to Dr. Neruda and the WingMakers

This is how the 7 superuniverses are described in the WMM by Dr. Neruda. He says that the Labyrinth Group learned from the Corteum that:

…the Central Universe is stationary and eternal, while the seven superuniverses are creations of time and revolve around the Central Universe in a counterclockwise rotation. Surrounding these seven superuniverses is “outer” or peripheral space, which is non-physical elementals consisting of non-baryonic matter or antimatter, which rotates around the seven superuniverses in a clockwise rotation. This vast outer space is expansion room for the superuniverses to expand into. The known universe that your astronomers see is mostly a small fragment of our superuniverse and the expansion space at its outermost periphery. Hubble-based astronomy extrapolates, based on a fractional field of view, that there are 50 billion galaxies in our superuniverse, each containing over 100 billion stars. However, most astronomers remain convinced that our universe is singular. It is not–according to the Corteum.

On the fringe of the central universe resides the Central Race, which contain the original human DNA template of creation. However, they are such an ancient race that they appear to us as Gods, when indeed they represent our future selves. Time and space are the only variables of distinction. The Central Race is known to some as the creator gods who developed the primal template of the human species and then, working in conjunction with the Life Carriers, seeded the galaxies as the universes expanded. Each of the seven superuniverses has a distinctive purpose and relationship with the central universe via the Central Race based on how the Central Race experimented with the DNA to achieve distinct, but compatible physical embodiments to be soul carriers.


The Central Race is divided into seven tribes, and they are master geneticists and the progenitors of the humanoid race. In effect, they are our future selves. Quite literally they represent what we will evolve into in time and towards in terms of space.


The Labyrinth Group believed that the WingMakers are representatives of the Central Race, and that they created our particular human genotype to become suitable soul carriers in our particular universe. The Ancient Arrow site is part of a broader, interconnected system of seven sites installed on each continent. Together, we believe this system constitutes a defensive technology.[17]

And Dr. Saunter, in the opening to the Dr. Neruda interviews, is convinced that the Central Race, which, from what the Labyrinth Group have concluded, are equivalent with the WingMakers and from the Pleiades. Barbara Marciniak’s Pleiadian renegade group are saying that they seeded mankind together with the Lyrans, so a consistent picture is starting to emerge.

The Ancient Arrow Site in New Mexico; the one and only WingMakers site that’s been found (at least as far as public knowledge goes), is (according to the WMM, although I believe there are at least 12 sites–the Guardians say 24, which is 12×2) just one of 7 sites, also called Tributary Zones in the WMM, spread out over the continents of Earth like in fig. 10 below.

Figure 10: Global position of the 7 Planetary Tributary Zones

Each of these Tributary Zones on Earth corresponds with one superuniverse, where the site in New Mexico most likely corresponds with our own. If this is true, there is a Tributary Zone, according to the WMM, in the core in the galactic center of each living galaxy in our universe. They are, symbolically or literally, located on planets very close to the galactic core. And, like Advanced Physics is aware of today, the core of the galactic center, at least in a spiral galaxy like our own, consists of a Central Sun and a gigantic black hole. This black hole is what the Pleiadians call “The Womb of the Mother”[18], i.e. the birth center of the galaxy. It’s like a super orgasm where the nebulae and stars were spread in a rotational orbit around its center. The fact that we are now aligning ourselves with the Galactic Center is a phenomenon known in mainstream physics as well, but is pointed out both by Marciniak’s Pleiadian group and Mahu Nahi in the interview sessions with Mark Hempel[19].

Both say that this has to do with change in consciousness. People who have learned to vibrate on a higher frequency and to keep their frequency on that level most of the time, despite of turmoil around them will experience this new boost of energy coming in from the galactic center differently than someone who has not prepared at all. So, some people will become highly enlightened during this time period, while others will be overwhelmed by the strength of these energies. If a person has a lot of anxiety, hate, anger, resentment, and judgment in his or her personality, these traits will amplify. On the other side, these who have learned how to love, appreciate things, forgive themselves and others, apply humility in life, be compassionate, understand self and others, and apply valor in life, will have those traits amplified, and will use them as a springboard towards higher dimensions and frequencies.

Interesting also is that the 7 superdomains explored by LPG-C correspond somewhat with the 7 superuniverses. It is my conviction that Dr. Neruda knew this when he did his interviews with Sarah, but needed to simplify it, or no one would understand what he was talking about. Same thing when the Labyrinth Group took over the WMM; they explain in their “Liminal Cosmogony”[20] briefly how the 7 superuniverses are connected, then explaining that this is an excerpt of a grander work, which will be revealed later. I would say that this grander work, which will be released by the Corteum and the Labyrinth Group, is quite similar to that of LPG-C’s “Working Model” (See Physics Paper #1[21]).

In figure 11 below we can see what LPG-C call “The Unum”, which is the composite of 7 superdomains, described in detail in “Physics Paper #1”:

Figure 11: The Unum with the 7 superdomains

Here, the “superuniverses”, or superdomains, as described by LPG-C (, are as follows:

  1. Prime-Causal
  2. Thought
  3. Unisonic
  4. Logomorphic
  5. Syntonic-Diffusive
  6. Templaic or Quantum Potential
  7. 4-Space/Time[22]

Obviously, the experience upon which we have our main attention is in 4-space/time, although we exist simultaneously in all superdomains. These superdomains correspond to the seven superuniverses, used both in the WMM and the Urantia Book, although they are approached differently. The Void corresponds to the “Peripheral Expansion Space” in the WingMakers superuniverse version (see fig. 9 above). 

There is much more to the earthly seven Tributary Zones and with the Working Model than I have brought up here and in other previous papers, but that is material for another time and not in the scope of what we are discussing here.

I find it interesting, though, that both the WMM and LPG-C are working with the “7 System”, while the Pleiadians and the Guardians (and many other metaphysical contacts) are working with the “12 System”, saying that this is the system within the human biomind is operating, and in expansion, we will tune into the “13 System”.

  1. The Central Race as Creator Gods

Dr. Neruda in the interviews confirms what the Pleiadians have said about seeding the Universe and provide it with functioning soul-carriers*. He says that the Central Race experimented many times with different kinds of soul-carriers until they formed one that was good enough to take a particle of the Source energy force into the outer, expanding universes. If not being able to do so, its experience in the 3rd dimension (or 4-space/time) would be of limited value, as it can’t bring any of that back directly to Prime Creator.

The Central Race holds the genetic template, or archetype, of the human species, in spite of what form it takes on, or what time it lives in. So long as it is a soul-carrier of intelligent life forms in the sense of bi-pedal beings with a torso, two arms, and two legs, the Central Race holds the genetic template. All other, lesser-developed versions are drawn towards this archetype like a magnetic force. All versions of the humanoid species are just time-shifted versions of the Central Race. At least this is the view of the Corteum.

  1. Prophecy

Prophecy is a pretty wide but interesting subject, because there are numerous such since the beginning of time. In the WMM several different ancient prophecies are discussed of which some of them are not even known to common man, and these are some of the prophecies supposed to come true in our time. To distinguish between the WMM prophecies and other significant ones, I’m going to categorize them and explain them one by one. The Prophecy Papers, which will be released after the first batch of papers, are going to go deeper into the other ones.

There are many, many ancient texts dealing with prophecies, and only a handful are known to the public. Most of them are hidden within secret societies and organization who have locked them in, only to be viewed by high level, very trusted members. The ACIO, and the Labyrinth Group in particular, have access to many of them, if not most, according to Dr. Neruda.

These prophecies are pretty powerful when comes to describing the 21st Century and its challenges. Fifteen got access to them when he became the Director of Research for the ACIO.

Being able to leave your body while doing remote viewing is nothing new. People have been able to do so for ages but only in organized forms within the Mystery Schools and other occult orders. This can be accomplished on an observational level, where you don’t interfere with what in going on at the place you’re going to. Instead of just going to a certain place in horizontal time (which is our normal timeline), some have been able to access future events from a vertical access point.  People who know how to do it can then go into the future (or even back from the future) to this time from the vertical access point. However, they are unable to change any events; still, they can see what is happening there with quite some clarity.

According to Dr. Neruda, some of these time travelers have come in contact with the WingMakers and have been provided messages about the future; messages which have been recorded in symbols, pictures, or in extinct languages like Sumerian, Akkadian, Mayan, and Chakobsan.

One interesting and quite alarming part of the prophecies, which also seems to be a common theme from ancient texts and symbols, etc. is something that is supposed to happen in the early part of the 21st Century, around 2011 (this is all according to Dr. Neruda. I haven’t had the chance to verify, or look into this yet as of its validity). The major institutions, like the United Nations, will be infiltrated by an alien race. This race is a predator race with technologies way more sophisticated than our own. Being aware of humanity’s obsessive interest in TTPs# the last 40-50 years, it shouldn’t be a problem for this alien race to more or less make any deal they want with us. They will pose as humanoids, but are really a blend of human and android; in other words, they are synthetics.

This alien species has as one of its imperatives to establish a One World Government on Earth and rule as its executive power. This is one, perhaps the most, challenging thing we have to deal with in the very near future, according to Dr. Neruda and the Labyrinth Group. These prophecies have been kept out of public domain, and were also meant to be kept secret within the Labyrinth Group so they could deal with the problem in isolation. However, that changed when Dr. Neruda defected and the WingMakers site was launched in 1998.

Whether this prophecy about the alien race is true or not, time events are not set in stone due to that people are creating their own reality every second of the day, and so are other beings in the universe. Therefore prophecies, the older they are, the less accurate they may be when comes to pinpointing a certain time frame, and even the event itself. If we are lucky, it’s not going to happen. Anyhow, an invasion is not likely to happen this year but a probe will apparently be put in orbit around Earth to see how our species have developed, if at all. This group of artificial intelligence aliens, whom we call the Animus, visited us already 8,866 years ago (counted from 2011 and back), but then thought we were too primitive to care about. What they would think now, however, is another issue…

  1. The Animus, In Search For Soul-Carriers

Most people today have heard of Artificial Intelligence, robots, androids, thinking machines etc. Most of it I believe took life with Arnold Schwarzenegger and the “Terminator” movies. No doubt that this was a hint to the public of what was to come. Not that any of this hadn’t been mentioned before; we have Isaac Asimov’s “I, Robot” and other “profound” revelations in the sci-fi genre. This is often how it’s done; the truth is revealed to the public via fantasy and science fiction literature and movies. Someone with inside information writes an sci-fi book or a movie script to prepare us for the future. It stays in our subconscious mind, which does not differentiate between fiction and reality (as they are both one and the same), and then in the future when what was relayed to us as entertainment becomes reality, it’s easier for us to accept because we have a reference point when our subconscious mind gets triggered and carries the memories of the books/movies up to the surface.

Today, the Media is talking about artificial intelligence (AI#) ever so often and predict our future as a machine society. Many scientists, both those who are for and against (to encourage a debate), come out in the open about it as well. No one can miss it because it’s all over the place.

On the other end of the spectrum, metaphysical beings, such as the Pleiadians, Bashar, the Ra Collective, and others, are consistently warning us from being part of that future. They stress that if we don’t change our ways, we will be part of a society where intelligent machines rule, and once again we may go back to being openly enslaved from being covertly enslaved, like we are now.

So what is this all about? Can it be something bigger than just man creating intelligent machines?

The answer is a definite “yes!” We are being prepared. This is happening on different levels. Yes, man is using alien, and even Tesla technology (which is alien technology as well) to develop intelligent machines to do the work for us and be able to quickly do the math required for higher science. On a lower level, robots for common people are discussed as well, being used as housekeepers, janitors and whatever they can be useful for.

8.1 The Origin of the Animus

On the higher level, we are told, is the Animus. They are of central focus in the WMM, and a key problem, according to Dr. Neruda. Dr. A.R. Bordon and Dr. E.M. Weinz of LPG-C# have showed concern about this alien race as well; so much that they released an essay to the public called, “The Anima Problem – Possible Location of the Threat Locus”[23].

Figure 12a: “The Whirlpool Galaxy”, M-51 in Canes Venatici.
The origin of the Animus, according to Dr. Neruda.

The two LPG-C scientists agree with Dr. Neruda regarding the seriousness of this problem but disagree as of their origin. Dr. Neruda suggests that the Anima come from a planet in a galaxy called “The Whirlpool Galaxy”, or Messier 51 (M-51) in the constellation Canes Venatici, about 25 million light-years away from Earth (fig. 12a). M-51 is a spiral galaxy, type Sa (The Milky Way being an Sb galaxy). These classifications are mostly about the size and form of the bulge in the center of the galaxy. However, I need to make an important note here: although Sarah, who interviewed Dr. Neruda suggested that the Animus home planet is located in M-51 and Dr. Neruda is affirmative to this, I believe this to be either a typo, or more plausible, a deliberate “mistake” made by the Corteum, when they took over the WMM. In the first interview, it clearly states that the distance to their home galaxy is 37 million light-years. When asking LPG-C about this inconsistency, they confirm that the distance should be about 37 million light-years, not 25 million, which is the distance to M-51.

LPG-C suggest in their essay that the main choice of candidate for the Anima species is an elliptic galaxy, type E1, in the constellation of Leo. This suggested galaxy is called M-105 or NGC 3379, depending on which galaxy classification model we use. M-105 is on an approximate distance of 38 million light-years from our solar system (fig. 12b). In LPG-C’s case, though, it is no more than a qualified suggestion at the point of the writing of the essay (2007), and other galaxies, such as M-96, M-95, M-66, M-65, and NGC 3628, are also mentioned as candidates. What they have in common is that they all belong to the Leo group of galaxies, and their approximate distance from Earth is 35-38 million light-years. Who and what is correct or not remains to be seen, and outside the scope of this research paper.

Figure 12b: M-105 (NGC 3379), an elliptic galaxy, type E1, in the constellation of Leo.
The origin of the Animus, according to the LPG-C essay.

Also, ancient scriptures, now in the hands of LPG-C, indicate a huge interest in the Leo constellation, hinting at this particular Animus problem, and by using ENS (remote viewing), LPG-C has found signature of Animus presence in all the above mentioned galaxies. This, in my opinion, is quite alarming, if correct, meaning that they have spread like cockroaches over our region of the universe.

8.2 Disconnected From Source

It is described in the Neruda Interviews that the Animus race is a highly artificial and machine-like species. This means that their intelligence is artificial as well, and their brains are no more than very sophisticated computers which can think intelligent thoughts on their own of a much higher accuracy and more more precisely quality than we humans and many other species in the universe. As machines, they can regenerate themselves to a large degree, just like we exchange components in a machine or a computer to have it continue working. So, in our terms, one individual of this species can potentially live for millions and and perhaps billions of years. But just like machines in general, they lack emotions and empathy, and thus can’t understand how biological entities work.

Figure 13: Ontocyberenergetic life form as presented in the Working Model. The Anima would fit into this category and perhaps look something like this.

A body in this, and any known universe, needs to be biological in nature, and sophisticated enough to be able to be a soul-carrier, i.e. possess a soul. A machine can have a certain level of consciousness, but that consciousness is totally disconnected from Source because it lacks a soul. This is exactly the case with the Animus. If one of them “dies”, which is basically only possible if someone destroys it, or it gets involved in an accident from which it can’t be regenerated, that’s the end of it. That individual ceases to exist once and for all; there is no afterlife for such a being.

The Anima are apparently aware of their mortality in this sense, and their disconnection from some kind of Higher Consciousness and Intelligence, and this bothers them. They want to reconstruct their bodies by adding DNA to them, thus hopefully being able to create soul-carriers. This can only be done by collecting DNA from biokinds throughout the universe, and subsequently, by infiltration and invasion.

It is a mystery to me, though, how something which lacks a soul can have consciousness enough to long for one; it requires a soul to long for something. But then again, there is more to the picture, and part of the “Animus Problem” may be disinformation to hide something just as hideous.

Once again, although this, if true, is very threatening for us humans, it’s a matter of imperatives. To understand this problem and be able to face it intellectually without preconceptions and belief-system based ideas, we have to eliminate the belief in good and evil, and instead think in imperatives. From our point of view, this alien AI is evil and counter-survival to our species, but from their viewpoint, it’s evolution. They need to connect to Source again. Unfortunately, at this point they are limited in their understanding of how biominds with Information Clouds think and work, and they don’t grasp why it would be something wrong with terminating the intelligent beings of a whole planet if necessary. They don’t have the luxury of emotions and feelings. It’s from this perspective we need to face the problem.

In our ancient past, around 12,800 years ago, they found our planet and noticed it was inhabited with biominds (humans). We were not evolved enough for their taste at the time, but decided to keep us under observation. Now, in 2011, they are coming back to put a probe in orbit around our planet to study our current stage of development. If they find us evolved enough, they will most probably invade; first by infiltration, and then by more direct means. We live in a “Free Will” universe, but it is also monitored by the Central Race and other essential Beings from higher dimensions and the Animus knows they need our approval to be able to take over. Same problem some other aliens have when trying to steal our DNA. They achieve this approval by tricking us by finding out what it is we want the most. In our case, from the standpoint of our Military Industrial Complex (MIC) it is technology, so by signing up for a TTP, they will get what they are after. Most likely, greedy factions of the human race, in position of power, will drool over the technology the Anima have to offer.

The problem, as it is presented, is not an easy one to solve, as we can see. This is why groups like the Labyrinth Group and LPG-C are working behind the scenes in attempts to resolve it, out of scrutiny from the higher levels of our world governments. Here is where BST# (Blank Slate Technology) comes into the picture as one potential solution to the Animus Problem, as presented by the Corteum.

I am not certain how the Animus became a machine race; if it was due to some catastrophe in the past, by choice, or if they were created by an external species, whom eventually left them to care for themselves. There are some indications (which I may go into more in the future) that the Verdants had a finger in this a long time ago, but more research needs to be done to know for sure.

  1. Vertical Time, Blank Slate Technology, and Memory Restructure Procedure

The information which has leaked out on these subjects come mainly from Dr. Neruda, but are also mentioned by Ashayana Deane from her communication with The Guardian Alliance, whom are said to be a benevolent, ancient race, also helping us out in the times that are and these to come. The Guardians, however (which we will go into later), are not very happy about what the Labyrinth Group is doing. Although they acknowledge the people on the ground (humans) as good people, doing what they’re doing for reasons to help mankind, they are not in favor of the Corteum, whom they say have a very dark, service-to-self agenda which has everything to do with Blank Slate Technology (BST). I will present both sides in this paper.

9.1 Horizontal and Vertical Time

To understand BST, we need to understand how vertical and horizontal time work.

Here on Earth we live in the 3rd dimension, or 4-space/time, if we use LPG-C terms, where time is the 4th dimension. We normally experience time as being horizontal, with a past, present and a future.

What most people don’t realize is that we live hundreds, maybe thousands, maybe tens of thousands of lives in an expanding Multiverse. This means that we are living several lifetimes at once here on Earth.

Obviously, you are living one of the lifetimes now around 2012, and there’s where your main attention is. Still, you may be living another life in the 1,500s, other lives in the 800s, 100s, 500s BC, 50,000 BC, 5,000,000 BC and so on. We call this reincarnation, but that’s not what it really is. Reincarnation implies that we die and are reborn again after a certain linear time has passed, always from a past into a future. In reality, seen from a multidimensional perspective, we live all our lives on Earth simultaneously, and the only reason we usually are not aware of our other-selves is because they are separated by time.

The important thing to know for now (there is so much more to it) is that we perceive time as horizontal. People in general are not even aware of what I just wrote in the above paragraph, and even less aware of that there is vertical time as well.

There is a whole new complex science on concepts of time, which expands upon the mainstream concept of the same. This explains how 4-space/time in its expanded reality is actually 6-space/time; three spatial dimensions and three dimensions of time, namely: length, width, height, local/horizontal time, vertical time, and five infinites with 12,900,000 “intervention points” into horizontal time[24]. However, the precise science of this is beyond what will be discussed in this paper, and we are only going to touch this briefly to be able to understand how BST works.

From the perspective of horizontal time, when a major event is happening, e.g. the murder of JFK, the Hiroshima/Nagasaki a-bomb incidents, the first landing on the moon, 9/11 etc., it leaves a “print” on the horizontal timeline, which can be used as an intervention point of entrance from a vertical timeline. This can be done through remote viewing (and is done by remote viewers all the time), but so far, those who visit these entrance points can only do so as spectators and will not be able to change any events that happened in the past (or will happen, if the remote viewer is visiting the future). Thus, we can call this “passive time-travel”, and it is very much possible and has been known to man for decades. BST, however, is “active time-travel”, which means that events can be altered and interfered with, so that the future from the point of interaction will be different than it was before it was done. In other words, an alternative timeline is created.

Again, the life physics around these concepts will not be discussed here. I have taken part of the physics that goes with it, and it is indeed not as incredible as it may sound and after a little study, it makes sense. However, I am not ready to collaborate on it at this time and hope you will have patience with this and wait for the right time to post additional evidence to what is brought up here.

The Animus, according to the Neruda Interviews, first visited our planet about 300 million years ago and revisited us 8,866 years ago, approximately 2,000 years after the Deluge. Mesopotamia had not yet started to flourish, and civilization was in the stage of rebuilding itself after the Flood. Also, a lot of Anunnaki were still here, according to Sitchin. This was enough for the Animus to decide they should wait and see how we developed.

Figure 14: Horizontal and vertical time, showing insert point or intervention point

The easiest way to explain vertical time is to think of an x and a y axis, where the x axis is “Horizontal Time”, and the y-axis being “Vertical Time” (fig. 14). Horizontal time is self explanatory only because we are so used to perceiving time this way. Now, think of vertical time as each moment in existence stacked upon the next and all coinciding with one another. Thus, time is the composite of all moments of all experience simultaneously existing within no-time, which can be referred to as eternity.

Dr. Neruda explains it quite plainly in the interviews:

Vertical time infers that one can select a moment of experience and use time and space as the portal through which they make their selection real. Once the selection is made, time and space become the continuity factor that changes vertical time into horizontal time or conventional time.[25]

And the difference between horizontal and vertical time is that:

Vertical time has to do with the simultaneous experience of all time, and horizontal time has to do with the continuity of time in linear, moment-by-moment experiences.[26]

Remote viewing, or ENS, which is its more advanced form where you use an avatar, is of course nothing we have invented here on Earth; it’s a universal technique, used by most advanced aliens in order both to time-travel and to move quickly from one place to another. By the same token, BST is not originating as an idea in the heads of the Corteum or Fifteen, either. Variants of this technique exist elsewhere in the universe, but Fifteen’s technique is a quite unique form of BST. However, few alien species are willing to share their specific techniques with other races once they have developed them. According to Dr. Neruda, it’s one of the most protected and guarded of all technologies. This is the reason why the Corteum can’t go visit some alien species somewhere and get the key how to master BST.

Dr. Neruda, whom after all is a defector from the Labyrinth Group, is further telling us that in order to develop the specific kind of BST Fifteen is working on it requires a developer to apply new theorems and new laws of physics which have not been developed before. Then a new suite of technologies need to be built, based on a new matrix of how the world works. Almost everything we previously held true needs to be destroyed, re-invented, re-formulated, and integrated into this new matrix.

This is why the Labyrinth Group and LPG-C are not on collision course with each other; they are both developing a new life physics, but slightly different from each others. They are not working together on any level; LPG-C being a totally separate unit, not part of any government bodies, while the Labyrinth Group is connected with, and part of ACIO. There are more reasons why the two are not working together; probably more reasons than I am aware of, but to understand it better we need to know exactly why Dr. Neruda defected. I have already given a reason or two, but later on in this paper, I will bring it up some more.

9.2 Memory Restructure Procedure (MRP)

The WingMakers sites can in certain terms be viewed as “time capsules”, as described in the WMM. They are programmed to be activated at a certain time to counter the Animus invasion and ultimately to protect the DNA of the Central Race (whom I prefer to call “The Founders”. However, as long as we are talking about the WingMakers, the Corteum and the Labyrinth Group, I’ll use their terminology).

Built into these time capsules is a “Memory Restructure Procedure”, orMRP#, which is intended to be used to wipe out the memory of the artificial race and thus prevent the invasion to take place. The Labyrinth Group, or more specifically Fifteen has, as it appears, been able to understand this technology well enough to be able to use it on his own people, in case they defect or start to talk. Any specific type of memory, or any specific event, can be erased from the memory bank and the victim won’t ever suspect that something is wrong. One can argue that a similar technology is used towards alien abductees to create “missing time”, although the latter technology seems less perfect. Another similar technique is used on military “special forces”, who are part of special teams who meet with aliens, take part of top secret technologies, visit secret facilities on Earth and elsewhere in the universe (yes, it happens!). Once they depart from their mission, the military is using a blank slate memory erasure program, which will wipe out the memory of the soldier so he can’t talk about his experiences.[27]

Dr. Neruda, however, still has his memory intact from the time he spent with the Labyrinth Group and the ACIO, and he thinks the reason why they didn’t come after him was because he had already revealed too much and instead of making the effort they simply took over the WingMakers site.

Fifteen didn’t think that MRP, attached with the time capsules, is enough to stop the Animus, and this is the main reason he thinks BST is necessary. So let’s take a look at what it is and how it’s intended by humans to be used on the Anima.

9.3 Using BST Against the Animus

First, let us take another look at what Blank Slate Technology is. We already discussed how a time-traveler can be either passive or active, or both. ACIO, the CIA and other government bodies know very well how to remote view and how to time travel, but only in passive form, as spectators. BST, on the other hand, is the technology necessary to interact with vertical time and change it. You have to be able to “page through it like a book”, to quote Dr. Neruda, until you find the exact intervention point where you want to intervene.

This is where it gets scary, because it’s so complex, and if you intervene with vertical time, you also intervene with horizontal time. So if you even think about doing something like that, you have to be able to calculate theexact consequences of that intervention. This is why Fifteen and the Labyrinth Group decided to cooperate with the Corteum; their computer technology is about 4,000 times as powerful than our best supercomputers. Still, it has taken a super-genius like Fifteen more than half a century to pinpoint this down to a workable technique, and I’m not sure if he’s done yet.

With the help from Corteum technology, the Labyrinth Group is able to create highly complex scenario models. These models then helps the group figure out the best intervention point. BST is a composite technology having five discrete and inter-related technologies.

I’ll let Dr. Neruda describe them, one by one (the emphasis is mine for better overview):

The first technology is a specialized form of remote viewing. This is the technology that enables a trained operative to mentally move into vertical time and observe events and even listen to conversations related to an inquiry mode. The operative is invisible to all people within the time they are traveling to, so it’s perfectly safe and unobtrusive. The intelligence gained from this technology is used to determine the application of the other four technologies. This is the equivalent of intelligence gathering.

The second technology that is key to BST is the equivalent of a memory implant. As I mentioned earlier, the ACIO refers to this technology as a Memory Restructure Procedure or MRP. MRP is the technology that allows a memory to be precisely eliminated in the horizontal time sequence and a new memory inserted in its place. The new memory is welded to the existing memory structure of the recipient.

You see, events — small and large — occur from a single thought, which becomes a persistent memory, which in turn, becomes a causal energy center that leads the development and materialization of the thought into reality[27a]… into horizontal time. MRP can remove the initial thought and thereby eliminate the persistent memory that causes events to occur.

The third technology consists of defining the intervention point. In every major decision, there are hundreds, if not thousands of intervention points in horizontal time as a thought unfolds and moves through its development phase. However, in vertical time, there is only one intervention point or what we sometimes called the causal seed. In other words, if you can access vertical time intelligence you can identify the intervention point that is the causal seed. This technology identifies the most probable intervention points and ranks their priority. It enables focus of the remaining technologies.

The fourth technology is related to the third. It’s the scenario modeling technology. This technology helps to assess the various intervention points as to their least invasive ripple effects to the recipients. In other words, which intervention point — if applied to a scenario model — produces the desired outcome with the least disruption to unrelated events? The scenario modeling technology is a key element of BST because without it, BST could cause significant disruption to a society or entire species.

The fifth and most puzzling technology is the interactive time travel technology. The Labyrinth Group has the first four technologies in a ready state waiting for the interactive time travel technology to become operational. This technology requires an operative, or a team of operatives, to be able to physically move into vertical time and be inserted in the precise space and time where the optimal intervention point has been determined. From there the operatives must perform a successful MRP and return to their original time in order to validate mission success.[28]

At the time Dr. Neruda defected, the Labyrinth Group had about forty scenario models and around eight intervention points defined. In the interviews with Sarah, Dr. Neruda is too uncomfortable giving out the most likely scenario because of the highly classified nature of the information. It’s also a matter of not only national security, but in this case, world security.

Dr. Neruda, just like the Pleiadians, lets us know that Earth is a very special planet due to its tremendous bio-diversity and a complex range of ecosystems. Its natural resources are very unique and plentiful. Dr. Neruda says: “It’s a genetic library that’s the equivalent of a galactic zoo.”This directly corresponds with the Pleiadians saying that Earth is a Living Library, where plants, animals, and human DNA are seeded by using DNA from multiple different planets within, and outside, of our galaxy.

The Animus showed interest in this planet because it wants to own its genetics in full; not only our human biokind. The Animus is a synthetic race, as we’ve discussed earlier, and they have the ability to clone themselves to whatever extent they think necessary. No birth control needed, as sex is not a part of their life (or should I say “existence”?). The only “birth control” they want is to determine how many copies of themselves they need. Although expansion of their empire is oneimperative, they mainly want to become soul-carriers. Synthetic organisms are not able to carry the higher frequencies of a soul, which always requires an organic nervous system. So, in other words, the Animus race wants to become immortal, and the only way to do so is to connect with Source via souls/information clouds.

In summary, what the Labyrinth Group is trying to do is to catch the first thought from the Animus, where they decided to invade Earth and redirect that thought through an intervention point in vertical time. When the most well-suited intervention point is found and decided upon, ENS (people using the advanced avatar based remote viewing technology) will use BST, creating a “blank memory slate” of the whole race at the moment of the exact thought, and then insert a new thought, perhaps saying something to the effect, “Earth is not a good planet for us, let’s move elsewhere and never come back.” This, in spite of how dangerous it sounds, is the plan in a nutshell.

So why not just trust the WingMakers/Central Race to have installed defensive weapons good enough to keep the Animus away?

This was exactly the point Dr. Neruda made in a session with Fifteen[29]. Fifteen, however, doesn’t trust the Central Race in this respect. Through RV sessions, his group of ENS have discovered Animus activity in many galaxies; even as near as the Andromeda, which is our closest neighbor galaxy, aside from the Magellan Clouds. Did they invade all these planets despite precautions made by the Central Race? If so, what stops them from invading us? These were the questions Fifteen asked himself. Instead of waiting to see what will happen once they have found all the seven WingMakers sites, he decided to develop BST to eliminate the threat once and for all.

After had RV’d the Central Race back in time when they were about to create Earth, Fifteen knew that they would never allow Fifteen to develop and use BST against the Animus or for any other reasons either, for that matter; BST being the most guarded technology, once developed by the Central Race. Fifteen is aware of that BST can be used both for benevolent purposes and for evil, and this is exactly the reason why the Central Race don’t want anyone to have access to it without their direct permission. The risk that this technology falls into the wrong hands are great. And of course, there are organizations, like S.A.A.L.M., who are doing all they can to try and infiltrate both LPG-C and the Labyrinth Group; both working on developing BST, separate from each other.

In addition, the remote viewers, such as Samantha, are not part of the Labyrinth Group, and in cases as such when she remote viewed the Central Race, Fifteen afterwards authorized his staff (in most cases Dr. Neruda provided the correct coordinates so they knew where to erase) to use MRP# on the remote viewer, so she would forget everything that had to do with the ENS sessions. This, naturally, kept both Dr. Neruda and other Labyrinth Group member in constant anxiety of having their memory erased. That’s a lot of power assigned to Fifteen. I am certainly glad that I am not in the position Dr. Neruda and others were (and those who have stayed within the group still are).

I get the impression that Fifteen is jumping the gun because things are taking longer than he feels comfortable with, but it was no accident that the Ancient Arrow site in New Mexico was found, and our DNA seems to be programmed to find these sites when the time is right. Thus, to me it seems logical to wait it out. Still, I can see Fifteen’s concern when he finds out how widespread this synthetic race is; this being the main reason why he wants to bypass the WingMakers technology and develop his own version of BST. And of course, in the middle of this is the ignorant human race. Now, however, the cat is out of the bag, but if Dr. Neruda hadn’t defected, it’s doubtful that anyone outside the Labyrinth Group would know anything about this.

Speaking of knowing and of memory; it’s known and acknowledged that Marduk rewrote history and erased our memories once upon a time and started a brand new Era, where humans had no knowledge of any previous “gods”. Instead he implanted new, false memories of Earth’s history. Whether he used the same Blank Slate Technology that the Labyrinth Group and LPG-C now is developing or not, is more than I can tell, but this all makes me wonder how many times in the past the Anunnaki have erased the memory of the human population. How many times in the Wars of the gods have they wished for their human slaves to remember a “new” history, a new made-up past?

Alien contactees say that the Vegans, Lyrans and the Pleiadians are here to set the record straight and give us our real history back, and that is exactly what I see and hear them doing. The Fallen Ones are losing this battle, at least against some of us, because we refuse to fight with weaponry anymore; we simply leave them behind and pass them on our spiritual path. To where we are going the gods can’t go, because they don’t know how. Perhaps in the future, it will be our task to help them evolve, if possible.

  1. Ashayana Deane, The Guardian Alliance, and the BeaST

The most outspoken opponent to Blank Slate Technology and the Corteum is perhaps the alien “Guardian Alliance”, communicating through their spokesperson, Ashayana Deane, former Anna Hayes, co-founder of”Azurite Press of the Melchizedek Cloister Emerald Order”[30]. In May of 2010, she was interviewed by Kerry-Lynn Cassidy of Project Camelot Productions[31], where Mrs. Deane through the approximately seven hours interview went through the teachings of the Guardians[32]. In the third section of the interview, she and Kerry are getting on the subject of the WingMakers, and Mrs. Deane, to Kerry’s surprise, is talking about them in quite a negative manner.

In essence, she says that the Corteum, whom in the Guardians’ opinion are running the show, are playing both sides by helping, and taking help from the Labyrinth Group to develop BST in a secret mission to erase the memory of the human race–not the Animus. She further refers to her books, “Voyagers I & II”, which are talking more in detail about the WingMakers, the Corteum and issues related to them. Kerry, who interviewed James/Mahu Nahi of the WingMakers/Corteum in 2008, and seems to have a relatively positive attitude towards them, was confused when Mrs. Deane corrected her on the subject. Mrs. Deane is continuing, saying that the “people on the ground”, meaning the humans who found the Ancient Arrow Site in New Mexico are not bad guys; it’s the Corteum who are tricking everybody. During the interview she is in contact with the Guardians, metaphysically, and they confirm that what she is saying is true.

10.1 The Makers of Wings and Other Things

During the last part of the interview, Mrs. Deane says that the Ancient Arrow sites are actually owned by the Guardians, and not by the WingMakers. Furthermore, she claims that there are not seven sites, but 12, with an additional 24 “sub sites” (the 12-System again); something she is not explaining in any more details than that.

It also so happened, that the Melchizedek Cloister Emerald Order was going to hold a workshop just a few days after Kerry’s interview, discussing, among other things, the WingMakers issue, or as the Guardian Alliance apparently call them, “The Makers of Wings and Other Things”. Although some of their information is free online, Mrs. Deane is charging for those who want to attend the seminars, so I don’t know the details of what was discussed there. If you, the reader knows, please email me for details ( She is, however, selling the context of the workshops after the fact on her website,, but to a pretty high price, which I am not ready to pay at this time. By following the latter URL, you can at least read some of what was discussed in the workshop (all emphases in original):

This workshop marked the official beginning of the Step-down Program with the first Camelot Project interview and the beginning of the end of the Wingmakers-Corteum invasion agenda via the 7 Broken Ancient Arrow sites. Following the 7 ½-hour Camelot interview, the Speakers were ready to deliver some wonderful information about the 12 Primary Ancient Elohei-Aquari Arrow Sites (Guardian sites also called the “Silver Seed Gates” and created by the Krystic Elohei-Elohim and Aquari Races), their secondary sites (24 in total) and how they ‘hold the keys’ for the Mirror Ball activations (involves Earth’s coronasphere layers). The Mirror ball activations initiate in the Encryption Lattice (EL) of our anatomy, so there was detailed information given on the natural Living Current flows between the Atomic (Spirit) Body, the Light Body, the EL and where the metatronic NET Fields exist within these layers. These activations will allow us to progressively clear the NET implants (we started to clear the D6, D5 and Density-1 levels at this workshop and the D3, D2 and D1 levels will be starting to clear during subsequent Sliders workshops) which will in turn, allow us to progressively anchor the Krystal Spiral and Time Wave. By 21 December 2012, the Krystics are aiming to have transformed these Mirror Ball activations into the full Mirror in the Sky, which will provide the strength we need at this time to fully deflect the Metatronic 55-activation.[33]

Interesting also is to read Mark Hempel’s and Mahu Nahi’s reaction to Mrs. Deane’s statements about the WingMakers she made in the Kerry-Lynn Cassidy interview.

Shortly after the videos had been uploaded to the Internet, Mark Hempel sent a very threatening email to Kerry, saying that Mrs. Deane is wrong and is misleading her listeners by spreading misinformation about the WingMakers. He makes sure to Kerry that he and James are not taking this lightly and are ready to sue both Project Camelot Productions and Ashayana Deane if the misinformation of this specific information is not edited out from the video.

Kerry got pretty shaken up by this; I can imagine especially as she and Bill Ryan, her former interview partner, had just split up due to indifferences. Kerry probably felt quite vulnerable and alone, because Project Camelot Productions was her new project, now working pretty much on her own.

James/Mahu Nahi then sent an email himself to Kerry in form of an open letter to Mrs. Deane, emphasizing that the names in the WingMakers story are not real names, and the Corteum was a fictional name, so how can the Guardians use these terms as if they were real? He soothed down the energies a bit with his email and asked Mrs. Deane to consider a cooperation with him rather than opposing him, but the underlying seriousness in this matter was present throughout his email. Mrs. Deane responded, and this whole conversation back and forth is posted underneath the videos on the Camelot Productions page[34]. Figure 15: Ashayana Deane


Project Camelot - Ashayana Deane – Ascension Mechanics
Project Camelot – Ashayana Deane – Ascension Mechanics]})

For a while, Kerry considered following Hempel’s advice to edit out the section of the interview in question, so she removed them for a while, but then seems to have made some kind of agreement with all parties that the video could remain in unedited form if the correspondence back and forth was included on the page.

I find it quite interesting, though, that Hempel reacted like he did and was supported in this by Mahu. What they are suggesting, both of them, is pure censorship. That goes against the teachings of the James who is presenting himself on his websites, so this was apparently a hot potato for one reason or another. I have reasons to return to Ashayana Deane in additional papers. I have read both of her books, Voyagers I & II, and I find her information both extremely interesting and consistent. She and the Guardian Alliance, with their tremendous wealth of information, have helped me a lot in my own research. I used to be skeptic of her and her sources before I actually read the books. My attitude changed 180°.

(Note: As I am editing my papers before publishing, I get a note from A.R. Bordon saying that a good friend of his told him that she’d heard that Ashayana Deane could be in trouble because “she knows too much”. And for you who are unfamiliar with her work, I’ll tell you, she is blasting the Anunnaki big time, and the WingMakers people and the Corteum as well. By and large, I tend to agree with her…Bordon, at this time, knew nothing about that I am writing about Ashayana Deane in this, and other papers. He did not read any of them before they were released).



[3,4] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #3”,

[5] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #1”, op. cit. p.3. (I wanted to quote that part exactly as it was stated in the interview, because it’s important).

[6] See Wes Penre: “PFC Paper #3: The True Story About the WingMakers, The Labyrinth Group, and S.A.A.L.M. (May 26, 2011).

[7] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #3”,,op. cit.

[8] Barbara Marciniak (1992): “Bringers of the Dawn”, and numerous lectures, channeled by Barbara between 1988 and 2011 (ongoing).

[9-11] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #2”,,op. cit.


[11a] For more info from Charles Hall and his encounters with the Tall Whites on Nellis AFB in Nevada, I suggest you start with this excellent video:



[14] skipped.


[16] Urantia Book online:

[17] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #1”,, op. cit.

[18] Barbara Marciniak channeling the Pleiadian, 2010.

[19] Mark Hempel interviews James of the WingMakers, April 5, 2008, Session #1:


[21,22] Wes Penre (2011): “Physics Paper #1: Exploring the Unum – The Ever-Expanding Multiverse

[23] see for free download of this essay.

[24] New Life Physics,

[25,26]  WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #1”,, op. cit.

[27] Barbara Marciniak channeling the Pleiadians, 2010.

[27a] The observant reader who has read my “Physics Paper #1” will recognize that this is also being taught by LPG-C. I brought this up with Dr. A.R. Bordon of the Life Physics Group, and he said that his group had already started developing this science when the WMM was released. The reason the two are similar to each other is because the truth is the truth, he says…

[28] WingMakers: “The Neruda Interviews #1”,, op. cit.

[29] “Ancient Arrow Project”,



[32] Keylontic Dictionary Online,



Definitions (words followed by an asterisk *):       

Ontocyboenergetics(onto = life form; cybo = artificial; energetic = soul carrier): This life form has both artificial and natural systems, also known as a cybernetic organism(Figure 4:1). They often have living tissue over a metal or ceramic-like endoskeleton. Ontocyboenergetic means they are intelligent, cybernetic organisms dressed by organic tissue. They are hominid, and with a larger head than the trunk head human proportions, and their height is almost 7 feet. This group of beings has not been examined closely by the LPG-C as of yet. What is known is that there are several groups in this class, some not from our galaxy. (A.R. Bordon and E.M. Wienz: “A NEW AND VERY ADVANCED PHYSICS: EXTENSION NEUROSENSING IN THE STUDY OF FUTURES SCENARIOS—A Preliminary Report” pp. 3).

Soul-carrier: a biological body created by creator gods, good enough to be able to carry an Information Cloud/soul. Artificial bodies can have intelligence, but their bodies are not suitable enough to carry an Information Cloud.

Acronyms (in alphabetical order) (words followed by a pound sign #):

ACIO: Advanced Contact Intelligence Organization

AI: Artificial Intelligence

AIT: Accelerated Intelligence Technology

BST: Blank Slate Technology

ENS: v. (to) Extra Neuro Sensing: The application of a new type of advanced remote viewing technology, developed by the Life Physics Group California (LPG-C). s: Extra Neuro Sensor: the person who remote views.

LPG-C: Life Physics Group in California, 

MRP: Memory Restructure Procedure

RV: Remote Viewing

S.A.A.L.M.: Supreme Annunaki Assembly of Lord Marduk. A splinter group of ACIO, with headquarters in Pine Gap, Australia.

TTP: Technology Transfer Program. A few different alien races over the last 40-50 years, allegedly starting with a treaty with President Eisenhower and the Tall Grays, have had the governments of different countries involved in TTPs, where we get alien technology we can use (mainly for weapon and industry), and they get access to our genetic library. These TTPs are highly classified and are not supposed to leak out to the public.

WMM: WingMakers Material

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●


Just… Exactly..!… How Precisely…‼…. Did We Even Land On the Moon … . . . ?¿? . . . …. Part II


● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

First Man on the Moon (1969) Issued 10ȼ []
First Man on the Moon (1969) Issued 10ȼ [] [1049×653]

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

Exactly..!… Just… How . . . ?¿? . . . . Precisely……. Did We Even Land On the Moon . . .?¿?…~∿~..!¡!‼… Part II  . .. … …. ….. …. … .. .

…. . . . . …. … .. . [Part I]}⧽≻ . . . …

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

Barring Divine Intervention… and  negating the assumption that the laws of science… the rules of physics… the principles of light and perspective…

 . . . …. are applicable to events only on the Earth… . . . but also apply to the Moon as well . . . ….

  • . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . ….

If… . . . assuming the rules of the known Universe . . . …. apply beyond the boundaries of the Earth . . . … then one should be able to reconcile the anomalous and even miraculous events that occured on the Moon…

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … . . . .. . . … .. .

… . . . defying all previously understood known laws and scientific precepts/concepts of reality to date . .. … …≺⧼ {[till 911… that is…..]}⧽≻»

. . . ….

. . . . …. . . . …  . . …

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … . . . .. . . … .. .

Apollo 11 Landing on the Moon (1969)
Apollo 11 Landing on the Moon (1969) [] [637×363]
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

. . . … 

Yes . . . … I know. . . … it’s a Big ‘If ‘… because… as we know… this is not the case . . . …!¡!….

••• •••• •• ••• •••• ••• •••• ••• •••••

••• •••• •• ••• •••• ••• •••• ••• •••••
••• •••• •• ••• •••• ••• •••• ••• •••••

… . . . and I don’t thing Divine Intervention, Mass Psychosis, or Aliens had anything to do with what we saw in the Apollo program . . . ….

.. . . . … «≺⧼ { [[§]]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«≺⧼{[]}⧽≻»«≺⧼{{[(👽)³]}}⧽≻» …. .. . . .

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … . . . .. . . … .. . perhaps front screen projection… and Stanley Kubrick…. but… before we go there … . . . .

.. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … . . . .. . . … .. .

. . . … let’s see what pre-emminent JFK researcher and photo analyst Jack White discovered when he looked at Apollo… an extensive study of Apollo imagery from Apollo 11 ~ 17 . . . . ….

 •• •••• •• ••• •••• ••• •••• ••• •••• •••• ••• ••• ••• •••• ••• ••••• ••••••



AULIS on Apollo


The prime reason for the Aulis investigation into Apollo is to question the official record of the exploration of the Moon in the late 1960s and early ’70s – especially the Apollo lunar landings themselves.

Research evidence revealed during this investigation suggests that surrogate astronauts may have been involved. Furthermore, it is the view of the Aulis authors that the famous named astronauts – for example Neil Armstrong, Buzz Aldrin and Ed Mitchell – conceivably never left low-Earth orbit, remaining in the safe zones below the Van Allen radiation belts. By so doing they would have avoided exposure to the hazardous radiation which (in our present state of technology) awaits all those who venture into deep space.

Notwithstanding that the psychological behaviors of the named astronauts in the intervening years since Apollo would be evidence enough for our claims; the numerous inconsistencies and anomalies visible in the Apollo photographic record are irrefutable. The intentional ‘mistakes’ and lack of continuity between a number of still photographic images and the TV coverage is very apparent.

“Noticing the difference between the astronaut’s reports and the photographic record, we began to question everything … especially the validity of the TV recordings and immediately released NASA prints.
It was soon clear that the orbital photography and the ground-based images simply didn’t match.”

Richard C Hoagland and Mike Bara, Dark Mission

Some of the many errors evidenced were possibly due to haste and poor thinking. Others were probably planted deliberately by those who have been dubbed ‘Whistle-Blowers’. Individuals who were determined to leave evidence of the photographic manipulation and faking in which, no doubt, they were unwillingly involved.

It should also be emphasized at this point that we are not alone in making such claims. Other researchers have also produced hard evidence concerning massive fraud in the space program, and especially in the cover-up by the authorities of information concerning extra-terrestrials, not just on this planet, but on the Moon and Mars.

Since the publication of Dark Moon: Apollo and the Whistle-Blowers, Jack White BA, a specialist in photo analysis and a professional photographer for over half a century, has produced numerous studies revealing further photographic fakery extant in the Apollo lunar EVA record. Phil Kouts PhD has found damming evidence within NASA’s own published documents, and many other specialist scientists have found evidence suggesting that the Apollo missions were faked and that the Saturn V could not have flown to the Moon.

NASA is by no means the first institution to foster the suppression of information and the denial of knowledge. When appropriate, as a government agency, it acts in the interest of the national security of the United States, and when viewed though the lens of “National Security” any action always contains a military component.

There is absolutely nothing new in the organised withholding of newly-found discoveries.  More than two thousand years before space travel was a reality, in the 6th Century BC, Pythagoras and his group of mathematical philosophers who lived in Greece found themselves in just such a situation.

Suppression of Knowledge
The late Dr. Carl Sagan reminded us in his work Cosmos that the Pythagoreans considered the four regular basic solids made up terrestrial matter: earth, air, fire and water but they associated their discovery of the fifth solid with the heavens—it was named the dodecahedron, pentagons making up its twelve faces.

A crisis of doctrine also occurred when the Pythagoreans discovered that the square root of two could not be represented accurately as the ratio of two whole numbers, for the square root of two was irrational. It was not a whole number and these people regarded whole numbers as fundamental, as all other things could be calculated from them.

For the Pythagoreans, this knowledge was difficult to assimilate into their previous ‘database’, as we would describe it today.  This knowledge presented a serious threat.  So instead of sharing in their recently-acquired and perhaps not completely understood discoveries, the Pythagoreans suppressed knowledge of both the dodecahedron and the square root of two on the grounds that it was too dangerous for the public and ‘ordinary people’. The outside world was not to know!

Did history repeat itself (as it has done so many times before) when, instead of using the experiences acquired during the preparations for manned space travel to advance our understanding of the Universe beyond this planet, it was determined to deny access to the findings concerning space and physics that have been made?
Discoveries that were made both prior to and during our emergence as a civilization learning to struggle into space?

Poor decisions and ill-considered actions by the space agencies and their masters have accumulated over the last fifty years or so and the consequences of this behavior still block the threshold of the doorway marked “Progress of the Human Civilization”. For even today there are scientists who are opposed to sharing with ‘ordinary people’ certain scientific knowledge.

Prime Questions

The questions to be asked, therefore, are these:

  • If mankind went to the Moon as billed, why was there any need to fake the photographic record?
  • Did the United States/NASA present to the world the manner by which it was going to the Moon, when in fact another covert mission was undertaken?
  • Is there indeed a parallel with the events of 9/11, whereby the record states that aircraft brought down the WTC towers when, as is becoming increasingly evident, the buildings were felled by other means – actually turning the buildings to dust.


Jack White’s Apollo Studies – Index 1
An extensive study of Apollo imagery by photo analyst Jack White BA
All studies © 2005/10 Jack White

Jack White
Jack White 1927-2012

Photographic specialist Jack White took time from his many commitments to help us investigate further into the Apollo photographic record.
Out of his interest came a strong friendship, and while immensely saddened by his leaving, we at Aulis are also joyful that we had the privilege of knowing this wonderful man. We will miss him greatly.


Apollo general file A














Apollo 11 file









Hatch Anomalies file



Apollo general file B




Apollo 12 file













Apollo 14 file



All photographs NASA unless otherwise stated
For copyright & licensing information please see About Aulis
Images used in banner montage: AS15-82-11056/7, 88-11863, 86-11602


“Jack White’s studies of anomalies in the Apollo space program raise the disturbing question, if man went to the Moon, then why was it necessary to fake so many photos? This parallels his earlier work on JFK, which raised a similar question about alleged assassin Lee Oswald, namely, if he really shot JFK, then why was it necessary to fake evidence to frame a guilty man?”
James H. Fetzer PhD
Dr. Fetzer is a Distinguished McKnight Professor at the University of Minnesota, Duluth

Jack White has a BA in journalism, interests in art and history and a solid career in advertising behind him. Having been a professional photographer for over half a century, Jack White is skilled in all aspects of photography, but his speciality is photo analysis. Indeed, Jack White is an expert on the assassination of President John F Kennedy and has served as photographic consultant to the US House Select Committee on Assassinations (HSCA) during the hearings. White has published two videotapes on his photographic studies of the assassination and was also a consultant on the Oliver Stone film JFK.
Not unnaturally, White has been following the Apollo ‘did they, didn’t they’ debate for many years. But it was in 2001, following the Fox TV documentary Did we land on the Moon? that he decided to undertake an in-depth investigation into the lunar EVA images, and found literally hundreds of them to be anomalous, considering the conditions under which they were alleged to have been taken. In other words, if the photographs were supposed to have been taken on the lunar surface – they were faked.


. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …..
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
JFK Revelations}» JFK InSights… Revelations…. An Epiphany of Truth …. … .. .
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . … «≺⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«≺⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«≺⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••
. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … .. .

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …. … .. .

Exactly…!!!… Just… How… Precisely…‼…‼….

. .. … …. ….. . . . . …. … …. . . . . ….. …. … .. .

Did We Even Land On the Moon . . . …?¿?…. . . . 

. .. … …. ….. . . . . …. … …. . . . … …. … .. .

… . . . Part III . . . …
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

Yes… Virginia… ‘We Did It’… . . . but . . . ….
…Just… Exactly… How…’We Did It’… . . .

Not even NASA knows…∿~…!¡!…‼…∿~…?¿?∿~…
. . . ….
How… Very… Strange… We’ve forgotten how to go to the Moon . . . ….
. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …..


••• • ••••
by Jay Weidner

July 20,  2009

from JayWeidner Website

 . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … . . . .. . . … .. .

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … .. … …. . . . … …. … .. …

[RedIce Radio] Jay Weidner on 'Kubrick´s Odyssey How Stanley Faked the Moon Landings'
[!][RedIce Radio] Jay Weidner on ‘Kubrick´s Odyssey How Stanley Faked the Moon Landings’ (60m)}

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …. … .. . .. …
[!][RedIce Radio] Jay Weidner on ‘Kubrick´s Odyssey How Stanley Faked the Moon Landings’ (60m)}
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
Jay Weidner “Kubrick´s Odyssey How Stanley Faked the Moon Landings”

Published on (Apr 29, 2012) More than 56,310 views…
Further videos are available in favourites, play lists on my channel and complementary video responses. Mirrored: “Jay Weidner is an author, filmmaker and hermetic scholar, considered to be a “modern-day Indiana Jones” for his ongoing worldwide quests to find clues to mankind’s spiritual destiny. He returns to Red Ice to talk about his film, Kubrick’s Odyssey. Jay presents compelling evidence of how Stanley Kubrick directed the Apollo moon landings. He reveals that the film, 2001: A Space Odyssey was not only a retelling of Arthur C. Clarke and Kubrick’s novel, but also a research and development project that assisted Kubrick in the creation of the Apollo moon footage. Weidner also tells how Kubrick’s film, The Shining is the story of Kubrick’s personal travails as he secretly worked on the Apollo footage for NASA.”
. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …. … .. . .. …

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … .. … …. . . . … …. … .. …

Jeff Rense & Jay Weidner - Kubrick & The Moon Landing
Jeff Rense & Jay Weidner – Kubrick & The Moon Landing [dpuH4rRs6bs]}
. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . ….. …. … .. … …. . . . … …. … .. …  …. ….. …. .. …

Read “Alchemical Kubrick I” here.

“There are great ideas, undiscovered breakthroughs available, to those who can remove one of truths protective layers”
-Neil Armstrong, ‘First Man on the Moon’. July 20, 1994

 ● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

How Stanley Kubrick Faked the Apollo Moon Landings:

. . . …
Or How I learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Lies.
Alchemical Kubrick II

Apollo 11 – One Giant Leap – Did Kubrick Fake the Moon Landings...
Apollo 11 – One Giant Leap – Did Kubrick Fake the Moon Landings [Stanley Kubrick on the set of ‘the Shining’]
Jay Weidner

Copyright July 20, 2009
Sacred Mysteries Productions

“There are great ideas, undiscovered breakthroughs available, to those who can remove one of truths protective layers” 
-Neil Armstrong, ‘First Man on the Moon’. July 20 th 1994

 • . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •

It has now been forty years since the fabled moon landings by NASA and the Apollo gang. 

When it comes to the subject of the moon landings, people tend to fall into two belief groups. The first group, by far the bigger of the two groups, accepts the fact that NASA successfully landed on the moon six times and that 12 human beings have actually walked on the surface of the moon. The second group, though far smaller, is more vocal about their beliefs. This group says that we never went to the moon and that the entire thing was faked.

This essay presents a third position on this issue. This third point of view falls somewhere between these two assertions. This third position postulates that humans did go to the moon but what we saw on TV and in photographs was completely faked.

Furthermore this third position reveals that the great filmmaker Stanley Kubrick is the genius who directed the hoaxed landings. 


But why fake the moon landings at all? What would be the motivation?

Authors Joseph Farrell and Henry Stevens both have shown us undeniable proof that Nazi scientists had developed advanced flying saucer technology as early as 1943. These authors also show that the US Government brought these same Nazi scientists into this country in order to build these highly advanced flying machines.

Furthermore, they believe that the idea that aliens from outer space are invading the Earth is a clever cover story concocted by NASA to hide this technology.

Many sources inside the military industrial complex have related to me that after John Kennedy was shown the flying saucer technology early in his Presidency, he realized that the advances in technology promised by the flying saucers could solve many of the pressing problems of the world. He saw that releasing this exotic technology would point the way towards cheap and environmentally friendly energy among other things.

Soon after seeing the flying saucer technology, JFK made his famous speech asking NASA to land a man on the moon before the decade was out. 

Many insiders believed that this was a ploy by JFK to get NASA, and the secret government, to release their saucer technologies. Since it was obvious to everyone that standard rocket technology could not get man to the moon and back, JFK may have thought that NASA would be forced to release the knowledge of the technology behind the flying saucers in order to fulfill his vision and get to the moon by the end of the 1960’s. 

JFK’s ploy was therefore intended to free this advanced technology from the insidious hands of the shadow government.

After the assassination of Kennedy in 1963, NASA began a new plan that would solve the problem that JFK initiated. This new plan would allow NASA, and the shadow government, to keep the saucer technology secret and to still make it look like standard rocketry had taken man to the moon and back.

Someone high up in the shadow government decided to fake the entire moon landings in order to conceal the United States’ extremely new and advanced Nazi technology both from us, the citizens and our enemies.

In some ways NASA’s position on this was understandable. We were in the middle of the cold war with the Soviet Union. 

Did we really want to show the Russians what we had? 


In early 1964 Stanley Kubrick had just finished his black satire Dr Strangelove and was looking to do a science fiction film.

While directing Dr. Strangelove Kubrick had asked the US Air Force for permission to film one of their B-52 bombers for the movie. The Pentagon turned him down.

The movie, Dr. Strangelove, was about a flight squadron that had been ordered to fly to Russia and drop nuclear bombs on that country. The Pentagon read Kubrick’s script and rejected his request to actually film the inside, and outside, of a B-52.

The reason for this rejection was that Kubrick’s film was clearly a satire on the military and US nuclear policy. The Pentagon did not want to assist Kubrick in this satirical undertaking.

Undaunted by the rejection, Kubrick used various special effects to create the B-52 in flight. When viewing Dr. Strangelove today, these special effects look quaint and old fashioned, but in 1963 they looked very good. It is possible that someone in NASA saw what Kubrick had done in Dr. Strangelove and, admiring his artfulness, designated Kubrick as the person best qualified to direct the Apollo Moon landing. 

If he could do that well on a limited budget – what could he do on an unlimited budget?

No one knows how the powers-that-be convinced Kubrick to direct the Apollo landings. Maybe they had compromised Kubrick in some way. The fact that his brother, Raul Kubrick, was the head of the American Communist Party may have been one of the avenues pursued by the government to get Stanley to cooperate.

Kubrick also had a reputation for being a notoriously nasty negotiator. It would have been very interesting to have been a fly on the wall during the negotiations between Kubrick and NASA.

In the end, it looks like Stanley Kubrick faked the moon landings in return for two things. The first was a virtually unlimited budget to make his ultimate science fiction film:2001: A Space Odyssey, and the second was that he would be able to make any film he wanted, with no oversight from anyone, for the rest of his life.

Except for his last film, Eyes Wide Shut, Kubrick got what he wanted. 


It is uncanny the way that the production of 2001: A Space Odyssey parallels the Apollo program. The film production started in 1964 and went on to the release of 
2001: A Space Odyssey in 1968. 

Meanwhile the Apollo program also began in 1964 and culminated with the first moon landings on July 20th 1969.

Also it is very interesting to note that scientist Frederick Ordway was working both for NASA and the Apollo program and was also Kubrick’s top science advisor for 2001: A Space Odyssey.

Once he negotiated the deal, Stanley, got to work. The most pressing problem for Kubrick in 1964 was to figure out a way to make the shots on the ground, on the surface of the moon, look realistic. 

He had to make the scenes look wide-open and expansive, like it was really done on the moon and not in a studio back lot. 


No one knows how many things he tried but eventually Kubrick settled on doing the entire thing with a cinematic technique called Front Screen Projection.

It is in the use of this cinematic technique that the fingerprints of Kubrick can be seen all over the NASA Apollo photographic and video material.

What is Front Screen Projection?

Kubrick did not invent the process but there is no doubt that he perfected it. Front Screen Projection is a cinematic device that allows scenes to be projected behind the actors so that it appears, in the camera, as if the actors are moving around on the set provided by the Front Screen Projection.

The process came into fruition when the 3M company invented a material called Scotchlite. This was a screen material that was made up of hundreds of thousands of tiny glass beads each about .4mm wide. These beads were highly reflective. In the Front Screen Projection process the Scotchlite screen would be placed at the back of the soundstage. 

The plane of the camera lens and the Scotchlite screen had to be exactly 90 degrees apart. A projector would project the scene onto the Scotchlite screen through a mirror and the light would go through a beam splitter, which would pass the light into the camera. 

An actor would stand in front of the Scotchlite screen and he would appear to be ‘inside’ the projection.

Today Hollywood magicians use green screens and computers for special effects and so Front Screen Projection has gone the way of the Adding Machine and the Model T, but for its time, especially in the 1960’s, nothing worked better than Front Screen Projection for the realistic look that would be needed both for the ape-men scenes in 2001: A Space Odyssey and the faked Apollo landings.

To see how Front Screen Projection looks on the screen let’s examine the ape-men scenes at the beginning of Kubrick’s film 2001: A Space Odyssey.

While viewing the stills from these scenes, or watching them in the film, one has to remember that the early scenes in 2001 with the actors in Ape costumes were all done on a soundstage. None of what you are seeing in the ape-men scenes at the beginning of 2001 was actually shot outside. The scenes that surround the ape-men in 2001 are actually slides of a desert being projected onto Scotchlite screens standing at the rear of the set.

In order to create these desert backgrounds Kubrick sent a photographic team to Spain to shoot 8” X 10” Ektachrome slides. These slides were then projected via the Front Screen Projection system onto the Scotchlite screen. The actors in ape costumes stood in front of the screen acting out the script.

If you watch 2001 on DVD you can actually see the ‘seams’ of the screen occasionally behind the gyrating apes. Kubrick was doing Front Screen Projection on such a huge and grand fashion that the technicians were forced to sew together many screens of Scotchlite so that Kubrick could create the vastness needed for the ape scenes to be believable.

In this still taken from an early scene in 2001 you can see the seams in the blue sky if you look closely.

Next is the same image as above only I have processed it through a graphic program. In this processing I have increased the gamma and increased the contrast.

Please examine:

Now we can clearly see the ‘seams’ and the ‘stitching’ of the Scotchlite Front Projection screen in the sky.

To get the perspective correct one has to realize that the Scotchlite screen is right behind the rocky outcropping set, which was built on the soundstage.

The lines on the screen are the flaws in the Scotchlite screen. These flaws in the screen give the sky give a peculiar ‘geometry’ when the image is properly processed to reveal the Front Projection Scotchlite Screen.

Let’s show another example.

Here is a still from the famous ‘water hole’ scene from 2001:

This next image is again the same image as above but with the gamma and contrast increased:

While watching 2001,with the scenes of the ape-men, one can begin to see the tell tale fingerprints that always reveal when the Front Screen Projection system is being used.

It should be emphasized that the sets that surround the ape-men in the movie are real. Those are ‘real’ rocks (whether paper mache or real) that surround the ape-men. But behind the fabricated rocks on the set, the desert scene is being projected via the Front Screen Projector.

One of the ways that you can tell the Front Screen system is being used is that the bottom horizon line between the actual set and the background Scotchlite screen has to be blocked. Kubrick strategically located rocks and other things near the bottom of the scene in order to hide the projection screen. In other words, the camera and the viewers would see the bottom of the background projection screen if it weren’t blocked in some fashion.

As part of the ‘trick’ it became necessary to place things in between the screen and the set to hide the bottom of the screen.

I have photo-shopped a line differentiating the set and the background Scotchlite Front Projection Screen.

Please note how everything is in focus, from the pebbles on the ground in the set to the desert mountains beyond.

You will see that hiding the bottom of the Scotchlite screen is always being done when the Front Screen Projection system is used in 2001: A Space Odyssey. Hiding the screen is one of the fingerprints; it is evidence of its use.

Just like the stage magician who needs the long sleeves of his costume to hide the mechanism of his tricks, so too Kubrick needed to hide the mechanism of his trick behind the carefully placed horizon line between set and screen.

Here is another example from 2001: A Space Odyssey:

And here is the same image with my photo shop line separating the set with the ape-man actor and the Scotchlite Front Projection Screen.

And you will see, before this article is finished, that this same fingerprint, this same evidence, is clearly seen in all of the NASA Apollo stills and video footage.

It is this fingerprint that reveals, not only that NASA faked the Apollo missions but also HOW they faked them.

Let’s examine a few NASA Apollo images now…

This is a still from Apollo 17. This is also a great example of the Front Screen Projection process.

Again I have photo-shopped a line indicating the back of the set.

One can see that there is a slight uprising behind the rover, which is hiding the bottom of the screen. Also notice that even though everything is in focus from the lunar rover to the mountains in the background, there is a strange change in the landscape of the ground right behind my lines.

This is because the photo of the mountains being used on the Front Projection system has a slightly different ground texture than the set. As we go on we will see that this fingerprint is also consistent throughout the Apollo images.

Here is another Apollo image⇩ & my version where I show the line between set and screen⇩


Again notice that the texture of the ground changes right behind my lines.

Now let’s go to some more Apollo images. We can see that the same thing occurs here as in the ape-men scenes in 2001. There is always a line separating the set from the screen. Even if you do not see it at first it will become apparent, as one grows more familiar with the Front Screen Projection process and how it is being used to fake the astronauts standing on the lunar surface.

Go to any NASA site like this one and start looking for yourself.

Not all lunar surface shots are using the process. Sometimes the astronauts are just standing on the set with a completely (and suspicious) black background. The early missions used the Front Screen Projection system only when they had to. But as the missions went on and they had to look better, Kubrick began to perfect the process.

Although you can see the Front Screen Projection process on every mission, the seriously revealing images are in the later missions, particularly Apollo 14, 15, 16 and (my favorite) 17.

Here are a few from Apollo 17…


That astronaut is driving the lunar rover parallel to the screen and the rover is only three or four feet away from the Scotchlite. Please note how the tire treads just lead to nowhere.

Actually they are going to the edge of the set.


The astronaut is about six feet in front of the Scotchlite screen.

Please note how everything is in focus from the rocks and pebbles close to the camera all the way to the crystal clear mountain behind the astronaut. As we shall see very soon, even that is impossible.

Also please note the other tell tale evidence that permeates the Apollo images: There is a stark difference in the ground texture between the set and what is being projected onto the screen. You can almost count the number of small rocks and the granularity of the ground is clearly seen on the set. But once we get to the screen on the other side of my line this granularity disappears.

This next image is slick little piece of work. When first viewed one is sure that they are looking across the vast unbroken lunar surface from beginning to end.

With the Earth rising, it is truly a stunning shot.


But sure enough – a close examination reveals the set/screen line once again. Again please note the change in the texture of the ground immediately on each side of the line.

The little pebbles and dust seem to disappear behind the line.


. . . …


Doesn’t the fakery just make you all patriotic inside?


Besides the telltale evidence of the horizon line between set and screen and the changing granularity of the texture of the ground, there is another telltale fingerprint that comes with Front Screen Projection. This has to do with a photographic situation called depth of field.

Depth of field has to do with the plane of focus that the lens of the camera is tuned to.

The main rule of thumb in photography is that the larger the format of the film the less depth of field. For instance, 16mm film has a large depth of field. 35mm has a smaller depth of field and 70 mm (which Stanley was using in 2001 as were all of the astronaut-photographers in the Apollo missions) has an incredibly small depth of field.

What this means is that it is virtually impossible for two objects that are far apart in the lens of a 70mm camera to be in the same plane of focus. One of the two objects will always be out-of-focus. Filmmakers like to use depth of field because it creates soft out-of-focus backgrounds that are visually very pleasant to the human eye.

While watching the ape-men scenes at the beginning of 2001, one can see that everything is in focus.

Whether it is the apes – or the far away desert background – they are all in focus. This is because the Front Projection Screen on which the background desert scenes is projected is actually not far away from the ape actor. In reality the Scotchlite screen containing the desert scene is right behind the actors just as the Scotchlite screen is right behind the astronauts in the Apollo images. So whatever is projected onto that screen will usually be in the same plane of focus as the actor-ape or the actor-astronaut.

This depth of field is impossible in real life using a large format film like 70 mm. Keeping everything in focus is only possible if everything is actually confined to a small place.

It may look like the ape-men are somewhere in a huge desert landscape but in reality they are all on a small set in a studio.

It may look like the astronauts are on a vast lunar landscape but actually they are on a small confined set.

According to the NASA literature, the Apollo astronauts were using large format Hassleblad cameras. These cameras were provided with large rolls of 70 mm film on which they took the images. This large format film is exactly the same size film that Kubrick was using when shooting 2001.

The plane of focus, the depth of field, on these cameras is incredibly small.

This should have been a huge problem for the astronaut-photographers, who would have to be constantly adjusting the focus. We therefore should expect to see a lot of out of focus shots taken by the astronauts. When you consider the fact that, because of their helmets, they did not even have the ability to see through the viewfinder of their cameras, this would have only increased the chances that most of what they would be shooting would be out of focus.

I have gone through the entire photographic record of Apollo program, both at Goddard in Greenbelt, Maryland in the main photographic repository at NASA’s Houston headquarters.

When the Apollo photographic record is examined, the exact opposite of what one would expect to find is discovered. Instead of many out of focus shots, we find that nearly every shot is in pristine focus. And these amateur photographer-astronauts have an uncanny sense of composition, especially when one remembers that they are not even able to look through their camera’s viewfinders. Their images have the unmistakable quality of a highly polished professional photographer.

Before embarking on his film career Stanley Kubrick was a professional photographer working for Look Magazine.

Honestly, even a professional photographer looking through the viewer of the camera would be hard pressed to come up with the pristine imagery and crystal clear focus of the Apollo astronaut amateur photographers.

Unfortunately though, for everyone involved, the fact that everything is in focus in the Apollo record is the old telltale fingerprint of Front Screen Projection.

Examine the above photographs from Apollo. Please note how everything is in focus. As one goes through the entire Apollo record they will discover that the astronaut photographers never seem to have a problem with depth of field. Even though you could never get everything to remain in focus over such vast distances here on Earth, somehow the rules of physics are bypassed when men shoot photographs on the lunar surface.

Indeed the very physics of lens dynamics and depth of field apparently disappears when the astronauts shoot photographs. (Just for the record the cameras were not altered at all by Hasselblad or anyone else).

As a professional photographer and a filmmaker I have wrestled with depth of field problems for over 40 years. I am surprised that no other photographer has noticed the lack of depth of field problems encountered by the astronaut-photographers.

In reality the lack of depth of field problems is a nail in the coffin of the Apollo program.


Former NASA consultant Richard Hoagland has examined many of the photos of the Apollo landings and, although he has never noticed the impossible depth of field, he has found other strange anomalies in the NASA material.

Examining the photographic record of the Apollo missions, and processing Apollo images through various graphics programs, Hoagland has discovered ‘geometries’ in the skies surrounding the astronauts on the moon. He postulates that these geometries are evidence of some kind of gigantic glass-like structures behind, above and surrounding the astronauts as they stand on the lunar surface.

Hoagland even shows us that there are rainbow lights reflecting in the sky high above the astronauts.

Many people, especially in NASA, have attacked Hoagland for these interpretations. Yet, no matter how much they attack Hoagland, they can never explain what it is that he is finding on these Apollo images. In the same way that evidence in the JFK assassination and the high weirdness around 911 is never examined and explained by the anti-conspiracy theorists, so too, is Hoagland’s evidence just simply ignored by the critics.

Instead they have created an ad hominum attack machine that criticizes Hoagland – the man – while deftly ignoring his intriguing evidence.

His critics are either wrong or they know what is really happening.

I have known Richard Hoagland for a long time. I was with him during his initial discoveries of artifacts on the lunar surface. I have seen photographic evidence that there are very strange things on the surface of the moon. I am not here to start an argument with Mr. Hoagland or anyone else.

I, like Hoagland, believe that NASA has actually gone to the moon. I believe that moon rocks were taken from the surface of the moon. I believe that there is strong evidence of some kind of past intelligent activity on surface of the moon.

But I do not believe that standard rocket technology is what got mankind from the Earth to the surface of the Moon.

I am not trying to debunk Hoagland’s discoveries. All I am trying to do, with the following evidence, is show that the Apollo landings were a hoax. And that Stanley Kubrick, using the Front Screen Projection system, directed them.

Again I want to make sure that I am understood here. I am not saying that there are not strange structures on the moon. What I am saying is that the structures and geometries that Richard Hoagland is seeing in the photographs taken on the lunar surface are not what he thinks they are.

Here are a few of Hoagland’s images.

He believes that these images are proof that NASA is hiding evidence of alien cities.

This is a processed photograph of astronaut Ed Mitchell on the surface of the moon taken during the Apollo 14 mission.

Of course all of the stuff in the sky, as seen in this processed Apollo image from Hoagland, is impossible if it was taken on the lunar surface. There is no atmosphere on the moon. Therefore there can be nothing in the sky. Yet when Hoagland processed much of the Apollo lunar surface imagery he discovered, over and over again, all of this ‘crud’ in the sky above the astronauts.

No one in NASA even attempts to answer Hoagland, or anyone else, about the strange stuff that he, and others, is finding in the skies above the astronauts.

Richard Hoagland theorizes that this is photographic evidence of huge, abandoned ‘glass cities’ on the surface of the moon. He says that what we are seeing in the above processed image is huge glass towers that only show up on the images after they have been processed through graphics software.

Here are some other of Hoagland’s images:

Hoagland has taken the image on the left and processed it in a manner very similar to how I processed the above images from 2001: A Space Odyssey. By increasing the gamma and the contrast of the image he arrived at the picture on the right.

Hoagland interprets the image on the right as proof of giant glass structures behind the astronaut and, for that matter, all over the surface of the moon.

What Hoagland is really seeing, though, is the imperfections in the background Scotchlite screen that Kubrick used to create the lunar backgrounds. These imperfections can also be found in the desert backgrounds in the ape scenes in 2001: A Space Odyssey (see above).

What Hoagland, and the above image reveals, is the texture and geometry of the Scotchlite screen.

Because of the vastness of the set, because he needed it to look like it was NOT DONE ON A SOUNDSTAGE, Kubrick had to sew several Scotchlite screens together. It was only when he had created a large enough Scotchlite screen was he then was able to get a large enough background image that would look expansive enough to appear to be the surface of the moon or a desert four million years ago.

The same process that created the desert backgrounds in 2001 is the same process that created the lunar mountains backgrounds for the Apollo missions.

This is picture from Hoagland’s research.

The processed image reveals a rainbow-like reflecting light high above the astronauts in the sky on the moon. Hoagland theorizes that this is a light reflecting off of one of the giant glass towers standing right behind the astronaut.

What this is really is a light reflecting off of one of the tiny glass beads of the Scotchlite screen. For some reason that particular glass bead was slightly off from its 90-degree angle and so it caught the projector light and reflected it back to the camera.

Again a scene from 2001: A Space Odyssey (processed):

And one of Hoagland’s processed Apollo shots:

It is pretty clear from the two images above that Hoagland’s ‘geometries’ are really the patterns and flaws and stitches in the Scotchlite screen.
Maybe this is why NASA suddenly lost all of its lunar images.
Maybe this is why NASA just admitted that they ‘accidentally’ taped over the original high-resolution tape of Apollo 11.
Maybe this is why Neil Armstrong, ‘the first man to walk on the moon’, doesn’t want to participate in the 40th anniversary parties.
Maybe this is why we have never gone back to the moon.


Many researchers have pointed out the different angles of light on the surface of the moon.

Because there is only one light source (the sun) how can there be multiple light angles on the moon such as this?:

How can the astronaut’s two shadows not be consistent with each other? If they were actually standing in the bright light of the sun, their two shadows should be at the same exact angle. Yet they are not.

Why? Because Kubrick used studio lighting!

But why would Kubrick make a mistake like the inconsistent shadows in the above image? A great filmmaker like Kubrick must have realized that this was a huge mistake.

My answer is that Kubrick did this on purpose.

He left behind telltale evidence for his work. And he did this on purpose. Not just in the above shot but actually all over the Apollo photographic record.

In my forthcoming documentary on the NASA Apollo fakery titled “Kubrick’s Odyssey”, I will reveal much more photographic evidence than I possibly can in this short essay.

One thing that I am sure is that some part of Stanley Kubrick wanted everyone to know what he had done.

And that is why he left behind clues that would explain who did it and how.


Those of you who are familiar with my essay, written in 1999, on 2001: A Space Odyssey called Alchemical Kubrick already know that I believe that 2001 A Space Odyssey is the greatest esoteric film of all time.

For the first time anywhere, in that essay, I show how Kubrick designed the black monolith to be exactly the same size as the screen on which 2001 was projected. The monolith and the screen are the same thing. The monolith is the screen and the screen is the monolith. It is truly one of the greatest discoveries in cinema history.

When one realizes that Kubrick also used the Front Screen Projection system – not only for the ape scenes in 2001 – but also the fake the moon landings – we can see a double, or even possibly a triple meaning, inside the idea that the screen is the monolith and the monolith is the screen.

If the monolith is that device that enlightens humanity then the Front Screen Projection system, and it’s unmistakable fingerprints, is the device that enlightens humanity as to how the Apollo landings were faked.

But also we can see that Kubrick used the faking of the Apollo moon missions as an opportunity to make one great film.

Because he had negotiated a deal where no one would be given oversight on the film, Kubrick was allowed to make whatever movie he desired. Knowing that no one would object to his anti-Hollywood methods, he created the first abstract feature film, the first intellectual movie and the greatest esoteric work of art in the 20th century.

The President of MGM, at the time in 1968, publicly stated, that he never even saw a rough cut of 2001: A Space Odyssey during the entire four years of production. Does that sound like the manner in which a head of a major studio would act?

2001: A Space Odyssey was one of the most expensive films ever made at that time. Does it even seem remotely possible that no one at MGM even cared to see the continuous progress of the film?

No way.

I am sure that 2001: A Space Odyssey is the only film in MGM history where the executives who funded the movie never scrutinized the film.

Why weren’t they more interested in this very expensive endeavor? Because MGM did not fund 2001, the US Government did.

Outside of the Front Screen Projection evidence, which I believe nails the fraud of the Apollo landings; there is other circumstantial evidence that forces the conclusion even more in the direction of Kubrick directing the entire Apollo missions.

For instance:
In the original release of 2001 there were many credits thanking NASA and many of the aerospace companies that worked with NASA on the moon landings. These credits have since been removed from all subsequent releases of 2001.

But for those of us old enough to remember, in the original credits, Kubrick thanks a vast array of military and space corporations for their help in the production.
As these are the same corporations that supposedly helped NASA get the astronauts to the moon – one has to wonder – what kind of help did they gave Stanley?

And for what price?

In the film ‘Wag the Dog’ Dustin Hoffman plays a movie producer hired by the CIA to ‘fake an event’. His name in the movie is Stanley. In that movie ‘Stanley’ mysteriously dies after telling everyone that he wants to take credit for the ‘event’ that he helped fake.

Stanley Kubrick died soon after showing Eyes Wide Shut to the executives at Warner Brothers.

It is rumored that they were very upset concerning that film. They wanted Kubrick to re-edit the film but he refused. I personally was in France when Stanley died and I saw, on French television, outtakes from the forthcoming Eyes Wide Shut. I saw outtakes from several scenes that were never in the finished film.

Warner Brothers has even come out and admitted that they re-edited the film. To this day they refuse to release a DVD of Stanley Kubrick’s cut. Not only is this a direct violation of the agreement that Kubrick had with Warner Brothers but also it means that we will probably never see the un-edited version of this film.

One has to wonder what was cut out?

And finally:
Eyes Wide Shut was released on July 16th 1999.
Stanley Kubrick insisted in his contract that this be the date of the release.
July 16th 1999 is exactly 30 years to the day that Apollo 11 was launched.
Happy Fortieth Anniversary Stanley.

Now you can rest in peace…

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

Kubrick's Odyssey Part One} Kubrick and Apollo}» [780×439] [cover] (HQ)➤
Kubrick’s Odyssey Part One} Kubrick and Apollo}» [780×439] [cover] (HQ)
This provocative and insightful film is the first in a series of documentaries that will reveal the secret knowledge embedded in the work of the greatest filmmaker of all time: Stanley Kubrick. This famed movie director who made films such as 2001: A Space Odyssey, A Clockwork Orange, The Shining and Eyes Wide Shut, placed symbols and hidden anecdotes into his films that tell a far different story than the films appeared to be saying.

In Kubrick’s Odyssey, Part I, Kubrick and Apollo, author and filmmaker, Jay Weidner presents compelling evidence of how Stanley Kubrick directed the Apollo moon landings. He reveals that the film 2001: A Space Odyssey was not only a retelling of Arthur C. Clarke and Stanley Kubrick’s novel, but also a research and development project that assisted Kubrick in the creation of the Apollo moon footage.

In light of this revelation, Weidner also explores Kubrick’s film, The Shining and shows that this film is, in actuality, the story of Kubrick’s personal travails as he secretly worked on the Apollo footage for NASA.

Called by Wired Magazine an “erudite conspiracy hunter”, Jay Weidner is a renowned author and filmmaker. He is the producer of the documentary films, 2012 The Odyssey, its sequel Timewave 2013, and director of the feature documentary, Infinity: The Ultimate Trip. Jay has been featured in the History Channel’s documentaries, The Lost Book of Nostradamus, and Nostradamus 2012, for which he was associate producer. He was also featured in Trutv’s, Conspiracy Theory, hosted by Jesse Ventura.
– Written by Anonymous

Jay Weidner on VERITAS Radio [Take 2] Kubrick's Hidden Secrets
[!]Jay Weidner on VERITAS Radio [Take 2] Kubrick’s Hidden Secrets (89m)}

[!]Jay Weidner on VERITAS Radio [Take 2] Kubrick’s Hidden Secrets (89m)}

More than 35,692 views
Published on Jul 21, 2012

S y n o p s i s
This is “Take 2” of what was supposed to be an interview conducted weeks ago. This is what makes this interview so much more special. During the first attempt, at the end of a 2-hour interview, Jay Weidner’s voice was completely removed from our system. The entire interview was lost, with the exception of Mel’s voice. A day after this first interview was recorded Jay Weidner went to appear in the Jeff Rense radio program. Not surprising, Jeff Rense also had technical difficulties. What is so important that exotic technology is used to suppress this information? The topic of Cryptoterrestrials. To many, the word “cryptoterrestrials” may sound like science fiction, and perhaps this is how those in control prefer to keep it that way so that the mainstream population does not learn about this reality. The term “cryptoterrestrials” was used by the late researcher and author Mac Tonnies, who died in his sleep from an undiagnosed heart condition at the age of 34 on October 18, 2009, which happens to be Mel’s birthday.

Jay finds a connection between 2001: A Space Odyssey and September 11, 2001. Jay states that 9/11 could not have happened any later than it did or the people would not have believed it. There is an awakening taking place now.

In addition to exploring cryptoterrestrials we discussed the Freemasons, cyber-censorship, and revisited Kubrick’s hidden secrets. We also discussed Ridley Scott and Christopher Nolan and their movies, “Prometheus” and “The Dark Knight Rises”, respectively. Since Jay and Mel have a fascination for sound frequencies, Mel demonstrates the difference between A 440 Hz and A 432 Hz. This is an interview full of information you will certainly not find in the mainstream media. We are glad that Jay accepted to participate again…
. . . …

The Real Deal #16 [James Fetzer, Jay Weidner] Did We Land On The Moon?

The Real Deal #16 [James Fetzer, Jay Weidner] Did We Land On The Moon

[!]The Real Deal #16 [Jay Weidner] Did We Land On The Moon (111m)}
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ….!¡‼¡.!. … .. … …. … .. … . . . …. … .. . .. … •
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
James Fetzer’s blogspot . . . …
. . . ….
Monday, February 9, 2015
….. …. .. … …. . . . . …. … .. . .. …

Did We Land On The Moon?

Did We Land On The Moon?
The program begins with “Conspiracy Theory: Did we land on the moon?” (2001), which may be the most important contribution that FOX NEWS has ever made to understanding the history of our nation. To get a better grip on how we were deceived, check out the references cited below, where the second hour is a discussion with Jay Weidner about how it was filmed by Stanley Kurbick using “front screen projection”. This one is not for the faint of heart who want to believe in their government. Enjoy the show!
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ….!¡‼¡.!. … .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. … . . . .. . . . •
References: Winston Wu, “Conspiracy Trilogy Report: Apollo Moon Hoax, JFK Assassination and 9/11 Truth”, Jay Weidner, “Faking Moon Landings: The Parallax Experiments”, Jack White, “Jack White’s Apollo Studies”,
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

Opération Lune∶ Dark side of the Moon

Opération Lune - Dark side of the Moon
Opération Lune – Dark side of the Moon: A Mockumentary on Stanley Kubrick and the Moon Landing Hoax . . . …

Stanley Kubrick: Dark side of the moon (2002)

Published on Dec 13, 2015

How could the flag flutter when there’s no wind on the moon? During an interview with Stanley Kubrick’s widow an extraordinary story came to light. She claims Kubrick and other Hollywood producers were recruited to help the U.S. win the high stakes race to the moon.

In order to finance the space program through public funds, the U.S. government needed huge popular support, and that meant they couldn’t afford any expensive public relations failures. Fearing that no live pictures could be transmitted from the first moon landing,

President Nixon enlisted the creative efforts of Kubrick, whose 2001: a Space Odyssey (1968) had provided much inspiration, to ensure promotional opportunities wouldn’t be missed.

In return, Kubrick got a special NASA lens to help him shoot Barry Lyndon (1975). A subtle blend of facts, fiction and hypothesis around the first landing on the moon, Dark Side Of The Moon illustrates how the truth can be twisted by the manipulation of images.

With use of ‘hijacked’ archival footage, false documents, real interviews taken out of context or transformed through voice-over or dubbing, staged interviews, as well as, interviews with astronauts like Buzz Aldrin and others, Dark Side Of The Moon navigates the viewer through lies and truth; fact and fiction.

This is no ordinary documentary. Its intent is to inform and entertain the viewer, but also to shake him up – make him aware that one should always view television with a critical eye…

. .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. . . . . …..
● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
Cosmic Revelations [‼..Disclosure Warning..‼]∶ A Trip Down ‘d’ Rabbit Hole. .. …
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . … «≺⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«≺⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«≺⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . . …. «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» ….. .. . . . .
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

Moontruth [cvr]}

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

Faking Moon Landings: The Parallax Experiments

We have long known the Moon landings were faked: Jay Weidner explains how it was done

Aulus on-line

by Jay Weidner (with Jim Fetzer)

During a visit to London with my wife, Jan, we were staying at The Morgan Hotel on Bloomsbury Street (which backs up on The British Museum), I was astonished to find“Conspiracy Theory: Did we land on the Moon?” (2001) on one of the BBC channels. It gave proof after proof that we had not landed on the Moon, the vast majority of which were scientific, which appealed to me as a professional philosopher of science. I regard it as exemplary among studies of the Apollo program:

Among its many points are that the lunar lander does not disrupt the dust covering the Moon when it blasts off with its thrusters, where its “lift off” appears to have been done using a crane; that the astronauts walking on the Moon appears to have been done by slowing down ordinary footage taken on Earth; and that the scientific obstacles to making it to the Moon would have been insuperable. To this day, I regard it as the most instructive about the hoax. But it is far from alone, where Bart Sibrel produced another memorable study, “A funny thing happened on the way to the Moon”,

the most striking sequence of which shows a view of Earth from great distance, but when the camera pulls back, you see that the roundness of the Earth was created by viewing it from a portal in sub-space orbit. The question that has lingered has not been whether or not man went to the moon–where space science, as Winston Wu has documented, is the only to have regressed across time–but how it was done. The classic, “Capricorn I” (1978), which featured James Brolin, Elliot Gould and even O.J. Simpson (before his disgrace), provided the major clue of having used a single broadcast source:

But the use of a single, grainy broadcast source was only part of the solution to how it was done. In this article, Jay Weidner–whom I have previously interviewed on my program, “The Real Deal”–on 26 March 2012:

the Jay Weidner interview

explains how it was done using front screen projection. This complements what we have learned about the fakery–including a brilliant series of studies of the Moon landing photographs by Jack White–and leaves no room for doubt. The Moon landings were faked on a stage by Stanley Kubrick to serve the political agenda of “proving” that the United States was not scientifically and technologically behind the Soviet Union. It may have been the most spectacular of all forms of fakery foisted off upon the American people to benefit the government and deceive the nation and the world at large.

The Parallax Experiments: Faking the Moon landings

by Jay Weidner

Whether we actually went to the moon or not has never been proven. What is clear, however, is that the photographic evidence, taken on the surface of the moon, is faked and shot in a studio. There is clear evidence in the photographs of a Hollywood technique called front screen projection. Front screen projection was a technique used in the 1960s and 1970s and even into the 1980s.

Now largely replaced by green screen and other digital technologies, front screen projection was the best way during those years to shoot in side the studio but make it look like the actors are somewhere else. For instance the scenes in the 1978 movie,“Superman”, where Christopher Reeves is flying are front screen projection.

Basically front screen projection uses a mirror that splits the background image so that it is projected onto a screen behind the actors and into the camera. It was invented by Philip V. Palmquist while working at 3M company in 1949. The key to its success is that the screen is made up of thousands of tiny glass beads that are highly reflective:

 process came into fruition when the 3M company invented a material called Scotchlite. This was a screen material that was made up of hundreds of thousands of tiny glass beads each about .4 millimeters wide. These beads were highly reflective. In the Front Screen Projection process the Scotchlite screen would be placed at the back of the soundstage. The plane of the camera lens and the Scotchlite screen had to be exactly 90 degrees apart. A projector would project the scene onto the Scotchlite screen through a mirror and the light would go through a beam splitter, which would pass the light into the camera. An actor would stand in front of the Scotchlite screen, and he would appear to be “inside” the projection.

The first movie to use front screen projection was the Japanese film, “Matango: Attack of the Mushroom People” in 1963.

Front screen projection was a big step up from the technique which proceeded it, rear screen projection. The main problem with rear screen projection is that the background elements were always about a full f stop below that of the actors in front of the screen, giving away that there a trick was going on. Rear screen was frequently used in automobile scenes where the background in the rear of the car where the actors are situated as going by. The background always looks fake, however, because the background is just a little darker than it should be.

Front Screen Projection

Front screen projection was perfected, in 1966, by Stanley Kubrick, during the making of his masterpiece, “2001: A Space Odyssey”. The ape scenes at the beginning of that film were all shot indoors using front screen projection. Many people are surprised by this because the front screen projection technique was done so masterfully by Kubrick that the apes really do look like they are out in a desert somewhere.

But there are telltale ‘fingerprints’ that will often reveal the use of front screen projection. In the wide shots there always has to be a way to hide the bottom of the screen. Frequently Kubrick uses a raised set and then carefully places Styrofoam ‘boulders’ in places so that the background screen is hidden. So one of the fingerprints of its use is that there is always a line between foreground and the background screen.

Another ‘fingerprint’ which can be seen in certain points in the film, “2001: A Space Odyssey”, is that the ‘seams’ of the screen are evident. Turning up the contrast and lowering the gamma we can see the seams much more clearly. A network of these seams appears in the sky above and around the ape.

Kubrick also used front screen projection in some of the scenes depicting the lunar surface in 2001.

As I have shown before these same ‘fingerprints’ appear in most of the Apollo imagery taken on the surface of the moon. There is almost always a mysterious horizon line where there is a change if texture of the surface. This is a dead give away that front screen projection is being used. Here is a scene from “2001: A Space Odyssey” done with front screen projection:

From 2001- A Space Odyssey 1

And here is the same image with my Photoshop line separating the set with the ape-man actor and the Front Projection Screen:

From 2001- A Space Odyssey 2
In the 1990s, researcher Richard Hoagland began experimenting with the recently emerging desktop digital imaging. He took Apollo photographs and lowered the contrast and increased the gamma. He discovered the same network of seams and geometry around the astronauts just as I have discovered in the ape scenes in “2001″.

Richard Hoagland’s discoveries

Richard mistakenly considers these networks of geometry to be huge, miles high glass cities built by ancient aliens. What he had really discovered was the fingerprint of the use of front screen projection.

Mr. Hoagland has also subsequently discovered mysterious rainbow lights appearing in the sky above the astronauts. He also thinks that this is evidence of alien structures hanging high in the sky behind the astronauts.

But what he is really discovering here is the fact that one of the millions of tiny glass beads must have come slightly loose from it’s ninety degree position and is reflecting the studio lights back at the camera.

Previously I have argued that Stanley Kubrick may have been the director of the Apollo footage because of his expertise in using front screen projection. I won’t belabor that too much here in this article but I do want to repeat earlier parallels between the Apollo program and the making of the motion picture, “2001: A Space Odyssey”.

Both the movie and the program got off the ground (pun intended) in 1964. “2001: A Space Odyssey” was released in 1968 and Apollo 11 landed in 1969.

Both the movie astronauts and the Apollo astronauts moved around as if they were shot in slow motion during the low gravity shots. In low gravity one would expect that it would be easier and quicker to move not slower and more difficult.

Both the movie and the Apollo program had employed Fred Ordway as their top scientific advisor. The screenwriter for “2001:A Space Odyssey”, Arthur C. Clarke, was also friends with many of the astronauts and top big wigs at NASA.

The use of front screen projection

The point of this essay is not to prove it was Stanley Kubrick who directed the Apollo moon landings. I believe I have successfully argued that position in previous articles and in my documentary, “Kubrick’s Odyssey, Part I: Kubrick and Apollo”.

What I would like to address here is the question of whether there any other evidence to show that front screen projection was used in the Apollo imagery. The answer to this question, due to the work of Physicist Oleg Oleynik, is a big, “Yes!”

What Oleynik has done with his Apollo/Parallax experiments not only proves that the astronauts are in a studio but also the use of screens in the background.

You can find his article with the evidence at “A Stereoscopic method of verifying Apollo lunar surface images”. For those who do not want to dig through his compelling but technical, scientific paper, allow me to paraphrase his work and hopefully make Oleynik’s discoveries more easy to understand. But to fully appreciate the stereoscopic effects, you must read his original.

How 3-D movies are made

Before going into Oleynik’s visual experiment, let’s discuss how 3d movies are made. On the set of a 3d movie are two cameras slightly set apart from each other. When the film is processed these two sets of images are placed on film. That is why when you watch a 3d film without the special glasses all you see is a blur because of the overlapping double images. It is the special glasses that ‘melts’ the two images together to create the 3-D effect. What that means is that the image has depth and is more realistic.

What Dr. Oleynik did with his experiments was to take parts of two Apollo images that were taken slightly apart from each other. He then uses digital image technology to marry the two images together so that he has a 3d view of the moon and the astronauts

Now, using parallax, Oleynik can see and measure the distance of objects in the Apollo imagery. What is parallax? Quoting Wikipedia, “Parallax is a displacement or difference in the apparent position of an object along two different lines of sight, and is measured by the angle of inclination between those two lines”.

understanding parallax

In other words imagine you are sitting in the passenger seat of your car driving by some distant mountain range. Objects close to the car, rocks and trees and other things, go by much faster than the mountains in the distance.

Astronomers use parallax when they measure the distance of nearby stars. They measure the inclination of the star from both sides of the sun. This gives the astronomer a 3d view of the star and they can therefore measure the distance away from the earth that the star is.

The Parallax Experiments

Parallax is a tried and true method of measure distance. Here is Oleynik’s first example of parallax.

First example of parallax

The distant factory does not move between the two offset images because it is far away. The closer to the cameras the more the offset, the further away an object is, the less the offset.

Oleynik takes two images that are slightly offset and combines them in photoshop. The images he uses come from the Apollo 15 mission which was manned by Commander David R. Scott, Module Pilot Alfrd Wordon and Lunar Pilot James Irwin.

The lunar landscape map

He shows us a lunar map so we can see how far away the Apennine mountains are behind the two astronauts. The crater and the mountain should be four to eight kilometers away. Therefore when we perform parallax on two offset images those objects should not move when they are combined. But that is not what Oleynik discovered when he combined two photographs together.

Vertical Pairing

In a stunning validation of my front screen analysis of the Apollo imagery, Oleynik’s combined images show the telltale break that creates that nagging line, seen in almost all Apollo imagery. It is the dividing line between the stage and the screen. But, more importantly, is the fact that the mountains and the crater–which should not be moving at all because they are so far away (four to eight kilometers)–do in fact move.

Moon rover

Oleynik estimates that the image was done in a studio and that there is a screen with the mountain and crater projected onto it. The screen can be no more than 150 meters away.

Images of Mount Hadley

Next Oleynik takes two offset images of Mount Hadley. The foot of the mountain is 20 kilometers away and the top is 35 kilometers away. With parallax the mountain should not move at all.

Parallax 1 and 2

But it does. Again the offset images prove beyond any shadow of doubt the background mountains and the set are separated, just like you would find if this was front screen projection. Oleynik concludes that Mount Hadley is a projected image.

Mount Hadley a projected image
Oleynik concludes that the background is a screen with a hidden projector casting the image of the mountains. I presume that Dr. Oleynik does not understand film technology as well as I do so he has not heard of front screen projection. The problem with his theory on how the trick was done using a screen and projector is that the background screen would be darker by about one stop then the foreground astronauts. He is advocating a type of rear screen method.

Whoever directed the landings has to be someone who understood cinema and special effects. They would know that using the type of rear screen projection advocated by Dr. Oleynik would not be realistic enough. The problem of making sure the background image was the same luminosity as the actors in the foreground would be instantly solved by going with front screen projection.

Oleynik can be forgiven for his lack of knowledge of motion picture techniques from the 1960s. His work on the Apollo imagery is solid and confirms all of the theories that I spoke about in my other work on Kubrick, including “How Stanley Kubrick faked the Apollo Moon Landings”.

Jay Weidner, called by Wired Magazine an “authority on the hermetic and alchemical traditions,” and “erudite conspiracy hunter, ”Jay Weidner is a renowned author, filmmaker and hermetic scholar. Considered to be a ‘modern-day Indiana Jones’ for his ongoing worldwide quests to find clues to mankind’s spiritual destiny via ancient societies and artifacts, his body of work offers great insight into the circumstances that have led to the current global crisis. He is the director of the powerful and insightful documentaries, “Kubrick’s Odyssey”, “Infinity; The Ultimate Trip”, and the forthcoming feature film, “Shasta”. He is also the producer of the popular documentary films, “2012 The Odyssey” and its sequel, “Timewave 2013″.

How then… Exactly…. Did We Land on the Moon… Part I

Exactly…!¡!‼… How…?¿?… Did We Land on the Moon… Part I

. . . …
When {kid genius} David Adair‘s MIT class took on the assignment to calculate how much fuel it takes to get to the Moon… they were all shocked to discover they’d run out of fuel before even landing…

. . . … So how did we slide into it just perfectly… on the first shot… with only seconds of fuel to spare….

… . . . How did they do it… when Wernher von Braun was quoting 10,000 to one…

When according to {the Navy’s young hot shot Nazi UFO intelligence courier to the Aerospace Giants} William Thompson …. many had been infiltrated / taken over by Paperclip’s Nazi personnel determined to subvert all aspects of the company’s effectiveness… especially with respect to space travel….

. . . … and the reports coming out of Germany from their agents kept insisting on Nazi UFOs… a 13 year old girl {Maria Orsic}’uv’d’ VRIL Society… an alliance with the aliens… and a base in Antarctica… all too fantastic for even those in the know to believe….

So how then… Exactly… Did We Land on the Moon… . . . ? ¿? . . . …
. . . Well… let’s look at the evidence we have to support the contention…

[‼]Conspiracy Theory - Did We Land on the Moon [Covered]
[‼]Conspiracy Theory – Did We Land on the Moon [Covered]
Published on Jun 18, 2016

[‼‼]Conspiracy Theory∶∿∶Did We Land on the Moon∿¿∿[HD][H264] {Contrast Enhanced}720p (43∶56)➤
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
One of the top films ever produced on the moon landing fraud…
. . . …
Originally, Fox Television was going to purchase Sibrel’s film “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” and asked him to cut the documentary down to 47 minutes as it is today. After their legal department objected because “both sides” were not presented in Sibrel’s film, he argued back to no avail that the public had already heard the government’s one-sided arguments unchallenged for decades and that his film was merely a minuscule 47 minute response in comparison to their decades of relentless propaganda.
. . . ….
Nevertheless, Fox chose to produce their own film instead and hired Sibrel as a contributor, excluding, strangely enough, the key piece of evidence of the fraud contained in Sibrel’s film. Suspicions arose that this was the real reason for excluding “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” from being broadcast, as some thought the newly discovered evidence of unedited outtakes of false photography from the Apollo 11 mission, contained in Sibrel’s film, was too overtly condemning of NASA, rather Fox chose to leave the audience guessing as to what the truth really is….
. . . …
Despite this, Sibrel finds the Fox program to be extremely well made, containing marvelous information, and was broadcast three times because of the incredible public response to the first and second airing…
. . . ….
A Funny Thing Happened on the way to the Moon…

Astronauts Gone Wild…

An Article About the Moon Landing Fraud…

Apollo 11 Post Flight Press Conference…

Apollo 11 False Photography – Unedited…

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
Cosmic Revelations [‼..Disclosure Warning..‼]∶ A Trip Down ‘d’ Rabbit Hole. .. …
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . … «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •…
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••…
.. . . . . …. «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» ….. .. . . . .
. . . ….


A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon [3000x2014]

A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon [3000×2014]}

Published on Jun 19, 2016

A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon 720p (46∶58)➤
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
Award winning filmmaker Bart Sibrel ( presents his highly acclaimed (and much hated) controversial documentary showcasing newly discovered behind-the-scenes out-takes from the first mission to the moon, proving that the crew never left earth orbit…
. . . …
Never before in all of recorded aviation has a flying machine worked on its first attempt, much less the most complicated one ever imagined, landing on another heavenly body on its maiden voyage, and returning roundtrip with a crew that lived to tell, all with 1960’s technology. (More computing power is found today in a $10 watch.)
. . . ….
According to William Kaysing, a NASA contractor for Apollo, a classified interdepartmental memo rated the odds of a successful and survivable manned lunar landing on its first attempt at one in ten thousand. That is why the returning men of the mission looked so dejected rather than triumphant at their press conference, as they were blackmailed into lying about the alleged greatest accomplishment of mankind, to the detriment of their own souls.
. . . …
Sibrel has been interviewed, and his documentary about the moon landings have been featured on, The Tonight Show, The Daily Show, Geraldo at Large, The Abrams Report, Coast to Coast, NBC, CNN, FOX, Time Magazine, The New York Times, The L.A. Times, The Washington Post and USA Today.
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
The sequel to this film is “Astronauts Gone Wild”…

Also see this article Sibrel wrote on the subject:…

Apollo 11 Post Flight Press Conference…

Apollo 11 False Photography – Unedited…


The Moon Landing Hoax… []



Fire Exit... on the Way to the Moon [463x669]
Fire Exit… on the Way to the Moon [463×669]}
“In the big lie there is always a certain force of credibility; because the broad masses of a nation are always more easily corrupted in the deeper strata of their emotional nature than consciously or voluntarily; and thus in the primitive simplicity of their minds they more readily fall victims to the big lie than the small lie, since they themselves often tell small lies in little matters but would be ashamed to resort to large-scale falsehoods. It would never come into their heads to fabricate colossal untruths, and they would not believe that others could have the impudence to distort the truth so infamously. Even though the facts which prove this to be so may be brought clearly to their minds, they will still doubt and waver and will continue to think that there may be some other explanation. For the grossly impudent lie always leaves traces behind it, even after it has been nailed down, a fact which is known to all expert liars in this world and to all who conspire together in the art of lying. These people know only too well how to use falsehood for the basest purposes.” -ADOLPH HITLER”, 1925.Hummm, even a scum of the earth dirtbag like Adolph Hitler knew how to manipulate the masses…So you think America actually landed men on the moon? Well, think again. We have proof that the moon landings in the late 60’s and early 70’s were all a big lie!

To start with, keep in mind that there was only about 100 people involved in the moon landing hoax. Mission Control in Houston as well as most of the men and women who worked on this project nearly 40 years ago had no idea it was a fake. But how is this possible? Very simple. The power elite who put on this fiasco never let anyone see too big of picture. The thousands of people involved only had their small part to worry about. Mission control was in Houston. The launch site in Florida. The engineers, mechanics, computer programmers etc, didn’t have jobs that mixed with each other. So most people couldn’t figure out the whole thing amounted to a Hollywood production.

In, 1962, then President John Kennedy said he had a vision of America “putting a man on the moon and returning him safely” before the decade is out. Now, we don’t know if at the time Kennedy knew this was impossible or not but shortly after his murder in 1963, the best rocket scientists in the world involved with the project informed Lyndon Johnson that science is at least 30 years away from being able to accomplish such a task. The fact is…they were a little optimistic. Here we are nearly 40 years later and we still don’t have the technology to send a man to the moon and return him safely to earth. The powers that decided on this fraud concluded that if they couldn’t send a man to the moon and get him back safely, then what would they do is to have NASA fake the project then keep the billions of taxpayer money used to fund this operation for themselves. They then decided they actually could “fake” the whole thing for a fraction of the money they were being supplied. Here’s a site in Iceland where we found alot of the NASA fakes were made, (BELOW).

Here are some facts to keep in mind about the impossibility of actually sending a human being to the moon: The moon is constantly being bombarded with “micrometeors” that travel at speeds of 20,000 mph. To keep that in perspective a rifle bullet travels at 800 mph. Remember the moon has no atmosphere to slow them down. If any astronaut or the Lunar landing module got hit with just one of those……even if it were the size of a grain of rice, that would be the end. Strange NASA wasn’t too concerned about this at the time, don’t you think?

This one is incredibly funny! This is supposed to be the frogmen to rescue the Apollo men. Look at the fake “kite string” that is on top the the module. This is supposed to be the string that held the parachutes that brought the module to earth. I would think it would require heavy ropes for such a task. By the way, if this is same space module that brought the astronauts home then where is the area that they docked and climbed into the Lunar Module? Was it the same place? It had to be….but they also had to have the parachutes in the same place. So where are the parachutes in this photo? How was there room to get through the opening into the lunar module with the parachutes stored there? Also, look at the fake breathing respirators on their mouths so they wouldn’t spread “Moon germs” to the frog men. Okay, what about the “moon germs” that are inside the module? what about the “moon germs” on their body? Are those moon germs less threatening than what they might breathe out? Maybe since NASA can’t tell us how the Apollo men went to the bathroom for two weeks, We are thinking the frog men should have the gas masks on for any nasty stuff the Apollo men might have brought back! By the way, the “Apollo men” are on the rafts and have been for at least 10 minutes, what is the “frog man” still doing swimming in the ocean? Looking for the great white shark ? Or is he looking for a carp to eat tonight? Come on..AMERICA! Think about the B.S. these pictures are telling you!! (BELOW).

Listen to these other insane facts put out by Nasa with Buzz Aldrin in his interview with Eric Spitzagel on how they went to the bathroom:

Here’s a completely random and perhaps insignificant detail: During our conversation, Buzz had something on his wrist that looked distinctly like a candy bracelet. I fully admit that I’m probably very, very wrong, and the bracelet likely had some significance totally unrelated to candy. But whatever it was, I couldn’t take my eyes off of it, and I kept waiting for Buzz to bring the bracelet to his mouth and start nibbling.

Eric Spitznagel: If you don’t mind, I’d like to ask you a question that I wrote when I was five years old.

Buzz Aldrin: Really? (Laughs.) You’ve been waiting on this one awhile.

Spitznagel: My kindergarten teacher had us write letters to astronauts, asking our most burning questions about space travel. I wrote to you, but I assume you never got my letter.

Aldrin: Oh gosh, how long ago was that? I really couldn’t tell you.

Spitznagel: So here’s my question: How do you pee and poop in your astronaut suit?

Aldrin: (Laughs.) That has given me an awe for technology. You can be lying on your back in a Mercury capsule, and before technology came along, if you had to go to the bathroom, you’d be lying in a pool of your own urine.

Spitznagel: Wasn’t that the first thing you asked when you got the Moon-landing gig? “How am I gonna take a crap?”

Aldrin: We were well skilled in the art of disposal waste. There was such a thing called a “blue bag,” which was kind of messy. There was a stickum on it, and you could stick it around your posterior. For urinating we had an ego-buster, which was like a condom catheter. We were cautioned not to overestimate our size. (Laughs.) Because if the condom was too big, there might be a little leakage.

Spitznagel: That doesn’t sound very hygienic. Were you walking around the Moon with a spacesuit filled with wee?

Aldrin: No, no, no. There was a connection to a one-way check valve in your thigh, so you could kind of move around like this (wiggles his leg) and squeeze the urine out into a larger bag that you could then dispose of.

Spitznagel: Dispose of when you get back to Earth?

Aldrin: Or on the lunar surface.

Spitznagel: On the Moon? So in addition to your footprint, there’s a big bag of your excrement up there?

Aldrin: (Laughs.) Well no, probably not anymore. Sometimes we’d dispose of it during an EVA (extra-vehicular activity), when we were getting rid of a bunch of extra stuff. We did that on Gemini 12. I remember we were headed local horizontal, local vertical, and we opened the hatch and I had three bags worth gripped between my legs,

Spitznagel: Three bags of…?

Aldrin: Yeah, yeah. And I just tossed them like this. (Pantomimes throwing bags over his shoulders.) Straight up! Being very familiar with orbital mechanics, I should have realized what I’d just done. I’d put those three bags on a free return trajectory. (Laughs.) Straight back to us!

Spitznagel: This is starting to sound like a Farrelly Brothers comedy.

Aldrin: So an orbit later, we looked out the window and there were three bags in a row, heading straight for us.”


Let’s look at other inconsistencies, these are supposed to be the same suits folks!!! Look at the Spacesuit (RIGHT BELOW),

This is what NASA says is the actual suit that Neil Armstrong wore on the moon. Now, Look at the same suit NASA claims was photographed with Armstrong with his individual pose. (BELOW)

Check out the discrepancies with the oxygen chambers and the hookup to the helmet. Now, look at the boot (BELOW LEFT).Look at the tread on the boot.

It looks nothing like the photo NASA said is the first “boot print” on the moon, (BELOW RIGHT). NASA eventually backtracked for this slip up and now claims the boots Armstrong wore on the moon were “jettisoned” before the LEM took off from the lunar surface and weren’t returned to earth…….SHUUUUUUURE they were!!

Now, Let’s take this even further. Here is Neil Armstrong on the moon, (BELOW). Is he wearing EITHER of the suits NASA claimed he was earlier? If not, why was NASA having people pay to see the suit he actually wore on the moon in the earlier photo? The suit is now on display at the Neil Armstrong Museum in Ohio.

Another problem, other than the photographic ones,

Is deadly radiation,not only for the astronauts but the radiation would have fried any pictures they would have tried to take. It is absurd that NASA tried to pass off these so-called pictures from the moon. We’ll show you in a minute that all NASA’S pictures are fakes.

The moon casts a shadow here on earth and it is 250,000 miles away. For the surface to be that bright, it would be blinding to anyone. Forget about getting pictures to come out. However none of the fake photo’s the astronauts took back up this fact.

Neil Armstrong…the alleged first man on the moon, is now suffering from a mental illness because of being forced to live with this lie all his life. Strange that we never see any astronaut that walked on the moon talk in detail about their experience in public. Why don’t they? NASA will not allow them to do so. Before we show you the pictures which prove the moon landing was all a colossal hoax. We want to acknowledge photo analyst Jack White who went over thousands of photo’s from NASA. He’s an expert photographer and agrees these pictures are fake. Keep in mind each picture NASA put out has a code, like a social security number attached to it. It usually starts with the letter “A” and “S”. So, you can search NASA’S website, punch in the code and that particular picture will come up. The pictures have all been coded for decades so no one can doctor any of the pictures with out it being easy to check against the code. For instance this picture is coded in the upper left hand corner: AS15-88-11901. So you know it’s a real authentic picture put out by NASA and in this picture you can see the lunar rover was dropped into position by a crane. There are no tire tracks left on the front or back of the vehicle. 

Here’s the same thing in photo: AS17-140-21354 from Apollo 17. Once again, no tracks. The rover had to have been lowered by a crane.

Now look at this next picture. It’s a picture of astronaut Buzz Aldrin taken in Mauna Kea Hawaii. If you look at the mountains behind him, you’ll see it’s the same mountain NASA used in faking the picture below it that was used in the Apollo 17 mission. Just look to the right side of the picture and you’ll see it’s the same mountain NASA photo shopped from the one behind Buzz Aldrin in Hawaii. By the way, I wonder what all the movie production vans are doing sitting behind him?

And, here’s the same fake mountain……..again.

And again!

Geez, guys! c’mon, you must get tired of using the same fake backdrop from Hawaii over and over again? Look at the center of the picture. You can see exactly where the movie set ends and the fake backdrop begins. Look for the same pattern on all NASA photo’s.

Now, I don’t know how NASA thought they could ever get away with this. Look at the decal on Apollo 15 that says “UNITED STATES” It’s put on with nothing but scotch tape. Must be the new re-enforced scotch tape that can take those 400 degree temperatures.

Here’s Astronaut Pete Conrad from Apollo 12. If you look in his visor, in the upper right hand corner you can see a reflection of a studio light. You can also see the “hotspot” the studio light illuminates on the ground also reflected in his visor.


BELOW LEFT: This is an absurd photo of the Eagle, the lunar module from Apollo 11 while on the moon. Look close. It is nothing but cardboard (which you can see buckling), black roofing paper, gold Reynolds wrap aluminum foil, curtain rods and masking tape along with electrical engineers tape……ridiculous!!!!!


Check out the “Mystery of the Moonrovers” second from the bottom on the right: Here’s a photo of Apollo 17 and the lunar rover. The picture on the top is BEFORE the lunar rover was unloaded and assembled. You can see it’s still packaged and has rubber bands around it. The photo at the bottom shows what it looks like AFTER they broke open the package and supposedly assembled the rover. The package kind of looks like a baked potato broken open. The problem is you can see tire tracks in the photo BEFORE they broke open the package and assembled the rover. 


BELOW RIGHT: This next NASA fake comes courtesy Apollo 15. In most movie sets, the crew will take a picture of the set to try and frame it correctly before they start shooting with film. The same thing here. It’s just that some absent minded photographer forgot and left the polaroids on the leg of the lunar module…….dohhhh!

By the way, if you think the photos left on the lunar lander are just weird reflections from the gold Reynolds Wrap. (BELOW) Photo Expert Jack White shows you how you can tell the difference.


BELOW: These are two photo’s of the LEM from Apollo 16. The top one taken from the command module on it’s way to the lunar surface and the one on the bottom was taken after it landed. The problem is the top picture shows that the lunar rover was to be unloaded from the RIGHT SIDE (R1) and then that just vanishes after it gets to the lunar surface and now seems to be on theLEFT SIDE (S2).

We think the photographers for Apollo 16 need to frame their phony pictures better. You can clearly see 6 studio lights at the top of the picture at “Lights, Camera, Action”.

BELOW: Here’s the lunar rover of Apollo 15 leaving no tracks again which means it was put there from above…..most likely dropped into place from a crane.

Everyone of these pictures is of Buzz Aldrin from Apollo 11. Apparently he can’t figure out how he wants to dress. In some pictures his moon suit is tucked into his moon boots, in some they are not. In some pictures his gloves are white, in some they’re grey. Some pictures he has an antenna …and some he doesn’t. One picture shows him wearing a black arm band…and it disappears in others.


(BELOW): These are all pictures of the lunar landing module of Apollo 11. Some on the moon, some in Lunar orbit and two just before it was put on the Saturn 5 Rocket. The last picture is just the ascent module without it’s landing base attached. But NASA says these are all pictures of the same module. Do they all look the same to you?







Objects which are heated cannot be cooled by space. In order for an object to cool it must first be removed from direct sunlight. Objects which are in the shadow of another object will eventually cool but not because space is “cold”. Space is not cold. Hot and cold do not exist in the vacuum of space. Objects cool because the laws of motion dictate that the molecules of the object will slow down due to the resistance resulting from striking other molecules until eventually all motion will stop provided the object is sheltered from the direct and/or indirect radiation of the sun and that there is no other source of heat. Since the vacuum of space is the perfect insulator objects take a very long time to cool even when removed from all sources of heat, radiated or otherwise.


NASA insists the space suits the astronauts supposedly wore on the lunar surface were air conditioned. An air conditioner cannot, and will not work without a heat exchanger. A heat exchanger simply takes heat gathered in a medium such as freon from one place and transfers it to another place. This requires a medium of molecules which can absorb and transfer the heat such as an atmosphere or water. An air conditioner will not and cannot work in a vacuum. A space suit surrounded by a vacuum cannot transfer heat from the inside of the suit to any other place. The vacuum, remember, is a perfect insulator. A man would roast in his suit in such a circumstance.

NASA claims the spacesuits were cooled by a water system which was piped around the body, then through a system of coils sheltered from the sun in the backpack. NASA claims that water was sprayed on the coils causing a coating of ice to form. The ice then supposedly absorbed the tremendous heat collected in the water and evaporated into space. There are two problems with this that cannot be explained away. 1) The amount of water needed to be carried by the astronauts in order to make this work for even a very small length of time in the direct 55 degrees over the boiling point of water (210 degrees F at sea level on Earth) heat of the sun could not have possibly been carried by the astronauts. 2) NASA has since claimed that they found ice in moon craters. NASA claims that ice sheltered from the direct rays of the sun will NOT evaporate destroying their own bogus “air conditioning” explanation.


Remember this. Think about it the next time you go off in the morning with a “vacuum bottle” filled with hot coffee. Think about it long and hard when you sit down and pour a piping hot cup from your thermos to drink with your lunch four hours later… and then think about it again when you pour the last still very warm cup of coffee at the end of the day.

The same laws of physics apply to any vehicle traveling through space.NASA claims that the spacecraft was slowly rotated causing the shadowed side to be cooled by the intense cold of space… an intense cold that DOES NOT EXIST. In fact the only thing that could have been accomplished by a rotation of the spacecraft is a more even and constant heating such as that obtained by rotating a hot dog on a spit. In reality a dish called Astronaut a la Apollo would have been served. At the very least you would not want to open the hatch upon the crafts return.

NASA knows better than to claim, in addition, that a water cooling apparatus such as that which they claim cooled the astronauts suits cooled the spacecraft. No rocket could ever have been launched with the amount of water needed to work such a system for even a very short period of time. Fresh water weighs a little over 62 lbs. per cubic foot. Space and weight capacity were critical given the lift capability of the rockets used in the Apollo Space Program. No such extra water was carried by any mission whatsoever for suits or for cooling the spacecraft.

On the tapes the Astronauts complained bitterly of the cold during their journey and while on the surface of the moon. They spoke of using heaters that did not give off enough heat to overcome the intense cold of space. It was imperative that NASA use this ruse because to tell the truth would TELL THE TRUTH. It is also proof of the arrogance and contempt in which the Illuminati holds the common man.

What we heard is in reality indicative of an over zealous cooling system in the props used during the filming of the missions at the Atomic Energy Commissions Nevada desert test site, where it is common to see temperatures well over 100 degrees. In the glaring unfiltered direct heat of the sun the Astronauts could never have been cold at any time whatsoever in the perfect insulating vacuum of space.

It would also be a good idea for you to measure the dimensions of the astronauts in their spacesuits and then measure the actual usable dimensions of the hatch that they had to use to egress and ingress the Lander. Also measure the inside dimensions of the actual Lander and you will see that the astronauts (liars) could not have possibly left or entered in their suits through that hatch. Notice the position of the hinge of the hatch and then examine the Lunar Lander training simulator and measure all the dimensions noted above taking care to note the position of the hinge on the much larger hatch and you may become “illumined”… so to speak.

Here is a study by analyst Jack White. He has studied this moon landing hoax more than anyone. Here, he puts it to the math test to show the impossibility of what NASA is asking us to believe. I visited several official NASA websites to find HOW MANY PHOTOS WERE TAKEN on the surface of the Moon. Amazingly, NASA AVOIDS THIS SUBJECT almost entirely. Two days of searching documents and text were fruitless. But Lunar Surface Journal, one of the sites, lists every photo with its file number. So I undertook to make an actual count of every photo taken by astronauts DURING EXTRA-VEHICULAR ACTIVITY (EVA), the time spent on the surface out of the LEM.

Here is my actual count of EVA photos of the six missions:

Apollo 11……….. 121

Apollo 12……….. 504

Apollo 14……….. 374

Apollo 15……….1021

Apollo 16……….1765

Apollo 17……….1986

So 12 astronauts while on the Moon’s surface took a TOTAL of 5771 exposures.

That seemed excessively large to me, considering that their TIME on the lunar surface was limited, and the astronauts had MANY OTHER TASKS OTHER THAN PHOTOGRAPHY. So I returned to the Lunar Surface Journal to find how much TIME was available to do all the scientific tasks AS WELL AS PHOTOGRAPHY. Unlike the number of photos, this information is readily available:

Apollo 11……..1 EVA …..2 hours, 31 minutes……(151 minutes)

Apollo 12……..2 EVAs…..7 hours, 50 minutes……(470 minutes)

Apollo 14……..2 EVAs…..9 hours, 25 minutes……(565 minutes)

Apollo 15……..3 EVAs…18 hours, 30 minutes….(1110 minutes)

Apollo 16……..3 EVAs…20 hours, 14 minutes….(1214 minutes)

Apollo 17……..3 EVAs…22 hours, 04 minutes….(1324 minutes)

Total minutes on the Moon amounted to 4834 minutes. Total number of photographs taken was 5771 photos.

Hmmmmm. That amounts to 1.19 photos taken EVERY MINUTE of time on the Moon, REGARDLESS OF OTHER ACTIVITIES. (That requires the taking of ONE PHOTO EVERY 50 SECONDS!) Let’s look at those other activities to see how much time should be deducted from available photo time:

Apollo 11….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment, operate the TV camera (360 degree pan), establish contact with Earth (including ceremonial talk with President Nixon), unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages, find/document/collect 47.7 pounds of lunar rock samples, walk to various locations, conclude experiments, return to LEM.

Apollo 12….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment (spend time trying to fix faulty TV camera), establish contact with Earth, unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages, walk to various locations, inspect the unmanned Surveyor 3 which had landed on the Moon in April 1967 and retrieve Surveyor parts. DeployALSEP package. Find/document/collect 75.7 pounds of rocks, conclude experiments, return to LEM.

Apollo 14….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment and establish contact with Earth, unpack and assemble hand cart to transport rocks, unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages, walk to various locations. Find/document/collect 94.4 pounds of rocks, conclude experiments, return to LEM.

Apollo 15….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment and establish contact with Earth, unpack/assemble/equip and test the LRV electric-powered 4-wheel drive car and drive it 17 miles, unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages (double the scientific payload of first three missions). Find/document/collect 169 pounds of rocks, conclude experiments, return to LEM. (The LRV travels only 8 mph.)

Apollo 16….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment and establish contact with Earth, unpack/assemble/equip and test the LRV electric-powered 4-wheel drive car and drive it 16 miles, unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages (double the scientific payload of first three missions, including new ultraviolet camera, operate the UV camera). Find/document/collect 208.3 pounds of rocks, conclude experiments, return to LEM. (The LRV travels only 8 mph.)

Apollo 17….Inspect LEM for damage, deploy flag, unpack and deploy radio and television equipment and establish contact with Earth, unpack/assemble/equip and test the LRV electric-powered 4-wheel drive car and drive it 30.5 miles, unpack and deploy numerous experiment packages. Find/document/collect 243.1 pounds of rocks, conclude experiments, return to LEM. (The LRV travels only 8 mph*.)

Let’s arbitrarily calculate a MINIMUM time for these tasks and subtract from available photo time:

Apollo 11…subtract 2 hours (120 mins), leaving 031 mins for taking photos

Apollo 12…subtract 4 hours (240 mins), leaving 230 mins for taking photos

Apollo 14…subtract 3 hours (180 mins), leaving 385 mins for taking photos

Apollo 15…subtract 6 hours (360 mins), leaving 750 mins for taking photos

Apollo 16…subtract 6 hours (360 mins), leaving 854 mins for taking photos

Apollo 17…subtract 8 hours (480 mins), leaving 844 mins for taking photos

So do the math:

Apollo 11…..121 photos in 031 minutes……..3.90 photos per minute

Apollo 12…..504 photos in 230 minutes……..2.19 photos per minute

Apollo 14…..374 photos in 385 minutes……..0.97 photos per minute

Apollo 15…1021 photos in 750 minutes……..1.36 photos per minute

Apollo 16…1765 photos in 854 minutes …….2.06 photos per minute

Apollo 17…1986 photos in 844 minutes …….2.35 photos per minute

Or, to put it more simply:

Apollo 11…… photo every 15 seconds

Apollo 12…… photo every 27 seconds

Apollo 14…… photo every 62 seconds

Apollo 15…… photo every 44 seconds

Apollo 16…… photo every 29 seconds

Apollo 17…… photo every 26 seconds

So you decide. Given all the facts, was it possible to take that many photos in so short a time?

Any professional photographer will tell you it cannot be done. Virtually every photo was a different scene or in a different place, requiring travel. As much as 30 miles travel was required to reach some of the photo sites. Extra care had to be taken shooting some stereo pairs and panoramas. Each picture was taken without a viewfinder, using manual camera settings, with no automatic metering, while wearing a bulky spacesuit and stiff clumsy gloves.

The agency wants the world to believe that 5771 photographs were taken in 4834 minutes! IF NOTHING BUT PHOTOGRAPHY HAD BEEN DONE, such a feat is clearly impossible…made even more so by all the documented activities of the astronauts. Imagine…1.19 photos every minute that men were on the Moon – that’s one picture every 50 SECONDS!

The secret NASA tried to hide has been discovered: The quantity of photos purporting to record the Apollo lunar EVAs could not have been taken on the Moon in such an impossible time frame. So why do these photos exist? How did these photos get made? Did ANY men go to the Moon? Or was it truly the greatest hoax ever?


© 2005 Jack White

It should be obvious. The moon landing was a lie. It was all a studio production. Parts where filmed at Langley Air Force Base in Virginia, parts were filmed in Arizona and part of it in Hawaii. Parts of the lunar surface were filmed in Iceland and parts in a movie studio….


Facts surrounding the Apollo missions from Every other question you might have about the Apollo fraud should be answered here or above: Courtesy—

FACT: Neil Armstrong is now suffering with mental illness. A direct result of him putting his name forward as the foundation stone for the biggest lie in history. OR it could be that he has become paranoid by the overwhelming number of web sites, exposing him as a liar.

FACT: Rumor has it that Apollo 12 astronaut Pete Conrad was going public about the fake Moon landings on the 30th anniversary back in July 1999. He was killed in a motorcycle accident one week before the 30th anniversary.

FACT: It takes the space shuttle 66 hours to reach the International Space Station which is a mere 185 miles above Earth. NASA claim Apollo 13 was 55 hours into it’s duration from lift off when it encountered a problem at a distance of 200,000 miles from Earth. Sheesh.

FACT: On his web site, world celebrity Uri Geller states that NASA’s Apollo Moon pictures have been crudely faked, and asks WHY? Uri however is friendly with Apollo 14 astronaut Edgar Mitchell, so we may ask WHY does he not ask Mitchell himself why the photo’s were faked?

FACT: President Lyndon Johnson made certain Apollo files classified, with a declassification date of 2026. This is so those involved in the Apollo scam would be long dead and gone, and no one alive to blame. One need not wait 18 years for the truth behind Apollo, as it is already well known.

FACT: In the early 60’s NASA officials, realizing that a manned Moon landing was totally impossible before 1970, met in secret behind closed doors. It was at that meeting they agreed upon a decision to fake Apollo 11, in the hope they would get to the Moon later on, and then shroud the earlier faked pictures for genuine Moon pictures. The reality is they never succeeded with any mission.

FACT: Arthur C. Clarke referred to Apollo 11 as a “Hole in History”. Historian A.J.P. Taylor referred to it as “The biggest nonevent of his lifetime”.

FACT: NASA had not perfected the lunar landing craft in time for Apollo 11. In 2008 they are still trying to get a rocket to land and take off again, 40 years after Apollo was supposed to have done just that.

FACT: Film footage taken inside the capsule of ALL Apollo missions, shows a light blue haze, and curvature of Earth through capsule window, when they were supposedly half way to the Moon, and in the blackness of space. This proves that capsule was only in Earth orbit.

FACT: Moon pictures on NASA’s web sites are fake, with backdrop scenes pasted. The pictures reveal a black line penciled in where background meets daylight sky, which was blacked out completely.

FACT: The LM used on latter missions, was the same spec as the first mission, ie, no modifications. It would have therefore been impossible to carry the rover vehicle to the Moon in the same confined LM, even if it collapsed into a more compact form.

FACT: The lunar rover had inflatable tires which would have exploded if pre-inflated, and there was no air on the Moon to inflate them. Pro ApolloNUTTERS claim the rover had solid wire mesh tires. Yes the rover in the museum had these fitted in the mid 70’s when they realized pneumatic tires could not have functioned on the Moon. NASA have had 40 years in which to clear up the plainly obvious mistakes within the Apollo program. Each time some one brings up a query NASA correct it and say nothing, ie, they cannot say why the anomaly was there in the first place. Anyway I have pictures of the rover supposedly on the Moon and it has the SAMEtires AND tire valves as the one they used at KSC. In other words it is theSAME one. Early close up pictures of the rover on Internet have CHANGEDsince the blunder was exposed on this web site.

FACT: It would have been impossible to have a water cooled space suit on the Moon, when outside temperature was already at boiling point of water, there would be no where for the heat to dissipate.

FACT: The LM was suspended from a huge traverse crane based at Langley Research Center, Hampton, Virginia, and was gently lowered at the same time it traversed over a mock Moon surface created beneath it. Check picture on REALITY site, and Channel 4 video “As it Happened” .

FACT: Trainee astronauts were also suspended from this huge traverse crane in a horizontal position to simulate reduced gravity. Check picture on REALITY site with the NASA web site picture of Harrison Schmitt tripping up. The unusual high backward leg swing is identical in both pictures.

FACT: Film footage allegedly taken by Apollo 8 as it supposedly circled the Moon, is the SAME film used for the Apollo 11 mission, except that film is reversed and run backwards, look for “tadpole like” mountain range. WhatNASA did was to film the mock lunar surface at LRC, traveling in one direction, then reverse camera, and film surface traveling in opposite direction, as shown in video’s.

– FACT: Film footage showing Apollo missions allegedly circling the Moon, was taken by a rail mounted camera which slowly moved toward a rotating plaster paris model of the Moon.

FACT: James Lovell was reading from a prewritten script in the simulator when he did the voice over for the above film, and referred to the Moon as being “essentially gray, no color, looks like plaster of paris”. The recording was made long before the mission. Listen carefully on headphones, as he tries hard to suppress himself from laughing. Why otherwise would someone on such an important mision find it so comical? The answer is because it was indeed plaster of paris he was referring to, hence the smirk on face of Michael Collins after the remark.

FACT: Michael J. Tuttle who composed the fake Moon pictures, used mountain background scenes from the astronaut training sessions in Iceland, and other places, to paste on the genuine simulation pictures. He also digitally composed the 360 degree panoramic shots of fake Moon landing sites for use by NASA. His URL speaks for itself. The majority ofNASA’s fake Moon landing pictures were taken/composed in the mid 90’s,AND NOT in the late 60’s as many are led to believe. This was because suspicion was aroused at the time regarding the limited number of photo’s available. NASA had to do something rapidly because of the onset of the Internet.

FACT: The Saturn V rocket had shed 97% of its weight upon reaching Earth orbit. The remaining 3% was the space capsule placed in Earth orbit.

FACT: Earth is 250,000 miles from the Moon, yet reflected sunlight from its surface is strong enough to illuminate the darkness on planet Earth. Anyone hovering above surface of Moon would be blinded by the high intensity light reflected back.

FACT: In the mid 60’s, Alan Shepherd was removed from ALL space missions due to vertigo and meniere’s disease. No one in such a poor state of health would be assigned to such a dangerous and complex mission. He was not even on the Apollo 14 mission, which in itself was only in Earth orbit.

FACT: Alleged Moon rock is basalt rock found here on Earth. NASA made it radioactive by “baking it” in a radiation oven. If it is genuine Moon rock, then it was brought back by a scoop and return probe.

FACT: The monitored radio/data signals were either transmitted from Earth and reflected back by bouncing signal of the Moon, or were transmitted via a leased channel. If a valuable source of monitoring equipment was left on Moon, then it would be used today, and not shut down in the 70’s.

FACT: In a TV interview with journalist Sheena McDonald back in 1994, the NASA Administrator, Dan Golden, (alias Dan Dare), openly admitted that mankind cannot venture beyond Earth orbit, until they can overcome the dangers of cosmic radiation. He managed to say this without any mention of the Apollo missions 25 years before, which supposedly went 250,000 miles outside Earth orbit.

FACT: Neil Armstrong has NO momento’s or photographs whatsoever from his alleged Moon mission, however he has plenty from his test pilot days. There are no photographs of Armstrong supposedly on the Moon, because Armstrong, knowing the saga was fake, refused NASA permission.

FACT: In 1969 computer chips had not been invented. The maximum computer memory was 256k, and this was housed in a large air conditioned building. In 2008 a top of the range computer requires at least 64 Mb of memory to run a simulated Moon landing, and that does not include the memory required to take off again once landed. The computer on board Apollo 11 had 32k memory.

FACT: When Apollo astronauts were not in space, they were manning mission control communication for other Apollo missions, this was to limit the number of persons in the know. There were in fact two communication links to every Apollo mission. First was launch control who dealt with communication at lift off, and reentry, however once in Earth orbit communication was handed over to the limited few astronauts manning mission control. Check it yourself on film coverage released at the time. Collins, Duke, Aldrin, Lovell, Shepherd, Schmitt, Cernan etc, are all there on various missions. Lovell himself admitted that there were two communication links to the astronauts.

FACT: It would have been impossible for the astronauts to get from the Lunar Module to the conical space capsule, as this section was occupied by the 3 large reentry parachutes, which ejected from the conical end.

FACT: In 2008 NASA does not have the technology to land a man on the Moon, and return them safely. It may be possible in the future, but such a feat is still many, many years away.

FACT: Buzz Aldrin believes he has suffered brain damage as a result of his trip to the Moon. He knows darned well that he never went anywhere near the Moon, and so could not have suffered brain damage in the way he alleges. Aldrin was the only Apollo astronaut who went public, and talked about the Moon landings during the 70’s and 80’s. The guilt, remorse, and stumbling over awkward questions put to him by the media, have put an intolerable strain on him. His psychological damage is the result of keeping it bottled up for 40 years, instead of getting it off his mind. In Aldrin’s book “Return to Earth”, he makes a remark that all 6 of them have been made to look fools. Make of this what you will.

Q: What about Moon rocks brought back by astronauts, it’s proof the landings took place?

A: No it is not, and this is the most common tactic used by NASA and PAN’s, but proves nothing. NASA were manufacturing simulated Moon rock, long before the Apollo missions, this is proven in an abstract published in 1966, 3 years before Apollo 11. This simulated Moon rock is reconstructed from basalt, and meteorite samples discovered in Antarctica. It is simulated Moon rock that is dispatched to universities around the globe as being the real thing. These simulated Moon rocks are, of course, totally different to any rocks found on Earth, and they were meant to be that way. This is why geologists claim they cannot be found elsewhere on Earth. No of course not because they are manufactured by NASA to be totally different to Earth borne rocks. NASA manufacture the simulated Moon rock and Moon dust so cheaply they do not even charge for it, other than transportation costs.

Q: Why don’t they point the Hubble telescope at Moon to view the artifacts left behind?

A: Hubble is owned and operated by NASA, the one’s responsible for faking in the first place, so there is no chance there. In order to cover up for NASA, their paid informers, (PAN’s like Phil Plait from Badastronomy), claim that Hubble cannot resolve down to view the landing sites, but how much resolution do they need? Hubble will in fact resolve down to 50 meter’s on the Moon’s surface, which is more than enough to view the artifacts supposedly left behind. NASA do in fact have very high resolution pictures of the Moon, but do not inform the media because the first thing people would ask is to see the artifacts left behind from Apollo, and, as to be expected there is nothing there.

Q: What about the hammer and feather experiment, how could they achieve that in Earth’s gravity?

A: This is another ridiculous claim made by PAN’s, but again, proves nothing. The film is shot in poor lighting, as well as being a very poor quality black and white fuzzy film, and as the experiment is performed so far away from the camera, it can easily be fabricated. I would like to point out that magicians like David Copperfield have performed far greater feats, (optical illusions), within a few feet of a live audience. One of his stunts involved himself being cut in half by a rotating saw blade, then the two sections of his body were moved to opposite ends of the stage. If PAN’s believe the hammer and feather experiment was real, do they also believe that David Copperfield was sliced in two by a rotating saw blade?

Q: Why do prominent astronomers like Sir Bernard Lovell and Patrick Moore support the Moon landings if they were faked?

A: Scientists and astronomers around the globe know full well that the Moon missions were faked, but relay on NASAto gain access to the vital data beamed back to Earth from the Hubble space telescope. They cannot slag off NASAotherwise NASA would deprive them of this essential information, which they so much require.

Q: What about the laser reflector left on the Moon by astronauts, from which they can calculate the Moon’s distance from Earth?

A: In 1946 scientists in the USA managed to bounce a radio signal off the Moon’s surface, and were able to calculate the precise distance of the Moon by the reflected radio signal. In the early 60’s NASA realized they could perform the experiment more efficiently, and accurately by using a high powered pulsed laser beam. In this scenario the laser beam is reflected back to Earth in the same way as Sunlight is reflected off the Moon’s surface towards Earth. On May 9 1962, (over 7 years BEFORE Apollo 11 supposedly landed on the Moon), a high powered pulsed ruby laser was successfully aimed at the Moon, and reflected back off the Moon’s surface to provide an accurate measurement of the Moon’s precise distance from Earth without any reflector being on the Moon’s surface. There is no laser reflector on the Moon, and never has been. NASA are using the same method today as what they were using back in 1962 before astronauts supposedly landed on the Moon. Incidentally NASA plan to use an even higher power laser on Mars to calculate distance. Have astronauts placed a reflector on Mars to bounce the beam back?

Q: Why did the USA fake the Moon landings, was it to fool the then Soviet Union?

A: No they weren’t done to fool the Russians, does anyone believe the Russians would be so stupid to fall for a con like that? Russia were more advanced than the USA in space technology, and knew at the time of Kennedy’s speech that it was impossible for manned space travel to the Moon and back. The landings were faked purely and simply to convince Western civilization that the USA were better in space technology than the Soviet Union, because the Western world had lost faith in USA capabilities, and the USA could not be seen as the ‘weaker link’ at such a crucial period in time. There was no SPACE RACE as claimed by NASA, who incidentally coined the phase. Russia had no intention whatsoever of sending men to the Moon because they knew it was impossible.

Q: Was Richard Nixon behind the fake Moon landings.

A: Although Nixon was president at the time of the Apollo missions, he was not directly responsible, even though he knew, or should have known, they were fake. The planning and preparation into faking the Moon missions began way back in the early 60’s, and hence Lyndon B Johnson was the president with the most inside knowledge of the Apollo program.

Q: What about the vast number of people involved in Apollo, wouldn’t someone have spoken out.

A: Pan’s claim there were half a million people involved in the Apollo program, but that includes all the humble engineers working on machine parts in many companies around the globe. So if someone is making a part in some engineering factory in Seattle, and his boss tells him it’s for the Apollo spacecraft, is that engineer proof the landings took place? No of course it is not proof, and even if that engineer knew they never made it to the Moon, he would still brag to his friends that he made a part that went to the Moon just to make him feel proud in some way or other. Parts for the Apollo program were made at many different factories around the globe. For example the laser reflector supposedly left on the Moon was manufactured in France. NASA collected the unit from the French company, and that was the last they saw of it. It’s probably stashed away in some archive at Langley, but one things for certain it’s not on the Moon. Are those French engineers proof they landed on the Moon? No of course not, as very few, (probably less than 200 people), were actually involved in bringing the whole lot together, so as to minimize what was actually taking place. No need for any of them to speak out because (A) They are 100% patriotic to the USA, and would say nothing that would go against America, even if it were true. (B) They do not need millions of dollars to safeguard their future, as they have already received substantial amounts from NASA just to “keep mum”.

Listen to Neil Armstrong give us a hint that the moon landings were fake: — 

Neil Armstrong's cryptic speech
Neil Armstrong’s cryptic speech [PUx1SURbb3g]

Neil Armstrong’s cryptic speech…

Uploaded on Aug 22, 2007

the speech Neil Armstrong gave at the 25th anniversary of the Apollo 11 mission.

Apollo 11 Post Flight Press Conference
Apollo 11 Post Flight Press Conference…

Apollo 11 Post Flight Press Conference

Uploaded on Apr 26, 2016

The crew of Apollo 11 nervously, reluctantly, and with the emotion of a eulogy, present their first press conference . . . with the aid of teleprompters discretely hidden in the desk, in order to help them remember their one of kind experience, that the writers of their script should know nothing about.

Notice at time 1:04:53 that Neil Armstrong is asked whether or not he remembered seeing any stars in the lunar sky, a subject the crew was apparently asked to avoid as the correct astrological positions of the constellations were too difficult to simulate in the fake lunar backgrounds. Armstrong then wrongly replies with “I don’t recall”, to which Aldrin grimaces in discomfort at his error (as if one would forget such an important detail that they witnessed first hand in their alleged universally unique experience). To help Armstrong recover from being tripped up by this difficult question, crew member Michael Collins offered assistance by interjecting “I don’t remember seeing any.” The problem is, he forgot that he wasn’t even there! (It was Buzz Aldrin who supposedly walked on the moon with Armstrong, not Collins!)

Apparently when all three orbited the earth together for eight days in a relatively small space capsule (never actually leaving earth orbit, much less landing on the moon), Michael Collins’ experience of the mission (though he was alleged to have stayed behind orbiting the moon while Armstrong and Aldrin walked on the surface) was exactly identical to that of his teammates. As such, he instinctively chimed in at this point in the interview in an attempt to smooth over the rough spot in the conversation, forgetting temporarily that he never was supposed to have been on the moon’s surface in the first place!

In the official transcript of this rare press conference (which, until this video release, was the only way of knowing what was said at that time), lightening struck twice in the exact same place! At the very moment where Collins misspoke, there is also a “transcription error” as well! In the official NASA record (the transcript) the government made a desperate and lame attempt to cover-up Collin’s revealing mistake by attributing his remark “I don’t remember seeing any (stars)” to Aldrin!

. . . …
A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon Gone Wild article Sibrel wrote on the Subject:

Apollo 11 False Photography – Unedited

•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••


Did We Walk on the Moon 46 Years Ago with 1960’s Technology?

Posted by Bart Sibrel

Date: July 20, 2015

in: Black OpsCIAConsciousnessConspiracy CornerGovernmentGovernment ControlGovernment CorruptionMainstream MediaMultimediaNational Security AgencyNews ArticlesPolitics,Predictive ProgrammingPropagandaScience & TechnologySleuth JournalSocietySpecial InterestsUS NewsWhistle BlowersWorld News


“All Truth passes through three stages . . .

First, it is ridiculed . . .

Then, it is violently opposed . . .

Finally, it is accepted as self-evident.”

-Arthur Schopenhauer-

“In an age of universal deceit,

telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”

“Whoever controls the past, controls the future.”

-George Orwell-

“One of the saddest lessons of history is this:

If we’ve been bamboozled long enough,

we tend to reject any evidence of the bamboozle.

We’re no longer interested in finding out the truth.

The bamboozle has captured us.

It’s simply too painful to acknowledge,

even to ourselves,

that we’ve been taken.

Once you give a charlatan power over you,

you almost never get it back.”

–Carl Sagan–

“It is easier to fool people

than to convince them that they have been fooled.”

-Mark Twain-

{Videos at End in References}

There is an account in the scriptures where a zealous priest, thinking he was doing the work of God, persecuted true believers who he sincerely considered to be a heretical threat to divine truth.  (You see, you can be sincere, and be sincerely wrong.)  Then he had a conversion of thought, which led to a conversion of actions.  The leader of the group he was oppressing confronted him, and showed him that his beliefs were the exact opposite of the truth.  Willingly, and humbly, the priest completely changed his mind, heart and actions, one hundred percent, in regard to his entire life’s work and perception.  Why?  Because he was a seeker of the truth over tradition.  The battlefor the truth is inevitably a battle between facts or tradition.

My life story in regard to the moon landings is exactly the same type of conversion.  My father was in the Air Force, so I grew up around the latest aviation and technology.  I loved it!  Though I was only four years of age at the time of the alleged moon landings in 1969, quietly asleep in bed, my father, as a celebrated military officer, was given a VIP package of commemorative photographs of the event, which he gave to me as a cherished present.  From the age of about four to fourteen, these pictures covered an entire “sacred” wall in my bedroom.  It was a shrine (like a religion) to the intellectual prowess of humankind (which indeed it did turn out to be!)  I saw these images, which were a representation of the alleged “glorious” American moon landings, every day, three hundred sixty-five days a year, for ten years.  This means I saw these images propagating the desired belief in their authenticity, three thousand six hundred fifty times before I even considered the possibility that they were misrepresentations of reality . . . That’s a lot of brainwashing!

Fortunately, at the age of fourteen, I saw an enlightened television program featuring an interview with William Kaysing, a NASA contractor during the Apollo “moon” missions.  He asserted quite confidently, from first hand eyewitness accounts, that the flights were staged to increase the prestige of the United States during the height of the Cold War, and the pit of domestic discontentment.  After watching the program, I went to my enshrined bedroom “wall of infamy” and looked, for the first time, with new eyes, at theses surprisingly telling pictures.  Sure enough, just like the man said, stunning evidence of photographic anomalies were hidden in plain sight!  (They say this is the very best place to hide something investigators are looking for!)  I just had to have “eyes that see”, after all a famous prophet notably said that most people “have eyes that do not see, and ears that do not hear”.

I equate this with a salt shaker always being placed in the left kitchen cabinet, on the third shelf, on the left side, for ten years.  If your spouse inadvertently moves it to the left kitchen cabinet, on the third shelf, on the right side . . . you don’t see it, even though it is right there in front of your eyes! . . . There you stand, with the cabinet door wide open, the salt shaker right in front of you only inches away (though on the right side of the shelf rather than the left, where you were trained not to look), and you do not see it! . . . There I was, looking at the same pictures of the alleged moon landings over and over again for a full decade, yet not seeing quite obvious inconsistencies and abnormalities that would quickly give away the deceptive criminality of the event, if only I would look beyond my programmed response!

Like everybody else, I was so conditioned by the media to see what they wanted me to see, that it took real effort on my part to discern succinctly fact from fiction, plus I had no mentor to point out my error.  (Read my article “Introduction” at the top of “Brother Bart’s  Conspiracy Corner” for further explanation on media manipulation.)…

. . . …

Greetings Friends and Countrymen! Welcome to Conspiracy Corner.

My name is Bart Sibrel.

I began my career as an actor, then playwright, then filmmaker, then journalist, then writer, then activist. The entertainment industry, especially film production, laid a great foundation for my understanding the art of illusion, which is after all the craft of all conspiracies. I also worked in television news for two years. After my first broadcast as editor, I heard the producer say to the anchor, “Good show”. “Show?” I asked, “I thought this was news?” “No Bart”, they said . . . It’s a show.”

Just to let you know how naïve, simple-hearted, and idealistic I really am to the bone, I was actually dismayed, disappointed, and emotionally crushed when I found out this little known industry secret of what is called “news”. I quickly saw how corporate news, which is how most of the world’s population receives theirdisseminated information, is completely contrived, from the top down like a disneyland dictatorship pyramid scheme. I am absolutely convinced that if a nuclear bomb were dropped on Washington D.C., and the owner of the network telephoned the news director telling them that they instead wanted the lead story to be about a cat that had twenty kittens, this would be the lead story at the top of the broadcast. Trust me, this is how it works.

The employees of news organizations do what they are told in order to keep their jobs, just like any employee, at any other company. Doing what they are told, in this case, means speaking the scripted words they are given from above, and not discussing any unauthorized topic. If they rock the boat, they areimmediately fired, loosing their exalted income and prestige, which few, if any, are willing to voluntarily give up. The Powers-that-Be lured these people into this trap of prosperous glory in the first place, for the very purpose of their obliged submission to say what they are told to say . . . or else.

All this to say, what is perceived is what is at issue. These same entities, who own numerous multibillion dollar networks, are the same ones behind treasonous legislation to limit free speech and individual liberty, which they deceptively call “patriotic”, so that if you don’t support their underhanded dictatorial plans, you can be labeled “un-American”. They give medals of “honor” to pathological liars, whom the public is misled into blindlessly defending as heroes. They trick you into believing we live in a “free democracy”, when we are, in fact, more enslaved than any other people in the entire history of the world. After all, what is the best way to have a slave? . . . One in which the slave is deceived into believing they are free, when in fact they are addicted to every crumb of pleasure they are given from above.

Why is all this lying being done? . . . Simply, to hide the truth, the truth of the crimes being committed by the liars! It is that plain. In order to do this, the Powers-that-Be must control your perception . . . your concept of reality, which is notreality. Any lie, therefore, is a conspiracy. This is the heart of all conspiracies andall crimes . . . lies.

Criminals do not want to get caught, right? What is the best way to not get caught? To flee from the scene? No. To stay on the scene, hidden in plain sight, as the corrupt policeman investigating the very crime which they perpetrated, or even better still, to disguise their crimes as acts of benevolence.

The fact is, half of all crimes are conspiracies! Half are done without forethought, in the heat of the emotion of the moment, and half are plotted out in advance, thus making them . . . conspiracies! Those in control have even tried to trick you into thinking that a “conspiracy” is foolishness. Do you see this? They call searching for the truth . . . “foolishness”! They call you stupid for believing thetruthful backstory of their crimes, so that you will not spread the truth of their crimes to others! They want you to overlook half of all crimes in the entire world! Does that make sense? Who would want you to do this? The people committing the crimes, of course! These are the very people who mock conspiracies, so that their criminal activities will not be uncovered. 

We have to understand that if a tiny spider, less than the size of a dime, canmeticulously plan and trap its prey, weeks in advance, then the human mind, if so inclined to evil, can do soooo much more, soooo much farther in advance!

If half of all crimes are conspiracies, that is plotted out in advance, and conspiracies are simply lies, then this adventure that we are embarking on, is simply one to discern truth from lies, a most important task in a world where at least half of all information is intentionally false.

Keep in mind, a lie, or a conspiracy, is the only evil which you cannot see. If I take your coat, you can see this, in the material which I now possess and which you now have a lack thereof. If I kill your brother, you can see his dead body, andsee his orphaned children. Yet, if I tell a lie, where is it? A lie is the only evil which you cannot touch, which you cannot see. It is purely ethereal. This is why lies are the favorite misdeed of evildoers. Think about it. Out of all of the crimes in the world that people are put in jail for, how many of them are in jail for lying?

Life is not so much a battle between right and wrong, as it is a battle betweentruth and lies . . . because this ultimately leads to good or evil . . . Truth leads to good. Lies lead to evil. Life is wonderfully simple! Revealing “conspiracies”, or lies, leads to good, because it leads to the truth. Denying conspiracies, leads to evil, because the perpetrators can then conduct their evil business as usual, out in the open, under the umbrella that what they are doing is fictitious. Thus, the originof evil is not the crime itself, rather the lie, or conspiracy, invented beforehand, to cover up the crime, before it is even committed.

Like I said, I am simple-hearted, optimistic, and idealistic to the bone. Why then is such a naïve person given the task to unravel intricate, evil, long premeditated, and vastly permeated, worldwide reaching conspiracies? Perhaps because if I can grudgingly admit that the world I love and strive for in perfection is, regrettably, filled with spider webs of unfathomably precalculated deceit, then you too may see the shocking truth, which must first be perceived, in order for true freedom and wellbeing to follow.

If you had cancer, wouldn’t you want to know? . . . Or would you rather have your doctor lie to you and tell you that everything was just fine . . . even though it really wasn’t? Sometimes you have to cut off a diseased limb to save your life.

Believing in Santa Clause is fun. Believing that we live in a magical world where men can fly to the moon on their very first attempt with 1960’s technology is fun too, even though the feat cannot be repeated nearly 50 years later, by any nation on earth, including the one that allegedly did it first nearly 50 years ago, even though all truth reminds us that the South Pole, and Mount Everest, and First Flight, and the Light Bulb, was never, ever achieved on the first attempt, and certainly never abandoned once achieved, never again to be repeated.

Why do so many people believe this lie? Because they want to. They want to believe the lie. Believing the lie means we live in a better world than we really do. Yet the fact is, we do not. We live in a world of million-man genocide, horrific rape, vicious murder, hateful racism, and unthinkable child molestation, and yet, for some reason, some people think that no one would do such a wicked thing as faking the moon landings. Believe it or not, this is the number one reason I hear from smart people, who still cannot see the plainness of this simple lie. “No one would do such a thing”, they say . . . Really? What is lying about an accomplishment, compared to the things I just mentioned like million-man genocide and child molestation?

We live in a world with more wealth, and less happiness. More medicine, and less health. More religion, and less spirituality. More knowledge, and less good judgment. We have more expensive possessions, and yet less appreciation for them. Bigger homes, for our broken families. More money, and less compassion. We have more care for pets, than we do for people. We love to lie, love to brag, and love to hate. What we considered obscene yesterday, we consider family entertainment today. We waste and we squander the most precious thing we have, time, by spending five hours a day watching television, and then we wonder why we cannot discern the truth.

Just keep in mind, the next time you hear a news story on television, or the words of a politician thereon, ask yourself this question . . .

“What if the exact opposite of what I am being told is true?”

Bart Sibrel

. . . . ….

 As Stanly Kubrick’s last film was entitled “Eyes Wide Shut!”, this was my and the populous’ simplistic error.  For example, at the top of this article you see what is the most published and well known photograph of the alleged moon landings, yet there are at least five telltale signs in this picture that give away the deception that are completely and repeatedly overlooked due to people seeing what they are conditioned to see.

First of all, what most people don’t notice is the ease at which the “astronaut” has his left arm bent at ninety degrees.  If he were really in outer space on a heavenly body without an atmosphere, then the spacesuit would have to be dramatically pressurized with compressed air, which it is obviously not due to the numerous wrinkles in the fabric and the ease at which they hold their arm bent at a right angel.  (The spacesuit should be puffed up like the “Michelin Man”.)

Secondly, if you look to the right of the actor, about waist high, just above the faint cross (+), you can see where the background changes from a faint grey color to a darker grey shading.  (In earlier pictures, which NASA later corrected, the color actually changed even more dramatically from grey to blue.)  This is where the real landscape and the false landscape (a large photograph on a the wall) converge!  In order to better get away with the deception of this fake backdrop, they have done two things. Initially, they rolled the real landscape slightly uphill before the wall began, so as to not make the distinction between the two as obvious. After this, and even more clever, the movie set they built was actually circular.  In order to discern the line between the fake backdrop and the real foreground you must look at a slightly upward angle to the right from the “astronaut’s” waist and perceive that they are standing near the wall of a set that is circular.

Thirdly, in the reflective visor of the actor (which conveniently conceals who is really in the spacesuit), you can notice that there are actually three degrees of shadow in front of them.  The darkest is of the person’s full body shadow and the shadow of the “lunar lander”.  The second is the faintest area of no shadow in the top left of the visor, just below the black horizon.  The third, medium shadow, actually encompasses the greatest area, as it is the shadow of the fake backdrop wall itself, casting a noticeably large angular shadow in the foreground in front of the person in the spacesuit, as the top of it was cut with less artistic esthetics because it was beyond the camera’s view and contains three noticeable ninety degree turns.  It is not discernable in the limited area of the photograph itself, yet is perceivable by “those that see” in the visor’s expanded reflection.

Fourthly, as even the designer of the camera which took the picture admitted in his interview on “Conspiracy Theory: Did We Land on the Moon” (the link of which is at end of this article), the “astronaut’s” shadow indicates that “the sun” (or rather the electrical light to represent it) is behind them, yet they are nevertheless also lit with supplemental electrical light from the front, none of which NASA admits they took on their mission, as they claimed that the bright natural sunlight on the moon, without clouds, was far more than ample.

Finally, just above and past the one o’clock position of the face visor, you see a hint of a small straight white line going up, yet it is inadvertently cut off.  Because the person is really standing on earth (in a film studio) and not on the moon’s much lighter gravity, they were being supported by cables from the ceiling so they would not topple over from the heavy backpack which was designed for one sixth the gravity.  Though the cables were undoubtedly painted black in an effort to conceal them in the black “outer space” background, they must have shown up anyway.  In their rush to conceal the cables, NASA’s “photo lab” just laid a piece of black masking on top of them, just above the height of the backpack.  Unfortunately for them, this cut off the radio transmitting antenna which should be sticking out of this part of the backpack as it does in all other photographs, yet the antenna is nowhere to be found!  How could they then communicate with people on earth a quarter million miles away without an antenna?  Oops!

In a way, like naïve Adam and Eve, you can’t blame people for initially being deceived, after all, which is a more pleasant realm to live in, one in which your country or world continually lies about science, integrity and spending, or one in which your country or world is scientifically unsurpassed, honorable and financially honest?  Naturally, people almost always seem to see the latter because this is the kind of realm they would rather live in.

Personally, if I had cancer, I would want to know about it rather than pretending that I didn’t have it.  (Obviously though, some people prefer being lied to with pleasantries.)  While pretending that I wasn’t diseased would temporarily pacify my emotions, it would also unabatedly spread the disease, potentially to fatality, because I ignored it.  On the other hand, while finding out that you have cancer is quite depressing, you can at least plan according to reality instead of fantasy, and perhaps actually accomplish more with this information, knowing that you have limited opportunity to change your life for the better.

Fortunately again, at the age of twenty-four, I had become a filmmaker, and happened to be editing a film one day for the very producer of the show I had seen as a fourteen year old, ten years earlier, about the moon landing fraud!  “Do you remember that man you had on your show who said the moon landings were fake?” I asked, “What was his name?  I’d like to talk with him.”  The rest is history.

When I ask leading “intellectuals” why they will not even briefly consider just thepossibility of a moon landing fraud, they say “No one would do such a thing.”  (That is to say, no one would be that audaciously wicked.)  My argument is that in a world full of genocide, murder, rape, theft, mutilations and molestations, is merely lying about a scientific accomplishment so farfetched?  After all, haven’t Nobel laureates in the past been forced to give back their medals for plagiarism and deceit?  Yes, they have!

I went from being the biggest fan of the moon missions to eventually becoming the most outspoken critic because I was open minded and willing to be wrong when the evidence presented itself to the contrary of my first opinion, even if that evidence was unpredicted, unprecedented and very depressing.  I was not totally brainwashed beyond cure by false criminalistic “patriotism” to the point that I was incapable of deprogramming myself from relentless, from the cradle, deceptive government propaganda.

These type of people who vehemently oppose the admission of a cover-up regarding the Apollo “moon” landings, with endorsements of felony violence to defend and maintain a corruptive status quo, have openly admitted, time and time again, that iffirsthand eyewitness Neil Armstrong himself had went on national television andconfessed to the cover-up prior to his death, they would still believe that the moon landings were real, when he was there and they were not! Who then is mentally deficient, as they claim the conspiracy theorists are regarding this? These people will not even consider for one second, even the possibility, that the alleged manned moon missions were a cold war deception to inflate the appearance of American military superiority, as well as pacify rampant disgruntled domestic revolt during the Vietnam war, so how can the opinions of such close-minded people be trusted in the first place? The supposed manned moon missions are a religion to them . . . and a false one at that.  (See  2nd Thessalonians  2: 9-12)

Hitler, the master of deception, said that it was actually easier to get away with agigantic lie than a small one, because small lies are so common and therefore anticipated, so that no one would expect the audacity of a grand deception.  This is precisely the psychological tactic that was used in precipitating and maintaining the monumental, yet very simple, lie of the manned moon landings, with 1960’s technology.  Again, a feat that cannot even be done today!

Never before in the entire history of the world did such a historical event have absolutelyno independent press coverage.  Why do investigators overlook this most telling piece of evidence?  Only three government employee eyewitnesses to the “greatest event in history“?  Whatever completely government controlled and editedphotographs and images were given to the press were blindly assumed to be authenticated by the “credible” Nixon administration. It is like giving a whining child cake for dinner to appease them and then expecting them to argue with you demanding broccoli instead!

The Vietnam War during the alleged moon missions was destroying the country from within by its divisiveness and civil protests.  Nixon repeatedly said so himself, thinking that this mounting public discontent might actually lead to real anarchy, rebellion and the disintegration of the government, not to mention his precious egotistical cushy job!  Aunifying pep rally of a successful moon landing was just what the American patient needed!  Do you really think that Nixon was going to risk killing three national “heroes” on “live” worldwide television during his presidency when simply failing to rescue kidnapped hostages would ruin you for life as it did president Carter a few years later? How could he absolutely guarantee a successful moon mission? . . . To stage it! . . . Not to mention that it was technologically impossible at the time to begin with.  In fact, according to NASA contractor William Kaysing, who worked for six years on the Apollo program, a classified interdepartmental memo, which he personally read and proofed, estimated the likelihood of a successful manned mission on the first attempt at a mere one in ten thousand chance.

Some assume that if the Soviet Union or Chinese intelligence agencies found out that the American moon landings were fraudulent they would “spill the beans” to the rest of the world.  This is simply not true, and again, thinking only one step farther than programmed to do, reveals the truth.  If wars are created for the profiteering of the “Military Industrial Complex”, as many forward thinking people including president Eisenhower now realize, then “adversaries” of America are merely imaginary, created for profitable ends by the billionaires pulling the strings behind the scenes, who have been making money off of war, “cold” or otherwise, just as Eisenhower warned, since world war one.  (Think about it: America has been at war, nonstop, since the end of world war two, more than seventy years ago!) As such, the Soviet Union and China are, in fact, in-league with the United States government, despite mainstream media appearances. (Just imagine a fake wrestling match.)  This being the case, these overseas entities would not bring the truth of such an American scandal into the light to injure their co-conspirator brother.  Any “bad blood” the United States appears to have with foreign powers is merely staged for the very purpose of keeping their complicity a secret.

Even if these two “super-powers” were actual enemies of America, they still would not expose the truth about the moon missions.  For example, if I had a picture of the president with a prostitute, would it be more profitable for me to give it away free to the press corps, or to blackmail him year after year with ever increasing tolls until the day he died?  If such countries really were enemies of America and had proof of the moon landing fraud, it would serve their interests much more to keep such knowledge to themselves and blackmail America, year after year, administration after administration, to get the behind-the-scenes negotiations to favor them, whether it regarded trade, arms, debt, or anything else they so desired.

There were, in fact, no “independent” tracking stations for the Apollo missions.  The only entities that had such capability were the United State’s own government agencies (who were complicit in the cover-up) and the aforementioned countries, who profited from keeping the secret.  Additionally, NASA launched the “Tetra-A” satellite shortly before the Apollo missions to simulate transmissions coming from the moon so that their ground crews could rehearse the “moon landings” during their many simulations.  Conveniently, it was purported that the Tetra-A satellite “accidentally burned up” in the earth’s atmosphere just before the first moon mission, that way the government satellite could secretly still be in service, performing the same simulation function during the “real” flights.  Furthermore, retired ground crew members recently acknowledged thatthey could tell no difference whatsoever between a “real” and a “simulated” moon mission.

From Wikipedia regarding The Apollo Fraud:

“Some people insist that the Apollo moon landings were a cold war deception of the Nixon administration.  However, empirical evidence is readily available to show that manned moon landings did occur.  Anyone on earth with an appropriate laser and telescope system can apparently bounce laser beams off three retro-reflector arrays reported to be left on the moon by Apollo 11, 14 and 15, suggesting deployment of the lunar laser ranging equipment at asserted Apollo moon landing sites, implying equipment constructed on earth was transported to the surface of the moon.  In addition, in August 2009, NASA’s lunar reconnaissance orbiter claimed to send back high resolution photos of the estimated Apollo landing sites.  These government issued pictures show not only what is reported to be the faint shadows of the descent stages of the lunar landers allegedly left behind, but also apparent tracks of the astronauts’ walking paths nearby in the lunar dust.”

At first (and only) glance, these appear to be relevant arguments, yet each one is, surprisingly, most easily and unconditionally refuted with only a modicum amount of further investigation beyond initial conditioned interpretation.  First of all, it has recently come to light through “whistling blowing” intelligence employees that “Wikipedia” is a mainstream, establishment supported, parasitical organism used rampantly for propaganda purposes by multiple government agencies such as the NSA, as they can anonymously post intelligent sounding pro-government thesis to the masses, often deliberately contradicting and smugly belittling more truthful “conspiracy theories” ofvery real crimes of the authorities in power, whose express purpose of these writings is to cover-up and deflect attention away from their own illegal and unholy behavior.  (See the Sleuth Journal article on this topic at the end of this writing.)  When they use words like “empirical evidence is readily available to show that the manned moon landings did occur” . . . It not only shows their arrogance (which, in and of itself, demonstrates their blindness to the facts), it also exemplifies their desperation to make an argument that is so much losing ground that they have to resort to the administration in power tactic that if you don’t agree with them you are somehow deficient in intelligence.

It was proven in 1962 that a laser can be bounced and calibrated off of the moonwithout a man made reflector thereon simply due to the reflectivity of the lunar surface.  Secondly, Russia put a manmade mirror on the moon’s surface during the time of the Apollo missions for this same claimed purpose, using instead an un-mannedprobe that would not have to suffer the biological ravages of lethal space radiation.  (See the March 1959 issue, Volume 200, Number 3, of the magazine “Scientific American”, article entitled “Radiation Belts Around the Earth”, to see how deadly and impenetrable space radiation is beyond the safety of low earth orbit where the space station currently resides, at an altitude of merely 205 miles above the earth . . . The moon being about 239,000 miles away.)  Thirdly, seeing how all of these lasers have their data computer controlled, it would only take one computer hacker, if they so desired, to manipulate the data shown on a scientist’s viewing monitor, which they would then wrongly assume to be truthful truth.  (This was precisely the case at “mission control” during the “moon” missions, where dozens of computer “operators”, who actually just read the preprogrammed data screens like news anchors who do not write their own words, openly admitted, after the fact, that they could tell no difference whatsoever between a flight “simulation” and a “real” flight.)

To say that additional “new” photographs from the criminal NASA are evidence that “prove” the moon landings were real is laughable. They already faked high resolution, full body pictures of an “astronaut” standing right on the “moon’s surface” nearly fifty years ago, so what is it to fake additional pictures now, with almost five decades better technology, of such simple things such as tiny shadows or scratches on lunar satellite photographs that are supposed to be from human foot tracks or Apollo lunar landers? These diehard believers are just seeing what they want to see, like a naïve spouse of a cheating partner, accepting the fox’s evidence that they didn’t steal a chicken.

Additional arguments against the fraud are reported to be the hundreds of thousands of people throughout industry who contributed to the missions, who allegedly would have had to have been informed of and kept the secret.  Again, seemingly a good argument, yet it is not with only a little extra thought and investigation.  Do you really think the CIA was stupid enough to tell hundreds of thousands of contractors the goings-on of a top-top-secret project?  Would the CIA really be so careless as to tell the person making the rocket’s door handle, or the glove or the boot of the spacesuit, that they were actually faking the moon landings?  Do we really think the CIA is that stupid to tell so many low level people? Furthermore, to say that because my uncle worked at NASA and believed the moon landings were real, is proof that they were real, is like saying that because my uncle worked as a vender at the Super Bowl and believes that the game was honest, isproof that the football players didn’t cheat to win! How then can this be a genuine argument against the fraud? Surely the government officials making this statement realize this and are deliberately trying to mislead the public away from the truth, like a profiteering shepherd herding their naïve unwitting sheep to the slaughterhouse.

Just like a pyramid of power in any business, what the employee, the manager, and the regional manager knows about the business’ actual agenda, is completely different than what the CEO at the very top knows.  Remember, there were only three people (“trusted” government employees) who were actually there at the time.  As you will see in my film “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” (the link follows this article), the three crew members were indeed on the rocket, they did launch into earth orbit (to attain realistic “zero gravity” flight photography), they did splash down in the ocean (to add to the realism), yet the rest, everything beyond earth orbit (which is only what they can do today), was completely contrived, like a masterful illusionist, by satellite data manipulation, complete media control, and professional movie sets.  After all, what is easier to do, actually build a rocket and travel to another planet with 1960’s technology on the first attempt without killing anyone, or simply make a movie about it? The age old argument “The simplest explanation is the true one“, which many “Apollo proponents” use to suggest the missions authenticity, actually proves the fraud instead!  The simple fact is that it is easier to fake a moon mission than to actually do one . . . otherwise there would be manned bases there by now!

Some of the best evidence supporting the fraud is the fact that in 1998, when the space shuttle flew to its highest altitude ever, three hundred sixty-five miles, one third higher than they normally flew, they were asked to descend to a lower altitude by mission control due to lethal space radiation they encountered by approaching too close to the “Van Allen Radiation Belts”, which don’t even begin until one thousand miles altitude (and continue for an additional twenty-five thousand miles).  That is to say, they were six hundred thirty-five miles away from radiation that was so intense that they reported they could see the radiation with their eyes closed as sparks of light hitting the retinas of their shaded eyes. When this happened, CNN inadvertently reported this fact by saying, “The radiation belt surrounding earth is more dangerous than previously believed.” Apparently not a single journalist on the entire planet figured out, except for myself, that this statement totally contradicts the authenticity of the moon landings!  Here’s why:

The only time in world history human beings are said to have traveled through the twenty-five thousand mile thick radiation field called the “Van Allen Radiation Belts”, which unbeknownst to most surrounds earth starting at an altitude of one thousand miles and extends twenty-five thousand miles beyond that, is during the alleged moon missions.  Why is it then that astronauts some six hundred thirty-five miles away from this radiation, twenty-nine years later, know more about the radiation than the Apollo astronauts who claimed they were in the middle of it eighteen times to the moon and back?

Remember, the recent discovery proves that the radiation is . . . “more dangerous than previously believed”.  What is “previously believed” if not based on theprevious reports from the “experts” of the radiation, the Apollo crews, who wereallegedly the only ones in all of world history to have ever traveled through the radiation (and eighteen times at that, to the moon and back), all with no ill effects and no reports of any kind of the visible sparks of radiation being seen, as were later reported by the space shuttle crew from hundreds of miles away, not even in the middle of it as the Apollo crews supposedly were!  Again, how can people six hundred thirty-five miles away from radiation they have never traveled through or even to, know more about it than people who were allegedly in the middle of it eighteen times?!

Of course, this is simply not possible.

What does this mean?  It means that the people who claimed to have previously been inside the radiation field lied about being there!  Of course too, if the “Apollo” crews never went through the Van Allen Radiation Belt as this contradictory report reveals, then they certainly could not have gone to the moon either, which the traversing of this radiation would require!  Why does no one connect the dots with this very revealing information except me?  Because the dots lead to a horrific truth that wouldbreak the spirit of the entire American nation if they knew, proving that most people would rather believe a pleasurable lie, than a painful truth.

In December of 2014, NASA sent their brand new “Orion” spacecraft, unmanned, directly into the Van Allen Radiation Belt, at a 3,600 mile altitude, and then u-turned it for a prompt return to earth. What was the purpose of the Orion mission? Officially, “to test the instruments”. What “instruments” were onboard the Orion spacecraft? GEIGER COUNTERS TO MEASURE THE RADIATION INSIDE OF THE RADIATION BELTS.Didn’t NASA already have these measurements decades ago from the Apollo moon missions, if indeed men actually went through the radiation belts 18 times? Why is it so important to “test the instruments” at a 3,600 mile altitude inside of the radiation belts?  To see if humans can survive transversing it . . . for the very first time!

Apparently today’s new generation of NASA engineers, some in their twenty’s, have stumbled upon this significant NASA contradiction. Though they were probably led into the space exploration field by the motivation of the seemingly glorious inaugural moon mission of the 1960’s, the fact that such a feat cannot be duplicated even today withfive decades more advanced technology, and that aside from theses alleged moon missions of the Nixon administration no one has ever gone more than 400 miles away from the earth in the nearly fifty years since then, these unfavorable truths are apparently slowly, yet surely, boiling to the surface of their disgruntled reality soup.

Kelly Smith, one of these twentyish engineers, was selected as the official Orion mission’s spokesperson in the following NASA video press release. Notice that at :43 seconds into the film, Smith confirms that the radiation belts are made up of “ExtremeRadiation”. At time 3:06 he again refers to the belts as “Dangerous Radiation”. Finally at time 3:36, for the third time, Smith plainly states, “We must solves these (radiation) challenges before we send people through this region of space.”

You can view the short NASA film by clicking HERE

The question is, if the solution to the dangerous radiation belt problem has yet to be invented (“We must solves these challenges before we send people through this region of space.”), then how is it that the Apollo crews during their alleged moon missions went through this dangerous and extreme radiation nearly fifty years agowhen the necessary equipment to survive doing so has yet to be invented ? (“We must solves these challenges before we send people through this region of space.”)

Did Kelly Smith reveal this contradiction accidentally or intentionally ?

When I asked NASA’s press office to interview Kelly Smith about this matter, they refused to grant him permission to talk with me. When I emailed a list of mostly harmless questions about the Orion mission, NASA politely answered all of them. When I submitted a more difficult inquiry about Kelly Smith’s three statements about the dangerous radiation of the Van Allen Belts and how the radiation problem must be solved before NASA sends astronauts through them, NASA refused to reply to these questions, as if I had never asked them. When I asked for the readings of the Orion spacecraft’s onboard Geiger Counters in REM, NASA said that such information was a secret and that I would have to file a “Freedom of Information Act” request to attain the measurements, which I have since done and am awaiting their reply. When I asked why such information about the radiation belts strength in REM is a secret, NASA refused to answer and then terminated all further communication with me.  (Just 1 REM per hour is five times a lethal dose, and as you will read below, the Radiation Belts contain up to 100 REM per hour.)

When NASA sent publicly funded probes and spacecraft to measure the temperature of the sun and the amount of hydrogen in Jupiter’s atmosphere, this information was readily available to scientists and to the public, after all, why would a measurement of a part of nature be a secret? Likewise, the amount radiation in REM in the Van Allen Radiation Belts which surround the earth is simply a part of nature and, as such, there isno reason whatsoever why such elementary measurements of nature should be a government secret . . . unless disclosing such measurements would reveal theimpossibility of the Apollo crews having gone through them and surviving with decades older technology, seeing how NASA just acknowledged, accidentally or otherwise, that such protection from this “Dangerous” and “Extreme” radiation has yet to be inventedby the space agency and “must” be invented “before we send people through this region of space.”

Quite interesting, yes ?

When I discovered absolute proof (actual, on camera evidence) that the Apollo astronauts never left earth orbit (contained in a newly discovered unedited NASA reel which was never broadcast to the public; debuted in “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon“) and showed this controversial videotape to a news director at NBC, he turned pale white, practically fainted as he collapsed in his chair and exclaimed, “Oh, my God!  It looks like we didn’t go to the moon!”  “I know”, I said, “What do we do?”  This man, who held the betterment of America in his hand, thought for a long while . . . and then eventually “chickened out”.  He said, “I cannot broadcast this with a clear conscious.  It will cause a civil war.  I will not be the one responsible for that.”  While I disagree that the public knowing the truth about the moon missions would cause a civil war, they would probably demand governmental reform and start investigating other matters of corruption and deception.  Naturally, criminals would rather not get caught and preserve their way of life that reform would inevitably dismantle.

Oddly enough, when Bush Jr. was president, he went on national television and proclaimed that “The United States will return to the moon as a logical first step to Mars and beyond”.  Did no one besides me notice that if they really already went to the moon six times, why would they need to do a “first” step over again for the seventh time?  He was even so bold as to go on to say that “First we will need to learn how to protect the astronauts from lethal space radiation.”  Am I the only one curious enough to ask, “Why not do it the same way that worked so good the first time they went to the moon?”

In August of 2009 it was reported, albeit as a news oddity (and it certainly was) that a “moon rock” personally given to the president of the Netherlands by Neil Armstrong in 1969, who supposedly hand picked it off of the “moon’s” surface himself, was opened forty years later from its hermetically sealed container by a curious museum curator after he had watched “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon”.  Following microscopic examination, the rock was verified to actually be a deceptively authentic looking piece of petrified wood instead!  Yet again, not a single journalist, except for myself, asked the question, “If the moon rocks are fraudulent, what about the moon missions?

If more people would only view with an open, deprogrammed mind, “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon”, which contains newly discovered video evidence of the moon landing fraud, they would see with their own eyes recently uncovered unedited behind-the-scenes outtakes of false photography of the “moon missions”. The scene contained therein has never been broadcast to the public. In it, Neil Armstrong is using a one foot diameter model of the earth, from low earth orbit, to create the illusion for the television viewers, that he and his crew are half way to the moon, when they are, in fact, still in earth orbit.  This is absolute proof that, though they were on the rocket in low earth orbit, the crew never went any further due to lethal space radiation.

This footage is even dated by NASA’s own computer clock as having taken place two days into Armstrong’s flight, when he is supposed to be half way to the moon, or some 135,000 miles away from the earth, yet he and his crew are clearly shown (in these newly discovered unedited outtakes of the broadcast) to still be in earth orbit, and are instead, falsifying the television photography to deceive the viewing public of their real location.  The CIA is even heard on a private, third audio channel, prompting Armstrong to respond to Mission Control’s questions only after four seconds have elapsed, in order to create the false impression of an increased radio delay, so as to appear much farther from the earth than he and his crew actually were.  Jump ahead to time  32:02 – 40:50 in “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon“ if you do not wish to view the entire forty seven minute documentary and only see the newly discovered unedited out-takes of Neil Armstrong falsifying mission photography during the historic and now infamous mission.



Recently, a website detractor to the obviousness of this fraud shown in the newly discovered footage debuted in my film, suggested that because I only showed excerpts of this condemning footage in the documentary, that I somehow tricked people into thinking that the clearly heard third track of CIA audio and the blatantness of the one foot diameter sized mocked-up model of the earth, was something other than a deliberate lie. Seeing how my program is only forty-five minutes long and the unedited falsified footage reel is an hour in length, I deemed it quite logical and appropriate to show, in the most timely manner possible, the segments of the fraudulent video which displayed the most apparent falsification, editing from one such clip to the other.  According to this misleading and false accusatory thinking, showing only the highlights of a football game negates the winning team’s victory.  As such, the one making this baseless accusation is the one guilty of deceiving his audience.

If the moon landings, which were done with such ease on the first attempt with 1960’s technology, though they cannot be duplicated toady with nearly fifty years more advanced technology, are so obviously real, then anyone who says otherwise is an idiot. Why then are there hundreds of websites, with tens of thousands of hours spent on their construction, in existence to refute the insane rantings of morons? As Shakespeare so famously said, “Thou does protest too much.” Another historical commentator said this, “The likelihood of one individual being right, increases in direct proportion to the intensity with which others are trying to prove him wrong.”

Even former president Clinton, once holding the (allegedly) highest office in the land, doubts the authenticity of the moon landings.  On Page 156 of his biography “My Life” he states:

“Just a month before, Apollo 11 astronauts Buzz Aldrin and Neil Armstrong had left their colleague, Michael Collins, aboard spaceship Columbia and ‘walked on the moon’, beating by five months President Kennedy’s goal of putting a man on the moon before the decade was out. The old carpenter asked me if I really believed it happened.  I said sure, I saw it on television. He disagreed; he said that he didn’t believe it for a minute, that ‘them television fellers’ could make things look real that weren’t. Back then, I thought he was a crank. During my eight years in Washington, I saw some things on TV that made me wonder if he wasn’t ahead of his time.”

If a president of the United States is finally admitting his doubts as to the authenticity of the “moon landings” (albeit, after he safely left office) and is calling those who perceive the truth of the event “ahead of their time”, shouldn’t you also reconsider your thinking on the matter, if you haven’t already?

Not too long ago, I interviewed the second man to not walk on the moon, Edwin “Buzz” Aldrin. He sat down with me thinking that I was going to interview him in order to help him make money off of a book he was promoting. Instead, I had a television monitor set up to ask him about my newly discovered unedited outtakes of false photography from his “moon” mission, in which he was actually the camera operator orchestrating the deception.

You have to understand, at that moment, with two professional television cameras there, a crew of about five people, as well as professional lights and microphones, he thought for a brief moment, that the news story of his fraud had just broken worldwide. It was at this time that he exclaimed in anger (at time 8:58 – 9:11 in the link below), “And this makes you a real famous person that has discovered this and reveals all this stuff! What an ego you must have to want to propel yourself (your career) like this!” He even shouted back (at time 8:30 – 8:38), “Well you’re talking to the wrong guy! Why don’t you talk to the administrator of NASA! We’re (only) passengers! We’re guys going on a flight!” (See these time specified clips here in Astronauts Gone Wild)

The question is, if I was wrong with my accusation, how could I become famous from exposing nothing? (It wasn’t until the following year that he punched me on national television for my persistence in the matter.) Therefore, this statement itself is a blatant admission of guilt, because he didn’t say I was wrong with my assertion, rather that I had impure motives for revealing the truth. Additionally, if he was only a “passenger” as he plainly stated, then that certainly means that he never piloted the lunar module to the moon’s surface as he previous claimed, because a passenger and a pilot are certainly very different from one another! (Merely orbiting the earth for eight days, entirely under the control of NASA, is what made him only a passenger, not a pilot, as he firmly admitted, also asserting that he did no trickery beyond this point in the mission, blaming the rest of the deception on NASA instead, which is another admission of the fraud.)

Aldrin finally remembered that I was not with “ABC” (news) as he previously believed, rather “ABC-Digital”, the name of my independent television production company at the time. At this point, when he realized that the discovery of the fraud was isolated, by a lone television producer, not to be broadcast worldwide by a major television network, he started backpedaling on his admission of guilt and started to reassert, though not very convincingly, his mission’s alleged authenticity. When he finally realized that he had made a critical error in judgment by acknowledging twice, with the above two statements, that I was right in regard to my revelation of the truth, he demanded that the cameras be turned off and threatened to sue me if I showed his admission of guilt to anyone. (See this at time 10:10 – 10:18 in Astronauts Gone Wild) Certainly if these two statements were not an admission of guilt, he would have no problem releasing them to the public.

A few years later, when the economy took a nosedive and the majority of my private video clients stopped spending revenue on television commercials and corporate ad campaigns (which was about 90% of my business), I drove a taxicab on weekends to make extra money. For those on the internet who denounce me, therefore, as “not a professional filmmaker” because I once drove a taxi for extra money, only shows the desperateness of their argument, that is so much turning into quicksand, that they must insult the messenger instead of the message, because the accuracy and weight of the message itself is too much for them to bear or argue against. One only has to look at my bio at the end of this article, and the Youtube link therein of samples of my numerous for hire films over the past three decades, to know that I had been paying my bills as a professional filmmaker for over thirty years, producing dozens of television programs with budgets up to a million dollars, and have personally owned about $100,000 worth of camera production and editing equipment. I think what these unskilled detractors are really saying, is that someone who used to drive a yellow car for two days a week couldn’t possibly discern the truth. Can the mind of someone making such a juvenile argument be trusted in the first place to discern a crime which is so intricately deceptive?

On four separate occasions, as the apparent leading “expert” on the moon landing fraud, I have been asked to participate in television specials discussing the moon landing hoax “theory”, although the point of these programs was really to denounce such boat rockers of the status quo. When my arguments and newly discovered video evidence were too well presented in each of these four programs, sometimes after considerable expense on their part to pay me a fee for my expertise, as well as air travel and accommodations, they deliberately deleted my interview from their program, or changed their mind altogether from interviewing me in the first place, after I too clearly proved to them beforehand that the moon landings were, in fact, fraudulent. The four programs I speak of were for the BBC, Discovery Channel, Myth Busters, and the National Geographic Channel.

This last one, the “National Geographic Channel”, even removed their entire program on this subject from Youtube after I gave numerous national interviews following their television “special”, which were broadcast elsewhere, about their exclusion from their program of my interview and the undeniable new video evidence I had to offer, additionally denouncing their episode’s peculiar deception in order to make their false assertions. Their blatant misleading methodology that they used in a failed attempt to “prove me wrong” and discredit my expertise as a filmmaker of three decades, was to the nature of scenes lit with natural sunlight (as claimed by NASA for the “moonscapes”), as opposed to those which were filmed inside a television studio with electrical light. (See time 24:20 – 25:33 in A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon)

Seeing how my job as a filmmaker of thirty years is to make fake scenes look real, this truly is my expertise, and how I first discerned that the moon missions were false. In fact, years ago, in showing a colleague of mine, with more years professional filmmaking experience than I, a recent unrelated film I had just completed, he complimented, “I really liked the way you captured the sunset at the end of your movie.” I smiled and said, “That was actually an electrical light, not the sun.”

In the case of the NASA scenes that were allegedly lit solely with the bright sunlight on the atmosphereless environment of the moon, the shadows from one object or person, compared to another, should always, without exception, run parallel with one another and never intersect. Yet, in several of the photographs allegedly taken on the moon, shadows from one object or person run at a different angel than the other and eventually intersect. This would absolutely never happen in sunlight, as the sun, thealleged only light source in the “moon” pictures, is one million times bigger in volume than the Earth, and therefore evenly lights in the exact same direction of any given area.

If, on the other hand, there is more than one light source such as multiple electrical lights, or if a powerful single electrical light used to simulate the sun is close to the subjects, then varying shadow directions will appear, because one person or object is on one side of the light and the other person or object is on the other side of the light, which casts shadows in different directions. This would be impossible to occur in natural sunlight due to the enormous size of the sun, relative to a much smaller electrical light. Don’t believe me? Just go outside on the next sunny, cloudless day and stand about three feet apart from another person, or ten feet apart. You will see that your two shadows will always run parallel with one another and never intersect. Why is it then that the shadows from the “Apollo” photographs intersect on several occasions?Because they are using electrical lighting, not sunlight! IT IS THAT SIMPLE!

According to NASA, no electrical lighting whatsoever was used on any of the “moon” missions, simply because of allegedly being on a heavenly body in very brightsunlight, that didn’t have clouds or atmosphere, made supplemental lighting completely unnecessary and a waste of precious electrical power. In fact, according to NASA, because the moon has no atmosphere, the sunlight there is twenty times brighter than on the Earth, so the last thing any photographer on the moon would need is an electrical light that would cast intersecting shadows!

In the now infamous National Geographic special on how the moon landing hoax wassupposed to not be a hoax at all, in a vain attempt to still hold on to the corporate lie (which they subsequently removed from Youtube because I exposed the following blatant deception of theirs), they went to a California desert at night to “simulate” thealleged conditions on the moon. They dressed up an actor in an “astronaut” costume, had them stand a few feet apart from a television crewmember, brought in oneelectrical light to simulate the sun, and basically said, “See! The shadows of the two people standing near one another DO intersect in our ‘moon simulation’, so filmmaker Bart Sibrel is wrong!”

The very simple fact is this: Why didn’t they just wait 12 hours and use the very same desert during the day with REAL sunlight to accurately depict the very same real sunlit condition on the moon?!?! They claimed, “We can’t duplicate the sun”, yet theyeasily could have if they only filmed in the very same spot 12 hours earlier, in naturalsunlight! They went on national television trying to prove “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” wrong with the exact same technique that PROVES ME RIGHT . . . all the while telling everyone the exact opposite!

The point is, their shadows in their little demonstration intersected because their “moon simulation” was lit with electrical light! . . . All the while they claimed that this proved that the moon missions were real, when their very demonstration proved that the moon missions were FAKE instead! Think about it! In their “moon demonstration”, with electrical light, the shadows did intersect, right? Yet, they said, “These results directly contradict the conspiracy claims” (which are that the pictures from NASA on “the moon” were lit with electrical light, not sunlight). They told this blatant lie in a deceptive attempt to confuse the viewer from seeing the truth, when in fact, these very results of theirs PROVED the conspiracy claims to be TRUE rather than false! Do you see this?!?! They went to the desert at night, allegedly, to get a black background like on the moon, yet this was not the point of the experiment! The point of the experiment was to see which of the two casts parallel shadows: SUNLIGHT (as claimed by NASA) or ELECTRICAL LIGHT (as claimed by me), because the assertion I made in my film was that the reason the shadows intersect in some of the NASA pictures isbecause they were lit with electrical light in a television studio instead of sunlightoutside on the moon as they falsely claimed, where the shadows would NEVERintersect!

Did you get this?

I just discovered a VHS copy I made of their one time broadcast (later pulled from Youtube) and uploaded this devious attempt of theirs to lie through their teeth to the viewer. Here it is:

National Geographic’s Self-Condemning Lies

The National Geographic Channel simulated the “Apollo” pictures (matched them) by using ELECTRICAL LIGHT NOT SUNLIGHT, which means that the Apollo pictures were taken with electrical light, not sunlight, meaning they were taken on Earth! . . . All the while they tried to mislead the audience into believing the exact opposite of the truth, that this deceptive “evidence” of theirs proved the moon mission’s authenticity, when in fact this exact evidence proved the exact opposite, that the NASA pictureswere also taken with electrical light, therefore, they were taken on Earth! “Myth Busters” did the very same thing, simulating (matching exactly) the “Apollo” picture’s intersecting shadows with electrical light, proving that the reason why the NASA pictures have intersecting shadows in them is because they too were lit withelectrical light, not sunlight, meaning the pictures were taken on Earth, all the while they LIED to the viewer, saying that this very evidence which proved the fraud, instead proved the mission’s authenticity! . . . Absolutely unbelievable and devilishly evil!!!

It was when I pointed out these deceptions of theirs in all four of the programs, that the producers of them (who were corporate NASA surrogates) refused to have me on their shows, or deleted my previously recorded interviews from their content, because not only could I prove on national television that the moon landings were fraudulent beyond any doubt, I would have also exposed their blatantly deceptive arguments to make their misleading points on national television, something they were not about to allow me to do.

Think about it! If a television program about the moon landing deception (really produced to reassure the public that it was not a deception against mounting evidence to the contrary) refuses to have on their show the world’s leading “expert” on this very subject, or deliberately deletes conclusive evidence from him of the fraud from their content, how can they at all be trusted to be presenting the truth in the first place? If the moon landings were so obviously real, then they would let me speak my mind uncensored, and show my newly discovered video evidence unedited, without any fear whatsoever! This goes to show you that these television “specials” were not at allinterested in discovering the actual truth, rather they were affiliated crony agents of the government which were instructed to douse the emerging truth that the United States’ spy agencies lied to all of their citizens (and to the entire world) regarding the authenticity of the moon landings! If this were not true, they would have no problem having me and my newly discovered evidence on their programs!

The National Geographic program further lied in their “special” when they said “only a very small group of people believe that the moon missions were fraudulent”. Really???Is 45 million of 300 million Americans a “very small group” ??? (Not to mention nearly 2 BILLION others in non-brainwashed countries that know the facts!) If the group of believers of the truth is so “very small” as they falsely claimed, then what is the National Geographic Channel (a propaganda arm of the United States government) doing wasting an entire exclusive hour of television, and tens of thousands of dollars in production costs, trying to convince such a “small minority” out of their “crazy” and “insignificant” error, or are these extensive resources being spent because of thegrowing millions awaking to their senses, that networks like these are trying to keep the multitudes at bay?

Their own “expert” on the program as to the moon landings alleged authenticity, the one of such astuteness that he proved me right when he was trying to prove me wrong, admitted that his life’s work is to convince people that the moon missions were real. Why would this be anyone’s life’s work if the “moon landings” were unquestionably real, the numbers apposed to him were so “very small”, and the people opposed to his belief were merely “crazy” as the program insinuated? Would you spend your entire life’s energy trying to convince insane people who thought the world was flat that it was round?! Of course not! You would, however, spend enormous amounts of energy and money trying to keep the status quo, if the prevalent university teaching was that the world was flat, even though it was not, and call anyone saying otherwise a “heretic”, as was plainly proven by history in this matter, and as its obviously repeating itself now in this issue as well.

Even the scene at time 30:37 – 31:06 in A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon, in which the astronauts appear to be “floating” around in 1/6th gravity, is soobviously a simple, yet very convincing, “slow motion” effect, that in the National Geographic program they deliberately “zoomed in” far past the soles of the astronaut’s feet touching the ground in the original NASA footage, in a blatant attempt to alter the original evidence, because showing the unaltered clip of the bottoms of their feet only getting an inch or two off of the ground, would have conclusively proved that they were on Earth and not on the moon, where they should have been able to leap a yard or more high because of the much lighter gravity! When you simply double the speed of the footage with professional video equipment that I regularly work with, it becomesblatantly obvious that the convincing “1’6th gravity floating effect” is nothing more than a rudimentary “slow motion” effect. Truly, this ALONE proves that they are NOT on the moon, rather on Earth!

Do you have eyes that perceive . . .

or only see what the magician wants you to see?

NBC, for a program on their “Discovery Channel”, paid me thousands of dollars, flew me to New York City, put me up in the very expensive Waldorf Astoria hotel, all because a new, independent-minded, producer of theirs wanted to air my side of the story, as well as exclusively showcase the first network broadcast of my newly discovered unedited video evidence of behind-the-scenes photographic fraud from the “Apollo 11” mission. When NASA got wind of their intended broadcast of this condemning footage, they threatened NBC with permanently disconnecting their “live” camera from the International Space Station, if they dared broadcast these excerpts of blatant false photography from the first “moon mission”. (Remember, another NBC news director previously viewed the very same evidence and promptly concluded that it conclusively proved the moon landing fraud, though disappointedly saying, “I cannot air this. It will cause a civil war”.)

Seeing how the Discovery Channel and NBC regularly used and boasted about video feeds from this camera of theirs on the International Space Station on numerous television programs, they succumbed to the NASA threat, and never aired the interview of me painstakingly explaining my newly discovered condemning NASA footage, which they had already filmed and purchased exclusive rights to, even though it cost them tens of thousands of dollars in losses to do so.

Do you still believe there is a free press outside of government control?

World famous Watergate reporter Carl Bernstein has extensively documented the connection between the CIA and American “journalists”:

“More than 400 American ‘journalists’ (that we know of) have secretly carried out assignments for the Central Intelligence Agency, according to documents on file at CIA headquarters. In many instances, CIA documents show that ‘journalists’ were contracted to perform covert missions for the CIA with the consent of the managers of America’s leading news organizations. Among the executives (that we know of) who lent their cooperation to the CIA, were the heads of Time Magazine, Newsweek, the New York Times, ABC, NBC, CBS, the Associate Press, United Press International, and Reuters.

I think that just about covers everybody.



I was even once invited to the NASA launch headquarters in Florida as an official member of the press, with personalized press credentials, a formal written invitation, and a scheduled appointment, yet when I asked an “Apollo” astronaut to confirm that he actually left Earth orbit, because I had newly discovered evidence to the contrary, I was promptly, and forcibly, removed from the property by security forces, with the threat of arrest if I persisted with my questions. If you had been there and witnessed this firsthand as I and my camera crew did, you would have sworn that we were in North Korea or the Soviet Union, rather than the “free” United States of America.

Now you know why every nation on Earth, except our own, refers to our country as “A Police State”, and why growing thousands of people every year, prominent professionals, are mournfully renouncing their US citizenship at great financial and personal expense.

Not too long ago, I was pulled over for merely having a burned out light bulb on my car, and was separately interrogated for about a half an hour, apart from an “unprofiled” African American passenger of mine, as if we were suspected of smuggling tons of drugs across the Columbian border. Is this the individual liberty our Founding Fathers died for?

In my duties as a journalist, I was once meeting with a leading presidential candidate, yet when I asked them if they would pledge to looking into the authenticity of the moon landings if they were elected, I was told by the secret service that I was not allowed to ask them any questions. What kind of a country is it whose security forces forbid the press from asking someone running for president a question?!?! The U.S.A. or the U.S.S.R. ?!?!

Does anyone care what has happened to our country???

Can’t you see why a government acting in such a totalitarian manner wouldindeed be arrogant and brazen enough to fake the moon landings?!?!

The only television program to ever broadcast the condemning footage I uncovered of unedited outtakes of false photography from the first “moon” mission, “Apollo 11”, was Tech TV’s enormously successful talk show “Unscrewed”. In fact, the show was so popular, that their viewership doubled every 30 days for the first 2 years it was on the air! Despite being the highest rated program on the entire network, bringing in the owners of the channel millions of dollars, the show was abruptly canceled after airing the inflammatory footage of mine without prior network approval, as a not so subtle warning to other broadcasters who might make the same error in judgment. Since then, knowing this penalty of termination hanging over their heads, no other network has dared to air, on any of their programs, this monumental newly discovered unedited footage of NASA outtakes, which emphatically proves that the moon missions werefalse. It also goes to show you, that whoever owns these networks, the control of too revealing of information is much more important to them than millions of dollars. Obviously then, the only people to whom millions of dollars are meaningless, areBillionaires, who are notoriously in bed with their brethren in government. Now you know how the term “embedded journalists”, for members of the press being “chaperoned” by the government to only see what is preselected and prescreened, was coined!

Watch the clip of this daring, yet apparently foolish, program in the link below, the only ones to ever broadcast this inflammatory NASA footage . . . right before being cancelled. When their own studio audience was shown the newly discovered unedited “behind-the scenes” outtakes of NASA footage, which proves the moon landing fraud beyond any doubt, their in-house viewers gasped in horror at the astounding clarity and blatantness of the fraud. Once the government saw the revelatory reaction of the public in this first and only broadcast of this condemning footage from “Apollo 11”, they knew that they must do everything possible to not let it be broadcast ever again. The threat of termination, as exemplified by the immediate cancelation of this number one rated program on the entire network, right after airing this damning footage of the moon landing fraud, still holds a Sword of Damocles of fear over the heads of any future risk taking television producers.

I guess most people love their jobs more than their country.

Bart Sibrel Debuts NASA False Photography Nationwide

I have worked with several other seemingly well-meaning producers, who also created programs suggesting a NASA moon landing deception, yet ALL OF THEM later succumbed to the fear of termination if they aired the one piece of evidence that would prove the fraud beyond any doubt in the very program that was supposed to be about the moon landing fraud, deleting at the last hour the one piece of evidence that would finally settle the matter, forfeiting out of fear, the “exclusive” of all “exclusives”.

Poor Geraldo Rivera, whom I also met with privately while I was in New York at the Waldorf Astoria hotel, who received from me personally the condemning unedited NASA footage well in advance of my on air interview with him, finally mustered the courage to have me on his program, deciding to wait until the “40th Anniversary Special” of the “moon” missions, yet he too was apparently informed by his network superiors, that he was forbidden to broadcast the single piece of evidence that conclusively provedthe moon landing fraud. Instead of seizing the opportunity to break the biggest “scoop” of the century, on the perfect program, at the perfect time to do so, he instead chose to sensationalize the circumstances, by broadcasting me being punched or kicked by “Apollo” astronauts when I confronted them with the truth, rather than broadcasting the clear evidence of truth for which I was violently opposed.

The fact is, I was informed privately that Geraldo himself questions he authenticity of the moon missions, yet can not publicly say so as a representative of the “mainstream” media . . . if he wants to keep his high paying job . . . which apparently he does. This just goes to show you that leading “journalists” that are supposed to be a safeguard for their fellow countrymen against a tyrannical government, are more interested in pleasing their corrupt governmental overlords than doing their duty of justice to their fellow citizens.

Bart Sibrel on Geraldo

The simple truth is, if I really walked on the moon with indisputable evidence, and someone thought otherwise, I would find that hysterically funny! If someone asked me to swear on the Bible to that “fact”, why in the world would I object to taking an oath of such on camera for the permanent record? Instead, the astronauts in question reacted to the request as if I walked up to them in the company of their wife and asked them how their hidden mistress was doing! If they really walked on the moon, me saying otherwise would be like throwing a feather at them! Why would anyone be violentlymad at someone for throwing a feather at them? If, on the other hand, I were exposing a real crime of infidelity that they had gotten away with for decades and built lifelong reputations on, then you could certainly see why they would react with such violent hatred. (See time 00:00 – 2:00 in Astronauts Gone Wild)

Four networks, so far, have paid thousands of dollars for the exclusive license to broadcast this newly discovered amazing NASA footage, only to be told at the eleventh hour NOT TO DO IT by senior network executives (who are likely under the direct influence of the United States government, whose criminality would be exposed by airing it). The BBC did this very thing only three days before its scheduled broadcast, after they had licensed the condemning footage nearly a year in advance at the cost ofthousands of dollars! I was informed that a very senior US government official telephoned the president of the BBC and put pressure on them not to air the program. The BBC even bribed the executive producer of my film with additional thousands of dollars to sign a contract not to publicize their recanting and the reason for it. If this person, who wishes to remain anonymous, wasn’t so money hungry, we would have included this fact of the BBC’s blackmail by the US government in later releases of the film, its sequel “Astronauts Gone Wild”. As I never signed the nondisclosure agreement, I can now tell you this backstory.

In fact, this “anonymous” executive producer of which I spoke, who put up approximately a million dollars to help produces these two films of mine exposing the moon landing fraud, has an IQ nearing 200, and is now a board member of an aerospace company which is presently building rockets for NASA! Wouldn’t such a person know whether the moon landings were real or not??? Of course they would!THEY DO KNOW! They KNOW that they were FAKE, a Cold War bluff against the Soviet Union, as well as a domestic “pep rally” for the Nixon administration during the Vietnam War’s detrimental national protests. They KNOW, from an engineering standpoint, that the 1960’s NASA “low bidder” equipment that only put a man in orbit for the first time a few years earlier, could NEVER have successfully landed on the moon on their first attempt with 1960’s technology, especially considering the fact that the feat cannot be repeated today with five decades of more advanced technology.

Furthermore, once “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” had achieved 100,000 views on my Youtube channel, Youtube removed it claiming “copyright infringement”! Hello! I’m the copyright holder!!!!!! It took repeated legal maneuvers to successfully upload it again.

Amazon, until only very recently, after arguing with them nearly endlessly, wouldn’t allow me to sell my own movie on their website, because when “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” initially debuted on Amazon in 2001, it was their number one selling DVD, even outselling the newly released academy award winning film “Gladiator”! “Copyright infringement”, once again, of my own movie that I am the copyright holder of, was the reason given for me being unable to sell my own film once it became too popular and too many people were hearing the truth! Youtube and Amazon are only two of many examples of attempts to blockade my truth telling documentary from the public’s eyes and ears, for fear that the truth would cause the collapse of the corrupt government that perpetrated the crime in the first place. As the narrator says at the end of my film, “Even if the government’s destruction would come from the truth, then it is not worthy to stand, and its betterment would inevitably follow.”

I am often criticized by my fellow countrymen as “unpatriotic” for saying that the “glorious” American “moon landings” were a Cold War deception, even though this is the sad, unwanted truth. Our country has hopelessly descended into a realm where liars are heroes, and truth speakers are traitors. If George Washington arose from his grave today, he would grab the first ship back to England. He repeatedly told the painstakingly detailed truth of the desperateness of the situation of his Continental Army against the vastly outnumbered and better equipped British troops, to a congress, that even at that early historic hour, wanted to hear flowery lies of success instead of unpleasant realities. Our leaders have gone from “I can never tell a lie”, to practically lying all of the time. It is not unpatriotic to expose corruption, it is unpatriotic to commit the corruption in the first place.

USA Toady, along with many other newspapers, television and radio stations, “reviewed” my documentary “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon”, basically toting the party line, saying things like “ludicrous” to describe it. Really? Four out of five people who actually watch the 45 minute documentary, with the condemning new evidence debuted in it, reverse their opinion as to the “moon missions” authenticity!!!In fact, in each and every case, when I tracked down the actual person who wrote the critical review and asked them, “What did you think about the newly discovered unedited footage of false photography from Apollo 11 showcased in my movie?”, they replied, “Well . . . I didn’t actually watch the movie. I wrote the review on the concept of the film, not the actual content.”

Can you believe this?!?! “Professional” “journalists”, for major magazines and broadcast television stations, write reviews about films that they don’t even watch?!?!Why aren’t people like this fired for incompetence or dereliction of duty, instead of being promoted to positions of national authority??? This is what is “ludicrous”, along with the idea that a scientific achievement that was done on its first attempt in the 1960’s with technology that is fifty years old cannot be duplicated today!!!

Although the technology allegedly used to “put a man on the moon” was not classified, because the missions were “supposed” to have been done by a nonmilitary “civilian” government agency (NASA), the specific details of the hypothetically miraculous machinery, according to NASA, are nevertheless “unavailable”. This is because all of the flight telemetry data, as well as all of the technical specifications of the “Apollo” spacecraft, were deliberately destroyed by NASA after the “moon” missions! You would think that such important, one of a kind, and supremely valuable information, would be kept for just short of all eternity, in case such expensive to attain information would be needed again in the future, yet the exact opposite is the case.

How did the lunar lander power air-conditioning against an outside temperature of 252 degrees Fahrenheit down to an amazing 72 degrees inside for three days nonstop with a bank of essentially car batteries? No one will ever know! All of the schematics and electrical diagrams of the lunar lander were destroyed! How did the “moon” rocket go 1000 times farther than the space shuttle with less advanced engines? No one will ever know! The rocket diagrams and blueprints were removed from the archives and are nowhere to be found! All of this was done so that if a curious and astute propulsion or electrical engineering student in the future were to do the actual mathematical calculations, they would not be able to expose the fact that the “moon” vehicle, in reality, did not have the electrical battery capacity necessary to power the air-conditioning down 180 degrees from the outside temperature nonstop for three days, nor did it have the fuel necessary to leave Earth orbit to begin with, as the newly uncovered video evidence clearly proves by the crew’s falsification of being half way to the moon!

Don’t believe me? Watch the video clip below in which I read the super intelligent “Apollo” rocket designer’s original mathematical calculations to “Apollo” astronaut Eugene Cernan as to the only way possible to reach the moon, a methodology which NASA never used.

When the government told the man in charge of the “moon” rocket to adjust his numbers “a little bit” to reflect a fictitious way to reach the moon with the available resources and technology of the time, he immediately recanted on his fuel calculations by a factor of more than 32,000 percent! Did I mention that this man in charge of the “Apollo” program’s authenticity, Wernher von Braun, was a former World War Two Nazi whom our own government’s State Department is on the record for saying that, had he not prematurely died shortly after the “Apollo” missions, he would have been immediately thereafter indicted for War Crimes for overseeing the genocide, and the cover-up thereof, of hundreds of innocent people?

(See time 31:40 – 32:46 in Astronauts Gone Wild)

Another leading scientist at the time, James Van Allen, the discoverer of the radiation belts who so humbly named them after himself, originally said that the lethal radiation belts previously spoken of in this article, through which the “Apollo” crews would have been the only astronauts in history to have ever traversed in order to leave the safety of Earth orbit and reach the moon, if indeed their missions were real, would be “10-100 times more deadly than a lethal dose”! Under pressure from NASA, he too, like Braun,dramatically recanted his original findings in order to make it appear as if the moon landings were possible. Don’t believe me again? Below is the link to his original published findings in the respected national journal “Scientific American”, in which heplainly spoke about the radiation belts beyond earth orbit being an obstacle for practical space travel to the moon and beyond, just as Kelly Smith of the Orion mission did.

Van Allen himself plainly said in an article published in 1959 in “Scientific American” magazine after NASA sent probes with Geiger counters into the radiation belts:

“Our measurements show that the maximum radiation level as of 1958 is equivalent to between 10 and 100 REM per hour, depending on the still undetermined proportion of protons to electrons. Since a human being exposed for two days to even 10 REM would have only an even chance of survival, the radiation belts obviously present an obstacle to space flight.”

Click here to read: Van Allen Belts Deadly Radiation

Even “Apollo” astronaut Alan Bean, when I interviewed him unprepared for my challenging questions, accidentally admitted ON CAMERA that he DID NOT travel through the lethal “Van Allen” radiation belt (which is well above where the space station is or where the space shuttle or any other non-Apollo crew has ever flown). When I pointed out this error to him, he merely said, “Maybe we did (go through the radiation belts)”. When I asked him if he experienced any unusual phenomenon from traveling through the radiation belts, he said “No”. When I pointed out to him that a crew of the space shuttle, decades after his alleged “moon” mission, on the highest altitude of any space shuttle flight, more than 600 miles away from the intense radiation belts, experienced radiation that was so severe, even from more than 600 miles away, that they could see the radiation as sparks of lights through their closed eyelids, Bean then suddenly remembered seeing the same phenomenon! When I pointed out to him that this space shuttle crew was the first of any astronauts in history to report this strange phenomenon, he changed his story a third time to keep up with the revelatory facts, and immediately recanted what he had just said about seeing the radioactive “sparks of light” in the first place! . . . Absolutely amazing!

(See Alan Bean’s accidental truth telling, and failed attempt to cover it up, at 13:41 – 18:53 in Astronauts Gone Wild)

(You can also see at time 27:30 – 27:45 in Astronauts Gone Wild that Cernan says that the descent engine to the lunar surface was “very loud” while Bean says that “you couldn’t hear it because of the vacuum of space”.)

Did I mention that each astronaut asked for Two Thousand Dollars an Hour in CASHfor the honor of being lied to?

Not only are all of the specifications, blueprints, and telemetry data of the miraculous NASA 1960’s technology that allegedly went to the moon on the first attempt nowhere to be found, all of the original television transmission videotapes, estimated to weigh abouttwo tons, have also been mysteriously “misplaced” inside the Federally Secured National Archives! Why? Because naïve director Ron Howard, whose own wise grandfather warned him that the moon landings were staged, requested that all of the original videotapes be transferred to High Definition for an I-Max documentary he was producing to commemorate the “moon” missions. Prior to this, the highest quality version of the original footage that anyone had ever seen was deliberately fourth generation (a copy of a copy of a copy of a copy), in order to disguise the falsification detail of the fake “moon” landscapes.



When this moon landing believing prominent film director asked for the original NASA videotapes of all of the “moon walks” to be transferred to High Definition in order to be projected onto a screen that was nearly 120 feet by 100 feet for the first time in history, for all the world to see at a resolution that was at least four times greater in detail than had ever before been witnessed, within days of his request, all of the original videotapes vanished from the Federal Archives!!! But of course, we still went to the moon, right?

Proof of this, is that when Howard’s documentary commemorating the “moon” landings was finally produced without this essential material, he resorted to filling about 95 percent of the gap with “reenactments” of the “moon walks”, which he likewise filmed in a television studio. In fact, there was so little actual footage available of the alleged greatest event of the 20th century, that this multimillion dollar director had to resort to renting VHS tapes of other filmmaker’s previous work at Blockbuster Video in order to have at least some of the vanishing NASA footage! He was so ashamed of the low quality of the images he was forced to use because of the scarcity of them, that he reduced their size within the nearly 120 foot by 100 foot screen to only about 10 percent of the available space.

In case you were wondering “what if”, someday, the mysteriously vanished original videotapes were to one day be found ? . . .  Oops! . . . Did I forget to tell you? . . . Theonly machine on the entire planet that could ever play these one of a kind formatvideotapes was deliberately disassembled and destroyed by NASA, right after the originals got “misplaced”, making that scenario absolutely impossible!

As various nations and private enterprises finally, after nearly fifty years, have the capability to send microwave oven sized probes to the moon (still no men), NASA has quickly drafted regulations to keep their alleged manned landing sites of the Nixon administration completely off-limits. They have said that any flyovers of the coordinates, or ground incursions thereof, into these areas by probes, to prove or disprove their authenticity, are strictly forbidden. (Since when does the US government own the moon?) You would think that they would gladly welcome independent proof (which there has never been) that their outrageous scientific claims of 1960’s technology were real (even though the feat cannot be repeated today), especially in the face of growing universal doubt, yet the exact opposite proves to be the case. (It is like a murderer who boasts of his innocence refusing to give a DNA sample, when DNA evidence was left at the crime scene.)

China, a trillion dollar trading partner of the United States, recently sent a probe to the moon. As all of the moon is uniformly desolate and one landing site is just about as good as any other, I would think that the perfect and most logical place to land would be that of the United State’s alleged first manned mission, to prove to the world that their probe was really on the moon. Yet if the Apollo 11 artifacts are not there themselves, this might be biting the trillion dollar hand that feeds you. Subsequently, China steered clear of any supposed NASA manned landing sites for any of their lunar probes.

Astrobotic Technology, a private firm, had planned to land a probe precisely at the claimed Apollo 11 landing site, as they too saw this as the most logical choice, yet because of pressure from NASA not to do so, and subsequently embarrass the organization and nation for not really having landed on the moon in the 1960’s, the president of the company, John Thornton, caved in and agreed not to land there as originally planned, even though the moon is owned by no one and he was “free” to do so. (Is it freedom when scientific exploration is completely altered because of political pressure from a government agency?)

Why is it then, that with such obviousness of this fraud, with the numerous sound arguments presented above, the facts of it are being completely ignored ? I suppose it has to do with one of the unique things about the moon landing fraud, that it may be theonly positive conspiracy that was ever perpetrated. Think about it, whoever killed Kennedy, he is still dead. Whoever did 911, there are still three thousand people dead. Yet with the moon landing fraud, it made everyone feel good! When you try to take that away from people, they do not like it! It is like telling someone that a famous fireman who saved a baby from a burning building, and later became the most popular president of all time because of it, staged the whole thing to make money and a name for himself. Even if it is true, most people would rather believe the lie instead!

“The coming of the lawless one will be in accordance with the work of Satan, displayed in counterfeit miracles, deceiving all those who are perishing. They perish because they refuse to love the truth and so be saved.”

2nd Thessalonians 2:9-10

The moon landings are called “A celebration of the greatest human achievement” . . . and I am the one trying to take this glorious revelry away from everyone!

Is there anyone left who loves the truth more than feeling good?

If putting a man on the moon is supposed to be “the greatest achievement of mankind”, then certainly not doing it, lying about it to the entire world, embezzling tens of billions of dollars in the process, deceiving and misleading college students, high school students, scientists, academics, congress, the senate, and future space pioneers who will endanger their lives thinking it was so easy to go to the moon in the 60’s, thenthis event, the falsification of the moon landings, out of pride, greed, and arrogance, is REALLY one of the most profound events in human history. The falsification of the moon landings is more profound historically than if they had actually gone.

Do you see this?

This great truth, as to the TRUE nature of mankind, the deceptive, arrogant, and criminal nature, is being withheld from the majority, by the few people at the top,because they think they are better than the rest of us! This great truth, that could humble mankind into changing our character before it is too late, is being withheld from the masses, like a cure for cancer. One of the greatest events in human history, the falsification of the moon landings, out of pride, greed, and arrogance, is being withheld from public consciousness, the very disclosure of which would cause its advancement, and without which, our moral and intellectual growth will be forever stunted.

Shame and dishonor to our country’s leaders who give congressional medals of “honor” to the biggest liars of us all.

When it comes to perceiving the truth in a world full of lies, historically, the majority has always been deceived, and later proved wrong, by the minority of their contemporaries, whom they persecuted and considered deceived at the time, when in fact it was they who were deceived. Does a person know it when they are deceived? No, they do not. They defend the lie with red faces and clinched teeth.

The majority of scientists thought the world was flat, the majority of astronomers thought the earth was the center of the universe, the majority of physicians thought bleeding the sickness out of a person was a cure, the majority of congressmen thought Nixon was honest, and a majority of scientists, astronomers, physicians, and congressmen think the moon landings were real, yet their titles and majority do not equal truth, as history has well proven, and will prove again.

Why is it so difficult for them to see the truth?  Very simple . . . Pride.

“The Pride of your heart has deceived you.”

Obadiah 1:3

Pride is simply the unwillingness to be wrong, just as humility is the willingness to be wrong. The great thing about being wrong, which is what I had to finally admit about the moon landings, is that I am learning something new, and I am no longer walking through life in error. The bad thing about being right all the time, is that I cannot learn anything new, and I am living my life in a self-deceived state, which is the very worst form of deception. When someone else deceives me, if I try hard enough, I can eventually figure it out, after all, I know that other people cannot be trusted all of the time. Yet when I am self-deceived, it is nearly impossible to overcome, because the person I am relying on for “facts” is myself, and of course I can trust myself! . . . even when I am wrong.

When someone considers themselves smart, this is the first step towards their ignorance. They boast about their years of experience and degrees, and thereby pour concrete around their finite knowledge, unawaringly calling their stone mound of limited facts, the entire universe of truth. If you try to tell them they are wrong, they will defend their post to their emotional and intellectual death at all cost, all the while attempting to defile you with their venomous words for pointing out their mistake, even if you are right, just like those previously mentioned throughout history.

Just like OJ Simpson’s lawyers, who later admitted they knew of his guilt and were only “doing their job”, no matter how plain the evidence, their deceptive lawyer-like minds have an explanation for why facts are fictions, and fictions are facts. With every evidence I submit as to why the moon landings were falsified, no matter how condemning, there is always a zealous pride-filled counterpart to throw away the truth and institute a lie in its place, with each and every piece of factual evidence, just like OJ Simpson’s defenders. Just because someone has an explanation for something, or everything, does not mean that the explanation is true.

Rather than looking for the truth, even at the cost of being wrong, the majority of people, because of their blinding pride in the accomplishments of themselves and like-minded others, instead “Gather around them a great number of teachers to tell them what their itching ears want to hear”. (2nd Timothy 4:3) In other words, rather than looking for the truth, they look for people to agree with what they already believe, so as to prove themselves right.

The extremely simple fact is this: After Columbus traveled to the new world, everyone else traveled to the new world.  After Lewis and Clark traveled to the American west, everyone else traveled to the American west.  After the Wright brothers accomplished powered flight, everyone else did immediately thereafter.

Lindbergh first flew across the Atlantic in an airplane in 1927. Five decades later there were millions of airplanes flying across the Atlantic. Soon it will be five decades since America allegedly had men leisurely playing golf on the moon in complete safety with 1960’s technology, all on the first attempt. In comparison, the 747 aircraft, built afterseventy years of successful aviation history and millions of manufactured aircraft, was developed at the very same time as the “Apollo” spacecraft, the first ever vehicle to take men to another planet, yet it took one year longer to construct and made over 160failed attempts before it finally got off of the ground!

Interestingly, more computing power today is found in a ten dollar watch than was in the entire Apollo program, including the entire spacecraft and all of the computers at “Houston Control”, and yet for some reason, no one, from any nation on earth, has been able to go to the moon and survive, not even ONCE, with five decades more advanced technology . . . WHY? . . . There is only ONE possible answer . . . (It is soooooooo simple, yet people refuse to see the unpleasant truth)  . . .  Because it cannot be done . . . Even today!

Technology does not go backwards!!!  (Unless the moon landings were real . . .Then for the first time in world history, technology has gone backwards!)

If all the scientists from all the nations on earth cannot go to the moon today with all the newer technology that the 21st century has to offer, it simply means, and it cannot mean anything else, that America did not go to the moon in the 1960’s.  Again, Technology does not go backwards!  It is sooooo obvious to anyone with an open mind who does not have a religious attachment to the event.

Just as Hitler’s children, if he had any, would have a hard time seeing dear old papa as anything but a benevolent patriarch, these mired tunnel-visioned “intellectuals” and misdirected beguiled “patriots” will seldom admit that their enamored “scientific” community and “glorious” government can be just as corrupt as pedophile priest.

 “God opposes the proud, yet gives grace to the humble.”

James 4:6

“Tell my people their transgression.”

Isaiah 58:1

“Apollyon” (the origin of “Apollo”) means

“The Devil” or “Deceiver”

Revelation 9:11

“The truth will set you free.”

John 8:32

“Have I become your enemy by telling you the truth?”

Galatians 4:16

“The further a society drifts from the truth,

the more it will hate those who speak it.”

George Orwell

Brother Bart-


“A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” – Video

“Conspiracy Theory: Did We Land on the Moon” – Video

Astronauts Gone Wild – Video

Bart Sibrel Debuts NASA False Photography Nationwide – Video

NASA Admits Radiation Belts Impassable

NASA Admits a Trip to the Moon Cannot Be Done Today

Van Allen Admits Radiation Belts are 10-100 Times a Lethal Dose

NASA Forbids Independent Lunar Probes from Verifying Apollo Sites

CIA Plants Fake News Stories with Corporate Cooperation

Fake Moon Rock Found in Museum – Article

Science is Political – Article

Lie Centered CIA Insults Truth Seekers – Article

Why We Get Mad When Others Challenge What We Believe – Article

USA Government Uses Wikipedia to Smear and Defame Alternate Media Personalties – Article

NSA  Uses Wikipedia and Other Social Media for Propaganda – Article

CIA Lies on Wikipedia and Other Sites “To Protect National Security” – Article

How the CIA and NSA Manipulate the Internet – Article

Spy Agencies Manipulate Online Polls – Article

About The Author:

Bart Sibrel  is an award winning filmmaker, writer and investigative journalist who has been producing movies and television programs for thirty years. During this time he has owned five production companies, been employed by two of the three major networks and produced films shown on ABC, NBC, CNN, TLC, USA, BET, as well as The Tonight Show with Jay Leno. To discuss his films, he has appeared and been interviewed on The Daily Show, Geraldo, NBC, CNN, FOX, Tech TV, Coast to Coast, and The Abrams Report. Articles featuring Mr. Sibrel’s films have been published in Time Magazine, The New York Times, The Washington Post, The L.A. Times, USA Today and many others.  His top awards from the American Motion Picture Society include “Best Cinematography”, “Best Editing” and “Top Ten Director”. As the writer and director of the infamous “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” which exposed the moon landing hoax, Mr. Sibrel has collected over the years innumerous military, government, industrial and private sources for credible firsthand verification of very real conspiratorial crimes against humanity. He will use these contacts and experience in exposing the true and unbelievably horrific intentions of the hidden minority who have diabolical intentions for mankind in his monthly Sleuth Journal column “Conspiracy Corner”.  When such concepts are speculative and unverified, Mr. Sibrel will acknowledge this and openly discuss the leading possibilities as a cautionary benediction. Be sure to visit his site and subscribe to his Youtube Channel.

If you are so inclined, you may Donate to his endeavors.

About The Author 

Bart Sibrel

Bart Sibrel is an award winning filmmaker, writer and investigative journalist who has been producing movies and television programs for years. During this time he has owned five production companies, been employed by two of the three major networks and produced films shown on ABC, NBC, CNN, TLC, USA, BET, as well as The Tonight Show with Jay Leno. To discuss his films, he has appeared and been interviewed on The Daily Show, Geraldo, NBC, CNN, FOX, Tech TV, Coast to Coast, and The Abrams Report. Articles featuring Mr. Sibrel’s films have been published in Time Magazine, The New York Times, The Washington Post, The L.A. Times, USA Today and many others. His top awards from the American Motion Picture Society include “Best Cinematography”, “Best Editing” and “Top Ten Director”. As the writer and director of the infamous “A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Moon” which exposed the moon landing hoax, Mr. Sibrel has collected over the years innumerous military, government, industrial and private sources for credible firsthand verification of very real conspiratorial crimes against humanity. He will use these contacts and experience in exposing the true and unbelievably horrific intentions of the hidden minority who have diabolical intentions for mankind in his monthly Sleuth Journal column “Conspiracy Corner“. When such concepts are speculative and unverified, Mr. Sibrel will acknowledge this and openly discuss the leading possibilities as a cautionary benediction. Be sure to visit his site at and subscribe to his Youtube Channel. If you are so inclined, you may Donate to further Bart Sibrel’s research with a single one time donation, or a modest $5 per month recurring donation, to help Conspiracy Corner be entirely user supported. Your thoughtfulness is most appreciated.

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●
Cosmic Revelations [‼..Disclosure Warning..‼]∶ A Trip Down ‘d’ Rabbit Hole. .. …
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . … «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . . …. «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» ….. .. . . . .
. . . ….


World’s 10 Most Mysterious Pictures Ever Taken . . . …

[!!]The Solway Spaceman photograph [] [1184x1742]}
[‼]The Solway Spaceman photograph [] [1184×1742]}

The Solway Firth Spaceman Photograph…

by David Clarke & Andy Roberts (published by Fortean Times 286, April 2012)

Jim Templeton died on 27 November, 2011. His name will mean little to all but the most ardent students of British ufological history. But the photograph he took in 1964 will be familiar to most Forteans and has been reproduced numerous times on TV and in books and magazines during the past 48 years.

The Solway Spaceman photo (Credit∶ Jim Templeton)
The Solway Spaceman photo (Credit∶ Jim Templeton)»

Although the photo depicts a strange space-suited entity rather than a UFO it nevertheless remains one of the most puzzling Fortean images ever taken. Though the photo itself is often claimed to be a hoax the circumstances that surround it are frequently used to justify the existence of shadowy, MIB-like, government agents.

Carlisle fireman Jim Templeton had a passion for photography, and on 24 May 1964 took a photograph of his eldest daughter on the Solway Marshes, the strip of land on the south side of the Solway Estuary, separating England from Scotland. When he collected the processed film the shop assistant said, “That’s a marvellous colour film, but who’s the big fellow”. Jim was baffled until he took a close look at the photographs. On one print, apparently standing just behind his daughter’s head was a large figure dressed in a ‘spaceman’ suit. Jim knew there had been no-one else around at the time he took the photograph and immediately had the negative tested by contacts in the police force and with the film’s manufacturers, Kodak. Both said the image had not been tampered with and could not account for what theCumberland News began to call the ‘Solway Spaceman’.

The photograph was soon on the front page of the local newspaper and within days Jim and his daughter became media celebrities as the image was flashed round the world. But the price of this involuntary fame and attention was high. Jim’s daughter was taunted and bullied and he had to take his daughter out of school for a while because her nerves were suffering.

The Ministry of Defence showed no interest in the case until the Cumberland Newscontacted them for their opinion. The MoD said they would be pleased to analyse the photograph, but when Jim discovered they required the original film and camera for analysis he refused and no official file exists to show they pursued the matter any further. Whether or not Jim was just being cautious in refusing to supply the original film and camera for analysis or whether he had good reason for not letting them out of his hands is a matter for speculation, especially in view of information that has arisen in recent years. A strange event then took place which has convinced many UFOlogists that the MOD were interested enough to covertly send a pair of secret agents to investigate the bizarre photograph.

Later that summer Jim was visited at the Fire Station by two men. They were dressed entirely in black and drove a brand new black Jaguar car, unusual garb and transport for the times. They asked to be taken to the place where the photograph was taken. Jim queried their identity and was shown a card bearing an official crest and the word ‘Security’. They told him, ‘We’re from the Ministry, but you don’t need to know who we are. We go by numbers.’ Jim noticed the pair referred to each other as ‘nine’ and ‘eleven’. Their obvious lack of knowledge of the area and inability to pronounce local place names led Jim to conclude they weren’t local people. Once they reached the marshes Jim said the following conversation took place:  “Pull up on here. This is where the photograph was taken.’ They asked, ‘Can you take us to the exact spot?’ I said, ‘Yes.’ So we walked across, and I said, ‘This is where the photograph was taken.’ One looked at the other, and the other looked at him and said, ‘This is where you saw the large man, the alien?’ I said, ‘No, we didn’t see anybody…I never saw anybody.’ ‘Thank you very much,’ he said, and he walked away.” In a somewhat bizarre conclusion to the encounter, the two men drove off, abandoning Jim to walk a mile to the nearest garage for a lift to Carlisle. Jim Templeton never saw the mysterious Men In Black again.

This case has become a cause celebre in ufology, and has featured in a number of books and articles within the context of a Government cover-up. Analysis of the paper trail surrounding the case demonstrates how fact has become entangled with fantasy, with the result that another layer of confusion has been added to the MIB mythology. When the authors questioned Jim Templeton in 2001 he told us he firmly believed the mystery visitors were sent by the British Government. He has also made this statement to UFO to other writers and researchers in recent years. Jim’s mysterious visitors have been tied in with all kinds of spurious events in an attempt to keep the idea of government MIB-type agents alive. For example, Jim’s photograph has been linked to an anomalous ‘figure’ that was supposed to have appeared on a Blue Streak missile firing range at Woomera in south Australia. The link with Solway Firth appeared to be that Blue Streak missiles were developed and tested at RAF Spadeadam in Cumbria. They were part of a British missile system designed to be used as the first stage of a satellite launcher.

According to a Wikipedia entry a Blue Streak launch at the Woomera range, using Cumbrian-built weaponry, had to be aborted the day after the Solway Spaceman photo was taken ‘because two large men [were] seen on the firing range…technicians at the time did not know about Templeton’s sighting until it appeared on the front page of an Australian newspaper…and they said the figure in Cumbria looked the same as the ones they had seen on the monitor at Woomera.’

Templeton repeated this story when interviewed by Jenny Randles for a BBC2 documentary on Tales of the Paranormal (1996). He said the Australian technicians had claimed the figures were ‘exactly the same type of man: same dress, same figure, same size as in the original photograph.’ The mystery appeared to increase when, as part of the research for the programme, Jenny searched UFO files from 1964 held by The National Archives. There she found letters from members of the public referring to both the ‘Cumberland spaceman’ and to a ‘mysterious object’ captured on film during the rocket launch. But there was no trace of the can of film referred to in the archives. Had it been removed by the Men in Black?

The mystery also gripped MP James Fraser who, following the 1996 TV show, asked MoD what had become of the ‘missing’ film. Files released by The National Archives in 2010 revealed that inquiries by the UFO desk discovered the film in question was neither secret nor ‘missing’ (DEFE 24/1983/1). It was in fact part of a British Pathe newsreel and the original is held by the Imperial War Museum. Stills from the film were widely published by newspapers and the British magazine Flying Saucer Review shortly after its release. It shows a rocket test on 5 June 1964 and the ‘mysterious object’ visible in the sky beside the launch pad is clearly the result of a classic lens reflection. The film ‘Blue Streak – Two, One, Zero! 1964’ can be viewed at the British Pathe website here.

Research published at www.cumberlandspaceman reveals there were two aborted rocket launches at Woomera the preceded the test shown in the British Pathe footage. The first, on 25 May, was halted due to ‘bad weather’, the second on 2 June was aborted due to a systems fault.  One of these events must logically be the source of the ‘spaceman’ rumour overheard and spread by Jim Templeton.  But there is no contemporaneous record, either from a newspaper or official source, that refers to the appearance of a ‘spaceman’.  There were, however, lots of stories about a ‘UFO’ – actually a lens flare – spotted on the film of the 5 June rocket test.

The most straightforward explanation is that the story combines two separate events into one ‘urban legend’ which has subsequently spread like a virus through the UFO grapevine and is still reproducing itself almost 50 years later. But the bottom line remains, as Australian UFOlogist Bill Chalker concluded, ‘…there would appear to be no links between the Solway photograph and the 5 June 1964 Woomera footage. Case solved.’

No real evidence of any connection between these events, or indeed proof that a similar ‘figure’ was ever seen at Woomera, exists. UFOlogists have never let UFO fact get in the way of UFO fiction and an air of mystery still pervades these claims. The story of the Solway Spaceman has become a UFOlogical legend. But there is another much more interesting view of the story and one which, while it may not solve the case entirely, could, once and for all, cast reasonable doubt on Jim’s claims that the photograph and the MIB story is genuine. Contemporary newspaper records from 1964 reveal that Jim Templeton took a very different view of the matter shortly after he had taken the infamous photograph. In September that year his story of the MIB visit reached the national media and journalists asked the Carlisle police for confirmation that Jim has been quizzed by the security services.

Detective Chief Inspector Stanley Armstrong told the Cumberland News: ‘I know nothing whatsoever about this meeting. I don’t know who the men were and I have told Mr Templeton that he should have taken the number of the car and reported the incident to the police.’ After the police became involved Jim clearly wanted to play down the significance of the ‘meeting.’  He told the paper: “It all looks like a leg-pull to me. I’m sure the men were not security agents and I have no idea why they should want to pass themselves off as such.”

Jim Templeton was a very sincere man but it seems that his interpretation of what took place on the lonely Solway Marshes in 1964 has, like so many elements of the UFO mystery, been coloured by what the media and UFO writers have wished to be the truth. In 1964 British UFOlogy was in the doldrums. The great days of the 1950s saucer scares and contactees, when flying saucers made news headlines on a daily basis, were long gone and both flying saucer enthusiasts and media alike were looking for any story that would keep flying saucers in the public eye. The Solway Spaceman photograph did just that and paved the way for British ufology’s great re-invention in 1966 when the so called Warminster Phenomenon began.

That leaves the photograph itself. However the sceptics decry it as being a hoaxed photo no one has actually been able to prove how it was faked. A detailed photographic analysis carried out in 1997 by Roger Green of Bradford University concluded that the image was, “…a composite made using some superimposition technique.”, but failed to demonstrate exactly how the composite and been achieved. And of course Kodak’s analysis claimed the photograph was genuine and had not been tampered with. Neither can we prove that Jim Templeton faked the photograph himself but there is evidence that he enjoyed playing practical jokes. For example he told us that he had created a faked five pound note for amusement only weeks before the photograph was taken, to demonstrate his photographic skills. Templeton took the film for processing locally where, he said “everybody in the developing department knew me.”

Perhaps, in trying to perfect his photographic techniques, Templeton did create the ‘spaceman’ photo or perhaps, knowing of his liking for practical jokes and eager to play one on him, it is not inconceivable that someone in the processing labs tampered with the film to create the ‘alien’ image. Within days the image was world famous. That, coupled with the fact that Jim’s daughter was upset because of all the attention she attracted, would make it impossible for Jim to confess to a hoax or for someone to say ‘sorry, Jim, it was just a joke’. This is exactly what took place in other celebrated UFO photographic cases, where the instant fame achieved by the pranksters later prevented them from making a full confession and the stories became cemented as ‘fact’. Subsequent retractions years later were either dismissed by media and UFOlogy or fudged by the witnesses themselves to minimise embarrassment.

So who were the Jim Templeton’s mystery ‘MIB’ visitors? Former incumbent of the British government’s UFO desk, Nick Pope believes that there may be ‘Walter Mitty’ types among the civilian population who are prepared to impersonate MOD officials in order to speak to UFO witnesses for their own reasons. Evidence for such individuals is well documented in the MOD files. And there, the story ends, for now. Jim is gone, but his story and photograph live on. The Solway Spaceman is an iconic image from a simpler time. A time when people believed you if you said you were from ‘the ministry’ and when the photograph of a ‘spaceman’ held untold potential for the human race. For some, it still does.

•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

World’s 10 Most Mysterious Pictures Ever Taken

[!!]World's 10 Most Mysterious Pictures Ever Taken [Oi693_spUPE]} (7∶08)
[‼]World’s 10 Most Mysterious Pictures Ever Taken [Oi693_spUPE]} (7∶08)➤

• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •

10● • the Martian Spherules
9 ● • the Hook Island Sea Monster
8 ● • the Black Knight Satellite
7 ● • the Babuska Lady
6 ● • the Charlie Chaplan Movie’s Cell Phone
5 ● • the Hessdalen Lights
4 ● • the Unknown Rebel Tank Man
3 ● • The Solway Firth Spaceman photograph
2 ● • The Goddard’s Squadron photograph
1 ● • The Geophone Rock Anomaly

•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••

5 Terrifying Encounters With The Men In Black

[Top5s] Terrifying Encounters With The Men In Black
[Top5s] Terrifying Encounters With The Men In Black . . . …

The MIB are believed to be be government agents or undercover aliens who harass or threaten UFO witnesses to keep them quiet about what they have seen. Its thought they are there to keep people from talking to much and over the years there have been lots of people who claim to have been approached by these officials. Well here are 5 of the scariest MIB stories out there….

5 Terrifying Encounters With The Men In Black
Credit to Top5s

Published on Sep 25, 2015 More than 721,821 views . . …

… . . . and we’re just getting started here . . . ….

● ••• • • • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • • • •••• ●

El túnel de la muerte (Lefortovo) Tunnel of Death, Russia
[‼]El túnel de la muerte (Lefortovo) Tunnel of Death, Russia [‘Avalon’ mix]}

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●
.. . . . … «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» …. .. . . .
• . .. … …. ….. …. .. … …. ….. …. ..!¡‼¡.!… .. … …. ….. …. .. … . . . …. •
•••ⱷ ••••ⱷ •• • • • •••ⱷ • • •ⱷ ••••ⱷ • • • • •••ⱷ • • • ••••ⱷ • • • •••ⱷ •••••
.. . . . . …. «⧼{[₪[§]₪]}⧽≻»]}⧽≻»«⧼{[-]}⧽≻»«⧼₪{[₪]}⧽≻» ….. .. . . . .

Admiral Byrd’s Operation High Jump

The Nazi Occult - Operation Highjump by wraithdt [] (890×1200)
The Nazi Occult – Operation Highjump by wraithdt [] (890×1200)➤

•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ•●
●•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •[ΞΞΞ][Updated 8/18/2016][ΞΞΞ]•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ•●
● • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ •

ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • Updated 05/10/16 ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • Posted on 2/21/2016 • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ

Navy Engineer:

I Saw Ancient Ruins, Aliens, And Top-Secret Bases In Antarctica!

[!]Navy Engineer∶ I Saw Ancient Ruins, Aliens, And Top-Secret Bases In Antarctica! {]}

On January 2nd, 2015 the editor of website received a very unexpected letter from an alleged retired U.S.  Navy Petty Officer First Class Flight Engineer.

The letter received recounts experiences where the anonymous Navy officer (refers to himself as “Brian”) recounts his bizarre and extraordinary experiences flying cargo and rescue in Antarctica between the years 1983 to 1997. He claims that a collaboration between humans and aliens exist, and that the Antarctica is a major research ground for these incredible collaborations.


Brian’s high strangeness experiences flying cargo and rescue in Antarctica were in the 1983 to 1997 time period and included several observations of aerial silver discs darting around over the Transantarctic Mountains. He and his crew also saw ancient ruins and a big hole in the ice only about five to ten miles from the geographic South Pole (pink circle on map) that was supposed to be a No Fly Zone. But during an emergency medevac situation, they entered the No Fly Zone and saw what they were not supposed to see: an alleged entrance to a human and E. T. science research base created under the ice. Then at a camp near Marie Byrd Land, some dozen scientists disappeared for two weeks and when they re-appeared, Brian’s flight crew got the assignment to pick them up. Brian says they would not talk and “their faces looked scared.”

Related: Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica

Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica []}
Ruins Of Ancient City Found In Antarctica []}

In the strange letter sent to Earth Files the officer states that he experienced things such as:

  • Silver discs darting around over the Transantarctic Mountains
  • During an emergency they entered a No Fly Zone and saw an entrance to a human and E. T. science research base under the ice
  • His crew picked up a dozen scientists who had disappeared for two weeks previous. They would not talk and their faces looked scared.

He has decided to share what he experienced between those years in the following letter, reproduced in full below:


Subject: Antarctica UFO
Date: January 2, 2015

Hi Linda
I am a retired United States Navy LC130 Flight Engineer that retired after 20 years of service in 1997. I have been wanting to write you for a long time about my experience on the Antarctic continent with flying vehicles that I was told not to talk about. I served part of my 20 years in the Navy with a Squadron called Antarctic Development Squadron Six or VXE-6 as it was also known. I served with this squadron from around 1983 till I retired March of 1997. Being a flight engineer and flying more then 4000 hours in that capacity I have seen things that most people have not even imagined on the Continent of Antarctica. The land there seems more alien then earthly. Our deployments to this land started in late September and ended the end of February every year until the Squadron was decommissioned in 1999. This time of year was the summer season when most of the science was done do to warmer temps and 24 hours of daylight.

During my time in the squadron I flew to almost every part of the Antarctic Continent including the South Pole more the 300 times. McMurdo Station which is 3.5 hours of flying time from the South Pole station was the point of squadron operation during our yearly deployments. Between these two stations is a mountain range called the Trans Antarctic’s. With what we called Severe Clear weather from McMurdo to South Pole the Trans Antarctic’s are visible from the altitudes which the aircraft flew approximately 25,000 to 35,000 feet. On several flights to and from South Pole our crew viewed air vehicles darting around the tops of Trans Antarctic’s almost exactly in the same spot every time we would fly by and view them. This is very unusual for air traffic down there due to the fact that the only aircraft flying on the continent were our squadron aircraft. Every aircraft knew where the other aircraft were do to flight schedules being followed.

Another unique issue with South Pole station is that our aircraft was not allowed to fly over a certain area designated 5 miles from the station. The reason stated because of a air sampling camp in that area. This did not make any sense to any of us on the crew because on 2 different occasions we had to fly over this area. One time due to a medical evacuation of the Australian camp called Davis Camp. It was on the opposite side of the continent and we had to refuel at South Pole and a direct course to this Davis Camp was right over the air sampling station. The only thing we saw going over this camp was a very large hole going into the ice. You could fly one of our LC130 into this thing.

It was after this medevac mission we where briefed by some spooks (Intelligence Agents I presumed) from Washington DC and told not to speak of the area we overflew. The other time we got close to “The air sampling Camp” we had navigation and electrical failures on the aircraft and was told to immediately depart the area and report to our squadron commanding officer when we returned to McMurdo. Needless to say our pilot (Aircraft Commander) got his butt chewed and our crew was not on the South Pole supply run for over a month. There were many other times we saw things that was out of the ordinary.

One outlying camp (near Marie Byrd Land) we dropped scientists and their equipment at was out of communication with McMurdo for 2 weeks. Our crew flew back to the camp to find out if the scientists were ok. We found no one there and no sign of any fowl play. The Radio was working fine as we called McMurdo to verify it working properly. We left the camp and flew back to McMurdo as ordered by our CO. A week later the Scientist showed back up to there camp and called McMurdo for someone to come pick them up. Our crew got the flight back there to pick them since we put them into that camp and we knew the terrain and location. None of the scientists would talk to any of the crew on the plane and to me they looked scared.

As soon as we landed back at McMurdo they (Scientists) where put on another of our squadron aircraft and flown to Christchurch New Zealand. We never heard about them again. Their equipment that we brought back from the camp was put in quarantine and shipped back to the United States escorted by the same spooks that debriefed us about our fly over of the air sample camp/ large hole in the ice. I could go on and on about things and situations that I observed during my tour with VXE-6. Talk among the flight crews was that there is a UFO base at South Pole and some of the crew heard talk from some of the scientist working at the Pole of EBEs working with and interacting with the scientists at that air sampling camp/large ice hole.

Brian, now 59 years old, graduated from an Iowa college with an associate’s degree in aviation maintenance technology and an aviation certificate. In 1977, he then enlisted in the U. S. Navy and served for twenty years until his retirement in 1997. He provided Earthfiles his DD-214 documents and other certificates of service including this Antarctic Service Medal given to him on November 20, 1984 as proof of his time in service.

There appears to be many secrets hidden in the Antarctica and we are pretty much hearing different stories every month about military personnel disclosing information about Aliens in that part of the world!

But what a great secluded part of the world for the Aliens to keep out of sight from prying eyes….or so they thought!

In the video below: Ancient megalithic city larger than some of the current mega-cities found in the photographs from orbit. Complex city with a pyramid and a giant megalithic structure in the shape of a swastika

Related: Antarctica ancient ruins, pyramid and a giant megalithic structure in the shape of a swastika visible from Space…

[!]Antarctica Ancient ruins visible from Space [OLDNNL6W2fg]}

Antarctica Ancient ruins visible from Space

UFO mania

Published on Feb 15, 2016 More than 34,898 views

Ancient ruins are visible from the “space” from an orbit, and they are not publish on google maps.
ancient megalithic city larger than some of the current mega-cities found in the photographs from orbit. complex city with a pyramid and a giant megalithic structure in the shape of a swastika, as well as other buildings are in Antarctica.

Did The Nazis Build A Secret Antarctic Base?


In the 1930’s, Nazis exploring the southern extremities of the globe set up a base(called base-211) in Antarctica. You may have heard of Operation Highjump and how Admiral Byrd had an altercation with entrenched German forces that overpowered them with amazing flying craft. A map from the Third Reich (obtained by Russian forces during WW2) has recently surfaced detailing not only the direct passageway used by German U-boats to access this subterranean domain, but also a complete map of both hemispheres of the inner realm of Agartha!

After the Soviet collapse in 1991, the KGB released previously classified files that cast light on the mysterious US led Naval expedition to Antarctica in 1947.


The intelligence report, gathered from Soviet KGB spies embedded in the US, revealed that the US Navy had sent the military expedition led by Admiral Byrd to find and destroy a hidden Nazi base.

On the way, they encountered and were defeated by a German saucer force that destroyed several ships and planes, forcing the US to retreat and implement a media cover-up lasting up until today.
Officially called “The United States Navy Antarctic Development Program,” the naval component of Operation Highjump was comprised of 4700 military personnel, an aircraft carrier (the USS Philippine Sea among the largest of all carriers of the time), and a number of naval support ships and aircraft.

The Naval expedition was headed by famed polar explore Admiral Richard Byrd, who had been ordered to:

“to consolidate and extend American sovereignty over the largest practical area of the Antarctic continent. To establish Little America”


Byrd’s expedition ended after only 8 weeks with “many fatalities” according to initial news reports based on interviews with crew members who spoke to the press while passing through Chilean ports.

Rather than deny the heavy casualty reports, Admiral Byrd revealed in an interview that they had encountered a new enemy that “could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds.”

Admiral Byrd’s statements were published in the Chilean Press but never publicly confirmed by US authorities. Indeed Byrd did not speak again to the Press about Operation Highjump, leaving it for researchers to speculate for decades over what really happened, and why Byrd was silenced.

Ancient megalithic city larger than some of the current mega-cities found in the photographs from orbit. Complex city with a pyramid and a giant megalithic structure in the shape of a swastika, as well as other buildings are in Antarctica.

Antarctica ancient ruins, pyramid and a giant megalithic structure in the shape of a swastika

Indeed, Operation Highjump had suffered “many casualties” as stated in initial press reports from Chile, which may have ended up exposing the first known historical incident involving a battle between US naval forces and an unknown UFO force stationed near Antarctica.

It is a historical fact that Nazi Germany devoted significant resources to the exploration of Antarctica, and established a prewar presence there with its first mission in the Antarctic summer of 1938/1939.

According to a statement by Grand Admiral Donitz in 1943, 
“the German submarine fleet is proud of having built for the Führer, in another part of the world, a Shangri-La land, an impregnable fortress.”

If the fortress was in Antarctica, was it built by the Nazis, or discovered there? After the defeat of Nazi Germany, according various sources, elite Nazi scientists and leaders escaped to this impregnable fortress by Uboats, two of which experienced difficulties and surrendered in Argentina.


卐 Secrets of Antarctica YouTube 360p mirrored!


● • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • 

Admiral Byrd’s Operation High Jump ‘n’ Antarctica’s NAZI UFO Base 211 . . . …

Journey to Antarctica Find the Dome Ch.1 Intro [nG3cRGLQOLc][809x417] (27∶09)

{!}{Operation High Jump}» Journey to Antarctica… ({nFo}) [Kg0r__RrZhA] (1∶52∶47)➤

Published on Mar 26, 2016 More 131,704 views

Immediately after WWII the U.S. Navy rushed launched the largest military operation ever down to Antarctica called Operation High Jump. Admiral Byrd, a 33 degree Freemason led the expedition of 30 ships and 4700 militarized soldiers. The mission had 3 task forces that were sent out in different directions and was to last 6-8 months but the fleet came back in just 6 weeks. Admiral Byrd reported UFO sightings, but that was a public relations ruse, they were really trying to find out about the electromagnetic field above the ice wall and the edge of the dome.
Just several years later the U.S. and the Russians began firing over 49 high altitude thermo nuclear rockets up into the dome with Operation Fishbowl and Dominic.

Rockets went haywire and many had to be aborted as they tried to blast through the dome. In this presentation we chronicle the history of Antarctic expeditions as well as demonstrations of how the dome functions as well as how tidal changes and Sun and Moon movement occur in Flat Earth model.

Then both the Russians and the U.S. signed off on a ban on any more tests of the dome as the space race and the fake moon missions were sold to the world.

Special thanks for the music of Scott Huckabay and Donald Fagen
Also, thanks to Rob Skiba for his fine Fe and Bruce at

Journey to Antarctica Find the Dome Ch 1 Intro [nG3cRGLQOLc] (27∶09)➤

Journey To Find The Dome Ch II The Early Expeditions to Antarctica

Journey to Find the Dome. Ch III Op High Jump To Antarctica

Journey to Find the Dome Ch IV Nuking the Dome

Journey to Find the Dome Ch V Dome Alone

Journey to Find the Dome Ch VI Physics Demo of Sun, Moon & Tides Inside the Dome

Operation Dominci, Highjump,
The Antarctica Enigma[www.bibliotecapleyades.netꟾtierra_huecaꟾesp_tierra_hueca_6c].pdf

Admiral Byrd Freemason­d2.pdf

2014 Science discovers the glass wall dome

Category – Science & Technology
License – Standard YouTube License

Part I – The Antarctic Enigma

This invasion of the continent of Antarctica was named ‘Operation High Jump’ and comprised of some 4700 military personnel, six helicopters, six Martin PBM flying boats, two seaplane tenders, fifteen other aircraft, thirteen US Navy support ships and one aircraft carrier: the USS Philippine Sea (right).

It seems incredible that so shortly after a war that had decimated most of Europe and crippled global economies, an expedition toAntarctica was undertaken with so much haste (it took advantage of the first available Antarctic summer after the war), at such cost, and with so much military hardware – unless the operation was absolutely essential to the security of the United States.

At the time of the operation, the US Navy itself was being taken apart piece by piece as the battle-tested fleet was decommissioned with its mostly civilian crew bidding farewell to the seas forever.

The Navy was even reduced to further recruitment to man the few remaining ships in service (1).

Tensions across the globe were also mounting as Russia and America edged into a Cold War, possibly a Third World War that the US would have to fight with,

“tragically few ships and tragically half trained men (2).

This made the sending of nearly 5,000 residual Navy personnel to a remote part of the planet where so much danger lurked in the form of icebergs, blizzards and sub-zero temperatures even more of a puzzle.

The operation was also launched with incredible speed, “a matter of weeks (3).

Perhaps it would not be uncharitable to conclude that the Americans had some unfinished business connected with the war in the polar region. Indeed this was later confirmed by other events and the operation’s leader, Admiral Richard Byrd, himself.

However, the official instructions issued by the then Chief of Naval Operations, Chester W. Nimitz (left), himself of German descent, were:

  1. train personnel and test material in the frigid zones
  2. consolidate and extend American sovereignty over the largest practical area of the Antarctic continent
  3. to determine the feasibility of establishing and maintaining bases in the Antarctic and to investigate possible base sites
  4. to develop techniques for establishing and maintaining air bases on the ice, (with particular attention to the later applicability of such techniques to Greenland)
  5. amplify existing knowledge of hydrographic, geographic, geological, meteorological and electromagnetic conditions in the area (4)

Little other information was released to the media about the mission, although most journalists were suspicious of its true purpose given the huge amount of military hardware involved.

The US Navy also strongly emphasized that Operation High Jump was going to be a navy show; Admiral Ramsey’s preliminary orders of 26th August 1946 stated that,

“the Chief of Naval Operations only will deal with other governmental agencies” and that “no diplomatic negotiations are required. No foreign observers will be accepted.”

Not exactly an invitation to scrutiny, even from other arms of the government.

Admiral Byrd (centre – image right), was a strategic choice as he was a national hero to the Americans; he had pioneered the technology that would be a foundation for modern polar exploration and investigation, had been repeatedly decorated, had undertaken many expeditions toAntarctica and was also the first man to fly over both poles.

However, the task force itself, remained strictly under the military command of Rear Admiral Richard Cruzen (left – right image).

The ships of the central group entered the ice pack off the Ross Sea on 31st December 1946 and found conditions as bad as had been noted for over a century.

Icebreakers such as the USCGC Burton Island (below), a ship that had only recently been commissioned and was still undergoing sea trials off the Californian coast when Operation High Jump was launched, fought to cut a way through the ice to help the men land. (Again, pulling a newly commissioned ship off trials adds to the sense of the urgency of the overall operation.)

The main force was divided into three groups. The Central Group comprised of the USS Mt. Olympus (communications); USS Yancey (supply);USS Merrick (Supply); USS Sennet (submarine); USCGC Burton Island (Icebreaker) and USCGC Northwind (icebreaker.)


The East Group consisted of the USS Pine Island (seaplane tender); USS Brownson (destroyer) and the USS Canisteo (tanker). Finally there was the West Group which was made up of the USS Currituck (seaplane tender); the USS Henderson (Destroyer) and the USS Capapon (tanker.) The operation also had the aircraft carrier USS Philippine and a Base Group headed by Commander Clifford M. Campbell.

Following its arrival at Antarctica, the force began a reconnaissance of the continent. Byrd himself was onboard the first of the planes to take off on 29th January 1947.

Rocket propulsion tubes (JATO bottles) had been attached to the side of the aircraft and the carrier was maneuvered for a 35mph run to help get the planes airborne.

“From the vibration of the great carrier”, Byrd later wrote, “I knew when the captain had got the ship up to about 30 knots (35 mph). We seemed to creep along the deck at first and it looked as if we would never make it…
But when our four JATO bottles went off along the sides of the plane with a terrific, deafening noise I could see the deck fall away. I knew we had made it (5).

Over the next four weeks the planes spent 220 hours in the air, flying a total of 22,700 miles and taking some 70,000 aerial photographs (6).

Then the mission that had been expected to last for between 6-8 months, came to an early and faltering end. The Chilean press reported that the mission had “run into trouble” and that there had been “many fatalities”.

(The official record, though, states that one plane crashed killing three men; a fourth man had perished on the ice; two helicopters had gone down although their crews had been rescued and a task force commander was nearly lost.) (7)

The Chilean claims to one side, it is known that the Central Group of Operation High Jump were evacuated by the Burton Island ice-breaker from the Bay of Whales (above) on 22nd February 1947; the Western Group headed home on 1st March 1947 and the Eastern Group did likewise on 4th March, a mere eight weeks after arrival.

Quite what was going on is still not a matter of public record, however it is known that Byrd was immediately summoned to Washington and interrogated by the Security Services on his return after being initially ‘welcomed back’ by Secretary of War James Forrestal (right) on 14th April 1947. (Forrestal was late to commit suicide.)

On 5th March 1947 the ‘El Mercurio’ newspaper of Santiago, Chile, ran the headline ‘On Board the Mount Olympus on the High Seas’ which quoted Byrd in an interview with Lee van Atta.

“Adm. Byrd declared today that it was imperative for the United States to initiate immediate defense measures against hostile regions.
The Admiral further stated that he didn’t want to frighten anyone unduly but it was a bitter reality that in case of a new war the continental United States would be attacked by flying objects which could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds.

Admiral Byrd repeated the above points of view, resulting from his personal knowledge gathered both at the north and south poles, before a news conference held for International News Service.”

Bearing in mind that all this occurred (the search for craft that could fly from pole to pole at ‘incredible’ speeds) a year after the war had ended with Germany defeated, makes it all the more intriguing.

So who was the enemy that owned or flew these flying objects? Germany was apparently defeated, and there was no evidence that the new emerging enemy, Russia, had such superior technologies.

Certainly there was no other known country whose activities that could explain the US invasion of Antarctica nor for the development of any craft that could fly,

“fly from Pole to pole with incredible speeds.”

Rumors began to circulate that whilst Germany had been defeated, a selection of military personnel and scientists had fled the fatherland as Allied troops swept across mainland Europe and established themselves at a base on Antarctica from where they continued to develop advanced aircraft based on extraterrestrial technologies.

(It is interesting to note that at the end of the war the Allies determined that there were 250,000 Germans unaccounted for, even taking into account casualties and deaths.)

Incredible as it may sound, there is considerable supporting evidence for these claims about a German base for, on the very eve of the Second World War, the Germans themselves had invaded part of Antarctica and claimed it for the Third Reich.

In fact Hitler had authorized several expeditions to the poles shortly before WWII. Their stated objective was to either to rebuild and enlarge Germany’s whaling fleet or test out weaponry in severely hostile conditions.

Yet, if true, all of this could have been achieved at the North Pole rather than at both poles and been much closer to home.

The Germans had long held an interest in the South Polar region of Antarctica with the first Germanic research of that area being undertaken in 1873 when Sir Eduard Dallman (1830-1896) discovered new Antarctic routes with his ship ‘Grönland’ during his expedition for the German polar Navigation Company of Hamburg.

(The Grönland also achieved the distinction of being the first steamer to operate in the southern ocean.)

A further expedition took place in the early years of the twentieth century in the ship the Gauss (which became embedded in the ice for 12 months – left), and then a further expedition took place in 1911 under the command of Wilhelm Filchner(right) with his ship the ‘Deutchland’.

Between the wars, the Germans made a further voyage in 1925 with a specially designed ship for the Polar Regions, the ‘Meteor’ under the command of Dr. Albert Merz.

Then, in the years directly preceding the Second World War, the Germans laid claim to parts of Antarctica in order to set up a permanent base there.

Given that no country actually ‘owned’ the continent and it couldn’t exactly be conquered as no-one lived there during the winter months at least, it appeared to the Germans that the most effective way to ‘conquer’ part of the continent was to physically travel there, claim it, let others know of their actions and await any disagreements.

Captain Alfred Ritscher (left) was chosen to lead the proposed strike. He had already led expeditions to the North Pole and had proved himself in adverse and critical situations.

For the mission Ritscher was given the ‘Schwabenland’; a German aircraft carrier that had been used for transatlantic mail deliveries by special flightboats, the famous 10 ton Dornier Super ‘Wals’ since 1934.

These ‘Wals’ were launched by catapult from the Schwabenland and had to be accelerated to 93mph before they could become airborne. At the end of each flight a crane on the ship lifted the aircraft back on board after they landed in the sea.

The ship was refitted for the expedition in the shipyards of Hamburg, and around one million Reichmark – nearly a third of the entire expedition budget – was spent on this refit alone.

The crew was prepared for the mission by the German Society of Polar Research and as these preparations neared completion, the organization invited Admiral Byrd to address them, which he did.

The Schwabenland (below) left the port of Hamburg on 17th December 1938 and followed a precisely planned and determined route towards the southern continent. In little over a month the ship arrived at the ice covered Antarctica, dropping anchor at 4° 30′ W and 69° 14′ S on January 20th1939 (8).

The expedition then spent three weeks off Princess Astrid Coast and Princess Martha Coast off Queen Maud Land (9).

During these weeks, the two Schwabenland aircraft, the ‘Passat’ and ‘Boreas’, flew 15 missions across some 600,000 square kilometers of Antarctica, taking more than 11,000 pictures of the area with their specially designed ‘Zeiss Reihenmess-bildkameras RMK 38’. (One of these photographs, below right.)

These pictures showed that some of the older Norwegian maps of the area from 1931 were not only inaccurate, but occasionally fabricated, as the original ‘maps’ bore no resemblance to the photographic images now obtained.

(In fact the Norwegian expeditions that had prepared these earlier maps had never actually gone as far inland as some of the areas detailed on their maps.)

Nearly one fifth of Antarctica was reconnoitered in this way and, for the first time, ice-free areas with lakes and signs of vegetation were discovered.

This area was then declared to be under the control of the German expedition, renamed ‘Neu-Schwabenland’ and hundreds of small stakes, carrying the swastika, were dumped on the snow-covered ground from the ‘Wals’ to signal the new ownership.

Part II – The Antarctic Enigma 
Ritscher and the Schwabenland left their newly claimed territory in the middle of February 1939 and returned to Hamburg two months later, complete with photographs and maps of the new German acquisition.

The true purpose of this expedition has never been satisfactorily explained; we are merely left with a series of puzzles, related reports and snippets of information that are no longer open to verification.

What is not open to doubt however, is that in the decade preceding the Second World War, the Germans did almost nothing that did not put the entire structure of the country on a war footing.

This activity affected all aspects of German life; military, civilian, economic, social and foreign policies, engineering, industry etc.

Given that the seizing of Neu-Schwabenland occurred on the very eve of the war, it can only be concluded that that the polar expedition was of major importance and significance to the goals and development of the planned 1000-year Third Reich.

And this ‘invasion’ was certainly not the end to German activity in the area; rather the prelude, providing support for the idea that Germany might have established a base on the apparently frozen wasteland (click left image).

That German activity continued around Antarctica through the war years is a matter of historical record.

In 1939, the ship ‘Schleswig-Holstein’ is reported to have inspected Iles Kerguelen, Ile Saint-Paul, Ile Amsterdam, Iles Crozet, Prince Edward Islands, and Gough Island and later visited Cape Town (10).

During the period 1939 – 1941 Captain Bernhard Rogge of the raider ship ‘Atlantis’ (pictured right in the icy waters off Antarctica) made an extended voyage in the South Atlantic, Indian and South Pacific Oceans, and visited the Iles Kerguelen between December 1940 to January 1941 (burying a seaman at Bassin de la Gazelle).

The Atlantis is known to have been visited by an RFC-2 (the ‘UFO’ style craft which had served as a reconnaissance aircraft since late 1940.)

The ship then adopted a new disguise as Tamesis before being sunk by HMS Devonshirenear Ascension Island, on 22nd November 1941 (the Atlantis was also known as Hilfskreuzer 16 and was, at various times, disguised as Kasii-Maru or Abbekerk.) (11)

Although the activities of the German ship Erlangen, under the captaincy of Alfred Grams, do not appear to be of consequence during 1939-40, the same cannot be said of the Komet which was commanded by Captain Robert Eyssen.

Following her passage along the Northern Sea Route in 1940, this commerce raider operated in the Pacific and Indian oceans, including a voyage along the Antarctic coastline from Cape Adare to the Shackleton Ice Shelf in search of whaling vessels during February 1941.

There she met the Pinguin and supply vessels Alstertor and Adjutant. (Komet was also known as Hilfskreuzer 45 and was sunk off Cherbourg in 1942.) (12)

The Pinguin itself under the command of Captain Ernst-Felix Kruder was a commerce raider that operated chiefly in the Indian Ocean. In January 1941 she captured a Norwegian whaling fleet (factory ships Ole Wegger and Pelagos, supply ship Solglimt and eleven whale catchers) in about 59° S, 02° 30W. One of these catchers (renamed Adjutant) remained as a tender and the rest were sent to France.

This ship also made anchorages at the Iles Kerguelen and may have landed a party on Marion Island. (Pinguin was sunk off the Persian Gulf by HMS Cornwall0 on 8th May 1941 after she had captured 136,550 tons of British and allied shipping.

She was also known as Hilfskreuzer 33, and disguised herself at various times as Tamerlan, Petschura, Kassos and Trafalgar.) (13)

This island of Kerguelen (named the ‘Most Useless Island In the World’ in 1995) continued to feature prominently in Nazi plans. For example, in 1942 the German Navy planned to establish a meteorological station there.

In May of that year the ship Michel (Hilfskreuzer 28) transferred a meteorologist and two radio operators with full equipment to a supply vessel Charlotte Schlieman that went on to the island, however the orders for the station were later counter-manded (14).

(Kerguelen Island was also the centre of a mid 19th Century mystery. Then entirely uninhabited, except for seals and seabirds, British Captain Sir James Clark Ross landed there in May 1840.

He found in the snow unidentifiable,

“traces … of the singular footprints of a pony, or ass, being 3 inches in length and 2½ inches in breadth, having a small deeper depression in either side, and shaped like a horseshoe.”

Similar markings appeared overnight in the Devon area of England fifteen years later and have also defied adequate explanation.)

Then in 1942 Captain Gerlach in his ship the ‘Stier’ investigated nearby Gough Island as a possible temporary base for raiders and a camp for prisoners. (Stier was also known as Hilfskreuzer 23.)

This ship activity does not appear considerable, however the level of U-boat activity in the South Atlantic was much higher. The exact nature and extent of how high will probably never be known, however some insight might be gleaned from the fact that between October 1942 and September 1944 16 German U-boats were sunk in the South Atlantic area (see Appendix 1).

Apart from their normal patrols, some of these submarines did appear to be engaged in covert activities. For example submarine U-859 which, on 4th April 1944 at 04.40hrs, left on a mission carrying 67 men and 33 tons of mercury sealed in glass bottles in watertight tin crates.

The submarine was later sunk on 23rd September by a British submarine (HMS Trenchant) in the Straits of Malacca and although 47 of the crew died, 20 survived. Some 30 years later one of these survivors spoke openly about the cargo and divers later confirmed the story on rediscovering the mercury. The significance being that mercury is usable as a fuel source for certain types of aerospace propulsion.

Why would a German submarine be transporting such a cargo so far from home?

Although this is the known record of Nazi activity around Antarctica before 8th May 1945 when Germany surrendered unconditionally to the Allies, events after that date suggested something was happening that did not form a part of recognized world history.

Something fuelled by a statement made by Karl Dönitz (left).

Dönitz (16th September 1891 – 24th December 1980) had become Oberbefehlshaber der Kriegsmarine on 31st January 1943 and he led the German U-Boat fleet until the end of World War II. (Dönitz also has the distinction of briefly becoming head of the German state for 20 days after Hitler’s death until his own capture by the Allies on 23rd May 1945.)

His contribution to the mystery of post-war Antarctic activity came in a statement he made in 1943 when he declared that the German submarine fleet had rebuilt,

“in another part of the world a Shangri-La land – an impregnable fortress.”

Could he have been referring to the alleged base in Antarctica?

Certainly there are records of continued German naval activity in the area after the war had apparently ended. For example, on 10th July 1945, more than two months after the cessation of known hostilities, the German submarine U-530 surrendered to Argentine authorities. The background to this event is puzzling.

It is known that the boat had left Lorient in France on 22nd May 1944 under the captaincy of Otto Wermuth for operations in the Trinidad area, and after successfully rendezvousing with the incoming Japanese submarine I-52, it headed for Trinidad before finally returning to base after 133 days at sea.

The boat’s official record states that between October 1944 and May 1945 it formed part of the 33rd Flotilla and on Germany’s surrender Otto Wermuth’s captaincy and the submarine’s career came to an end. Yet two months later it arrived in Rio de la Plata in Argentina and surrendered to the authorities there on 10th July 1945.

History also records that the U-boat, U-977, left Kristiansand in Norway on 2nd May 1945 for combat patrol in the English Channel.

After Germany’s surrender, Captain Heinz Schäffer decided to head for the South Atlantic but he first gave the married men on board the chance to go ashore; 16 of them took Schäffer up the offer.

After a 66-day submerged trip, and a further run on the surface, U-977 arrived in Mar del Plata, Argentina on 17th August, and later surrendered to the US in Boston on 13th November 1945 three months later. Its activities during this period are unknown.

This incident occurred shortly after the end of the war, however, there continued to be accounts of German activity for a considerable post-war period. The French ‘Agence France Press’ on 25th September 1946 stated,

“the continuous rumors about German U-boat activity in the region of Tierra del Fuego [‘Feuerland’ in German] between the southernmost tip of Latin America and the continent of Antarctica are based on true happenings.”

Then the French newspaper, ‘France Soir’ gave the following account of an encounter with such a German U-boat.

“Almost 1½ years after cessation of hostilities in Europe, the Icelandic Whaler ‘Juliana’ was stopped by a large German U-boat.
The Juliana was in the Antarctic region around Malvinas Islands [The Falklands] when a German submarine surfaced and raised the German official Flag of Mourning – red with a black edge.

“The submarine commander sent out a boarding party, which approached the Juliana in a rubber dingy, and having boarded the whaler demanded of Capt. Hekla part of his fresh food stocks. The request was made in the definite tone of an order to which resistance would have been unwise.

“The German officer spoke a correct English and paid for his provisions in US dollars, giving the Captain a bonus of $10 for each member of the Juliana crew. Whilst the foodstuffs were being transferred to the submarine, the submarine commander informed Capt. Hekla of the exact location of a large school of whales.
Later the Juliana found the school of whales where designated.”

Could it be possible that other German U-boats, in addition to U-530 and U-977 were continuing to operate in the area following the war? There are no formal records of such activity, however it is known that 54 German U-boats ‘disappeared’ during the war, of which only 11 are likely to have met their fate at the hands of mines (see Appendix II).

The future may well reveal that fate of more of these submarines, however given the French and South American reports, and the number of missing U-boats, it may not be unreasonable to conclude that at least some of them relocated to the South Polar area.

History also gives us further clues as to a Nazi-Antarctica connection, for it records that Hans-Ulrich Rudel of the German Luftwaffe (left) was being groomed by Hitler to be his successor. It is known that Rudel made frequent trips to Tierra del Fuego at the tip of South America nearest Antarctica. And one of Martin Bormann’s last messages from the bunker in Berlin to Dönitz also mentioned Tierra del Fuego.

Then there are claims about Rudolph Hess (below right), Hitler’s best friend who went to England and was arrested as a war criminal on 10th May 1941. Following his arrest, Hess was held in Spandau Prison in isolation until his death.

Such unique treatment is suggestive that he had information that the Allies considered dangerous. Indeed, in his book ‘Secret Nazi Polar Expeditions’ Christof Friedrich states Hess,

“was entrusted with the all-important Antarctic file … Hess, himself, kept the Polar file…” (15)

However, for Operation High Jump to have been an attempt to ferret out a remaining Nazi base on the Antarctic continent, there would have been two prerequisites.

Firstly, Operation High Jump would have to provide evidence that the mission included a reconnaissance of Neu-Swabenland and secondly, there would have to be an area of the frozen continent that could allow such a base to exist throughout the year. And indeed both criteria are met.

Both the Eastern and Western Groups of Operation High Jump had been active around Neu-Schwabenland.

So was a Russian boat that “proved to be unfriendly” (16).

The Eastern group were frustrated in their efforts to make a reconnaissance of the area, despite incredible efforts to secure photographs for later examination.

However by then,

“it was very late in the season … The sun had only been briefly glimpsed in the past few weeks, but everyone could tell that the continually grey skies and clouds were darkening daily. In another month all light would be gone from Antarctica….
The waters girdling the continent would begin to freeze rapidly, binding unwary ships in a crushing embrace… Dufek [the commander] was loath to surrender. He ordered his ships northwards away from the pack.
Perhaps one or two more flights might be possible. But on the morning of 3 March … virgin ice was seen to be forming on the water’s surface [and the] Eastern group steamed out of Antarctica. (17)

The Western Group, however, were to make a remarkable discovery.

At the end of January 1947 a PBM piloted by Lieutenant Commander David Bunger of Coronado, California, flew from his ship, the Currituck and headed towards the continent’s Queen Mary Coast.

On reaching land, Bunger flew west for a time, then, coming up over the featureless, white horizon, he saw a dark, bare area which Byrd later described as,

“a land of blue and green lakes and brown hills in an otherwise limitless expanse of ice.” (18)

Bunger and his men carefully reconnoitered the area before racing back to the Currituck with news of their find.

The ‘oasis’ they had discovered covered an area of some three hundred square miles of the continent and contained three large, open water lakes along with a number of smaller lakes. These lakes were separated by masses of barren, reddish-brown rocks possibly indicating the presence of iron ore.

Several days later, Bunger returned to the area, and found that the water was warm to the touch and the lake itself was filled with red, blue and green algae giving it a distinctive colour. Bunger filled a bottle with the water which later,

“turned out to be brackish, a clue to the fact that the ‘lake’ was actually an arm of the open sea.” (19)

This is important for two reasons; warm, inland lakes connected to the surrounding oceans would be perfect for submarines to hide within, and similar lakes have been noted inNeu-Schwabenland, the site of the alleged Nazi base.

There is no conclusive evidence of a Nazi base on Antarctica, however that something untoward was happening on, or around, the frozen continent appears, on balance of probabilities, to be likely.

The evidence is there:

  1. The Germans invaded and claimed part of Antarctica on the very eve of the war when all of their activity was geared towards the war machine and the establishment of a 1000-year Reich.
  2. There was ongoing ship and submarine activity in the South Atlantic and polar regions throughout and after the war had apparently ended.
  3. The US invaded the continent itself with considerable naval resources leaving mainland America exposed and vulnerable as the world edged into the Cold War. The task force limped home as if defeated only weeks later, and the local South American press wrote of such a defeat.
  4. Admiral Byrd spoke of objects that could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds being based on Antarctica.
  5. Hundreds of thousands of Germans and numerous U-boats were missing at the end of the war.

The connection between Antarctica and the UFO phenomenon was sealed with claims made by one Albert K. Bender who stated that he,

“went into the fantastic and came up with an answer … I know what the saucers are.”

Part III – The Antarctic Enigma

Albert Bender ran an organization called the ‘International Flying Saucer Bureau’ a small UFO organization based in Connecticut, USA and he also edited a publication known as the ‘Space Review’ which was committed to the dissemination of news about UFOs.

In truth, the organization had only a small membership and the publication circulated amongst hundreds rather than thousands, but that its members and readers valued it was in little doubt. The publication itself advocated that flying saucers were spacecraft of extraterrestrial origin.

Then, in the October 1953 edition of ‘Space Review’, there were two major announcements. The first was headed ‘Late Bulletin’ and stated:

“A source which the IFSB considers very reliable has informed us that the investigation of the flying saucer mystery and the solution is approaching final stages. This same source to whom we had referred data, which had come into our possession, suggested that it was not the proper method and time to publish the data in Space Review.”

The second announcement read:

“Statement of Importance: The mystery of the flying saucers is no longer a mystery. The source is already known, but any information about this is being withheld by order from a higher source.
We would like to print the full story in Space Review, but because of the nature of the information we are very sorry that we have been advised in the negative.” The statement ended in the sentence “We advise those engaged in saucer work to please be very cautious.”

These announcements were of little significance in themselves.

What gained them wider attention was the fact that immediately after publishing this October 1953 issue, Bender suspended further publication of the magazine and closed theIFSB down without any further explanation.

Bender might have known “what the flying saucers” were, but he later revealed in a local newspaper interview that he was keeping his knowledge a secret following a visit by three men who apparently confirmed he was right about his UFO theory, but put him in sufficient fear to immediately close down his organization and cease publication of the journal.


It has been argued that the story of being visited by three strangers and being ‘warned off’ was a front to close a publication that was losing money, however the fact that Bender had been “scared to death” and “actually couldn’t eat for a couple of days” was verified by his friends and associates.

However, in 1963, a full decade after his visit from the three strangers, Bender was seemingly prepared to reveal more of his story in a largely unreadable book entitled ‘Flying Saucers and the Three Men in Black.’

The book was scant on facts however intriguingly described extraterrestrial spacecraft that had bases in Antarctica.

This was apparently the truth Bender was terrorized into not revealing. Bender also provided images of the saucers he was aware of. Yet again we see a drawing of his UFO with the three bubbles underneath, reminiscent of the Haunebu II alongside a cigar shaped object, of which more later.

Ernst Zundel, a German scientist turned author who had entered the US under Operation Paperclip at the end of the war and who worked at Wright Field (later Wright Patterson AFB where the alleged Roswell debris was housed), also made claims about the nature of the activity in Antarctica.

In the 1970s Zundel wrote a book ‘UFOs: Nazi Secret Weapons?’ in which he claimed that UFOs were secret Nazi weapons developed during the Second World War, and some of them had been shipped out towards the end of the war and hidden at the poles.

Publication of the book coincided with a tidal wave of renewed interest in all things spiritual, and Zundel was invited on to countless talk shows to share his views on spaceships, free energies, electromagnetism, emergent technologies and some of the positive contributions made by the Germans under the Third Reich in these fields (26).

Zundel was actually only really interested in promoting his holocaust theory, described in his book ‘Did Six Million Really Die?’ however found that his Nazi and ‘Hollow Earth’ ideas proved a greater attraction to television producers.

Zundel explains:

“I realized that North Americans were not interested in being educated. They want to be entertained. The book was for fun. With a picture of the Fuhrer on the cover and flying saucers coming out of Antarctica it was a chance to get on radio and TV talk shows.
For about 15 minutes of an hour program I’d talk about that esoteric stuff.
Then I would start talking about all those Jewish scientists in concentration camps, working on these secret weapons. And that was my chance to talk about what I wanted to talk about.” (27)

The idea however, gripped the popular imagination and took on a life of its own. Zundel’s publishing company, ‘Samisdat’, started to make a name for itself by issuing newsletters and books on the subject. An expedition to Antarctica itself was even proposed to seek out ‘Hitler’s UFO bases’ there. (click image above)

Yet such claims would have died out had they not been based on at least some real events. That something strange was happening around the foreboding continent took an interesting turn in the 1960s when the Argentine Navy was charged with the official investigation into strange sightings in the sky.

A 1965 official report prepared by Captain Sanchez Moreno of the Naval Air Station, Comandante Espora in Bahia Blanca stated:

“Between 1950 and 1965, personnel of Argentina’s Navy alone made 22 sightings of unidentified flying objects that were not airplanes, satellites, weather balloons or any type of known (aerial) vehicles. These 22 cases served as precedents for intensifying that investigation of the subject by the Navy (20).”

Following a series of sightings at Argentine and Chilean meteorological stations on Deception Island, Antarctica, in June and July 1965, Captain Engineer Omar Pagani disclosed at a press conference that,

“the unidentified flying objects do exist. Their presence in Argentine airspace is proven. Their nature and origin are unknown and no judgment is made about them.”(21)

More details of these UFO sightings were given in a report in the Brazilian newspaper ‘O Estado de Sao Paulo’ in its 8th July 1965 edition.

“For the first time in history, an official communiqué has been published by a government about the flying saucers.
It is a document from the Argentine Navy, based on the statements of a large number of Argentine, Chilean and British sailors stationed in the naval base in Antarctica.

The communiqué declared that the personnel of Deception Island (left) naval base saw, at nineteen hours forty minutes on 3 July, a flying object of lenticular shape, with a solid appearance and a colouring in which red and green prevailed and, for a few moments, yellow.
The machine was flying in a zig-zag fashion, and in a generally western direction, but it changed course several times and changed speed, having an inclination of about forty-five degrees above the horizon. The craft also remained stationary for about twenty minutes at a height of approximately 5,000 meters, producing no sound.

The communiqué states moreover that the prevailing meteorological conditions when the phenomenon was observed can be considered excellent for the region in question and the time of year. The sky was clear and quite a lot of stars were visible.

The Secretariat of the Argentine Navy also states in its communiqué that the occurrence was witnessed by scientists of the three naval bases and that the facts described by these people agree completely.” (22)

In March 1950 Commodore Augusto Vars Orrego of the Chilean Navy shot still pictures and 8mm movie footage of a very large cigar shaped flying object that hovered over and maneuvered about in the frigid skies above the Chilean Antarctic.

Orrego stated,

“during the bright Antarctic night, we saw flying saucers, one above the other, turning at tremendous speeds. We have photographs to prove what we saw (23).

There have been other Chilean sightings.

Then during January 1956 an event was witnessed by a group of Chilean scientists who had been flown by helicopter to Robertson Island in the Wendell Sea to study geology, fauna and other features.

This experience was the subject of a later article entitled ‘A Cigar-Shaped UFO over Antarctica.’

“At the beginning of January 1956, during a period of stormy weather, the party suddenly became aware of something which, in other circumstances, could have been very grave for them.
This was that their radio had mysteriously ceased to function. This was not too worrying a disaster in so much as it was firmly settled that the helicopter would return to take them off again on January 20.”

One of the scientists, a doctor, was in the habit of getting up in the night to observe anything of meteorological interest, but another of the group, a professor, did not like to be disturbed.

However on the night of 8th January 1956, the Doctor decided to wake the professor. He,

“pointed upwards, almost overhead. Still in a bad temper through being disturbed, [the professor] looked as directed, and beheld two ‘metallic’ cigar-shaped objectsin verticular positions, perfectly still and silent, and flashing vividly the reflected rays of the sun.”

Soon after 7.00am, two other members of the party, an assistant and a medical orderly joined the two men.

The group watched the two craft.

“At about 9.00am object No. 1 (the nearest to the zenith) suddenly assumed a horizontal posture and shot away like a flash towards the west. It had now lost its metallic brightness and had taken on the whole gamut of visible colours of the spectrum, from infrared to ultra-violet.

“Without slowing down it performed an incredible acute-angle change of direction, shot off across another section of the sky and then did another sharp turn as before. These vertiginous maneuvers, the zig-zagging, abrupt stopping, instantaneous accelerating, went on for some time right overhead, the object always following tangential trajectories in respect to the Earth and all in the most absolute silence.

“The demonstration lasted about five minutes. Then the object returned and took up position beside its companion in almost the same area of the sky as before, but now it was the turn of No. 2 to show its paces and do a weird zigzagging dance.
Shooting off towards the east, it performed a series of ten dispointed bursts of flight, broken by brusque changes of direction, and marked by the same colour changes when accelerating or stopping, and so on. After about three minutes of this, object No. 2 returned and took up its station near its companion, and reassumed its original solid and metallic appearance.

“The scientists had with them two Geiger-Miller counters of high sensitivity, one of the auditory and the other of the flash-type.
When the two objects had finished their dance and reassumed their stations in the sky, someone discovered that the flash-type Geiger counter now showed that radioactivity around them had suddenly increased 40 times – enough to kill any organism subjected long enough to it. The discovery greatly increased the anxiety felt by the four men …

“Although they had no telescopic lens, they did however have cameras with them, and they took numerous photographs of the objects, both in colour and black and white. We are not told in the report what became of these photographs.” (24).

Five years later there was another documented account of a UFO sighting over Antarctica by Rubens Junqueira Villela, a meteorologist and the first Brazilian scientist to participate in an expedition to the white continent, now a veteran of eleven expeditions to Antarctica (two with the US Navy, eight with the Brazilian Antarctic Programme and another on the sailing ship Rapa Nui).

Whilst on board the US Navy icebreaker Glacier (below right) which had set sail from New Zealand at the end of January 1961, Villela claims that he witnessed a UFO event in the skies over Antarctica which he immediately recorded in his diary, even including the emotions felt by all those involved.

During 16th March 1961 and after a fierce storm had forced the expedition to retreat to Admiralty Bay in the King George Isles,

“a strange light suddenly crossed the sky, and everyone started to shout.

“‘It’s a missile!’ said one excited Marine. ‘No, it’s a meteor,’ barked another member of the crew. The excitement was wide-spread and growing. Trying to describe the light which appeared over Almirantado Bay wasn’t easy… I wrote in my diary: ‘Positively the colors, the configuration and contours of the object, as a bodied [sic] light, with geometric forms, did not seem to be from this world, and I did not know what could possibly reproduce it.”

“The object was multi-colored and had a luminous body – oval-shaped. It left a long tube-like orange/red trail. Suddenly, it split into two pieces, as if it had exploded. Each part shone even more intensively, with white, blue and red colors projecting ‘V’ shaped rays behind it. Quite quickly they moved away and could be seen 200 meters above the ground… Throughout the sighting no noise was heard by any of the witnesses.”

“The US Navy officially registered the incident as “a meteor or some other natural luminous phenomenon” according to the report submitted by the Glacier’s captain, Captain Porter.

As a trained meteorologist, Villela easily dismissed the official line. “How could they mistake a meteor with an object carrying antennae, completely symmetrical and followed by a tail without any sight of atmospheric disturbance?” (25)

The renowned skeptic and self-styled debunker, Phillip Klaus, believes this episode is a classic example of ‘plasma’, however the late meteorologist, James McDonald argued that the highly structured nature of the object and the low cloud overcast present at about 1500 feet were not compatible with Klass’s hypothesis.

The South Atlantic area was also host to another sighting on 16th January 1958 when the Brazilian naval vessel Almirante Salddanha was escorting a team of scientists to a weather station on Trindade Island.

As the ship approach the island (or rather an outcrop of rock) a UFO reportedly swooped past the ship, circled the island, then flew off in front of dozens of witnesses.

One of these witnesses, the expedition photographer, took a number of photographs of the object, and later the film was handed over to the military by the Captain. After analysis, the Brazilian government released the film stating that they were unable to account for the images.

Whatever was going on in the Antarctic region, it certainly wasn’t happening in isolation.

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

Nazi UFOs∶ HIDDEN TRUTH (UFO Aliens Documentary) w¡(Bill Birnes) (44∶23)

Nazi UFOs∶ HIDDEN TRUTH (UFO Aliens Documentary) w/(Bill Birnes) ET SECRETS (44∶23)➤

Published on Dec 7, 2015 More 15,375 views

Nazi UFOs: HIDDEN TRUTH (UFO Aliens Documentary)

Documentary in Germany and Poland to investigate rumors that the Third Reich had reverse engineered alien technology and may have produced a functional spacecraft, and how some of this technology was captured by the United States and helped jump start the U.S. space program. Military historian Igor Witkowski gives the team insight on “Die Glocke” (The Bell), an alleged top secret Nazi wunderwaffe. SHOCKING evidence!
Category – Education
License – Standard YouTube License

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●



Nazi UFO ₪ Bell Flying Saucer Cover up Ancient Alien UFO Secret Technology - the History Project

Nazi UFO 卐 Bell Flying Saucer Cover up

Ancient Alien UFO Secret Technology 👽

the History Project [UI0Z6qZkFYo] (49∶39)  (****)

Published by livingselfsufficient on Jul 11, 2014 ➧)➤ More 170,832 views

Nazi, UFO, German, Ancient, Alien,Technology, Flying, Bell, Saucer, Secrets, Design, Cover up

The NAZI UFO Conspiracy & Secret Technology [Full Documentary Films]

Secret Military Aircraft Russian Top Secret Aircraft C-130 YMC-130H Lockheed Hercules accident crash

“Anti”-Gravity or Advanced Propulsion Physics & Technologies

C2CAM Coast to Coast AM Full Radio Shows! – be a Coast Insider!!
Sunday Nov. 9, 2014
The Nazi Diaspora

Peter Levenda returns to his quest for the truth about the true character of the Nazi cult and its influence.

Wednesday Nov. 5, 2014
Politics & Economy/ Ancient Texts & MJ-12 Docs

Expert in theology, biblical languages, and world civilizations, Mike Heiser, works on ancient astronaut beliefs, Nazi UFOs, giants in biblical texts and history, end times and New World Order.

Thursday Aug. 7, 2014
Ventura Update/ Secret Space Program

Conspiracy researcher Olav Phillips specializes in the secret space program, exotic aircraft, high technology, foreign policy, pre-history, mysterious civilizations.

he discussed his study of Alternative 3, a rarely seen British TV program from 1977.

Third Reich Secret Science

Nazi UFO 卐 Bell Flying Saucer Cover up Ancient Alien UFO Secret Technology 👽 the History Project YouTube Playlist

Nazi Bell – Secret Flying Saucers
This is not another film about flakes and weirdos it’s a true story about how real flying saucers were developed secretly …right under our noses. The first “flying saucer” spotted by an American pilot over Mount Washington in 1947.

Nazi UFO Flying Saucer
He coined the phrase of the disc-shaped craft that hovered above him and heralded the age of UFOs (unidentified flying objects).

Additional Information:

History Project UFOs The Real History
UFO spotters became convinced these were spacecraft flown by aliens. Governments and the media scoffed at the idea of Alien transport but others knew better.

Flying Saucer Technology
Under cover of the popular hysteria fueled sensationalist newspaper reports, Hollywood movie scripts. Scientists secretly designing, building and piloting real flying saucers.

Nazi Ancient aliens
A story of the man-made flying saucers, more than 50 years of development during which governments invested heavily in the promising anti-gravity flying machines from secret projects – mysterious lights seen in the skies.

Nazi Scientists
Attempts at building flying saucers had been made in the 1920’s and in 1944. As the Allies overran Nazi Germany, brilliant aircraft designers learned the secrets of the Third Reich’s saucer development as post-war military effort to win the Cold War.

UFO Design
Secret design headquarters were set up. The British Ministry of Defense issued dismissive statements of “flying saucer” sightings while the Government poured millions of pounds into a secret project, known as Project Y.

Nazi Moon Base
By 1960, the first saucers from the Avro Company were flying. Declassified footage shows the two-man ‘flying jeep’ saucer on test flights. The military denied further development but supersonic craft were recorded everywhere.

Government Alien Secrets
The US government began a public relations exercise called Project Blue Book. Its sustained campaign to discredit flying saucer sightings provided a smokescreen for the funding of an even more remarkable anti-gravity project the forerunner of the formerly top secret Stealth Bomber.

★ Post comments or questions, share, like and subscribe!
★ Best Science, Discovery and History Channel – my opinion
Secureteam10 ✦ Best UFO Videos ✦ Best Alternative News
★ Facebook ✦

Nazi UFO Technology Third Reich
Category – Science & Technology
License – Standard YouTube License
Created using – YouTube Video Editor
Source videos – View attributions





● • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ●

Norman Bergrun}» and the Ringmakers Of Saturn)}» . . . ..)➤

•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ•●
●•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •[ΞΞΞ][Updated 05/06/16][ΞΞΞ]•ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ•●
● • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • ⱷ • 

[!]CosmicRevelationsblog [{(Ringmakers of Saturn)}[banner]}{[4846x742]high}»

Norman Bergrun}⧽». .. and the . . .. (•Ringmakers•Of•Saturn•)⧽≻ . . . ..)➤

[!]David Icke - Saturn's ET Ringmakers [HJQMxF-1q_8] (27∶23)

David Icke – Saturn’s ET Ringmakers


Published on Nov 18, 2013 More 73,388
David Icke ‘Saturn’s ET Ringmakers’ . . . … Norman Bergrun Speaking About The Ringmakers Of Saturn . . . ….

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

● •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •ⱷ •●

 ()(OrgoNet Norman Bergrun Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence . . . … (Parts 1∿4 Compilation) . . . … [Czech[§]translated!] . . . … []}⧽≻ ➤➤


February 2, 2012

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence first

To avoid having to use a caption CC compiler (correctly so it can be about one word in ten (:-))) and here you have the first part of the transcript of lectures about the creators of rings, see previous article with links.  7 part video… compiled in full . . . …

[!]Norman Bergrun - The Ringmakers Of Saturn [UTkoYWLdvU4] (1∶34∶18)

The lecture is from r. 2004 a UFO conference in USA.

Dr. Bergrun not an amateur observer, but is a scientist who has worked all his life in the aeronautical and space research, where he achieved significant accomplishments,  see his biography  (About the Author). So his ability to identify aircraft by an unidentified flying object and read images from NASA satellites, we do not doubt …
The translation is free, photos are PrintScreen of videos.

[!]The Ringmakers of Saturn Dr Norman Bergrun (1-7) [d13N7u3EufY] (13∶30)
[!]The Ringmakers of Saturn Dr Norman Bergrun (1-7) [d13N7u3EufY] (13∶30)➤
Video 1/7:

[!]Ringmakers Of Saturn by Norman R. Bergrun [] (469×691)
[!]Ringmakers Of Saturn by Norman R. Bergrun [] (469×691)➤
Foreword : Dr. Norman Bergrun issued 20 years ago, a book about the creators of Saturn’s rings. As a leading scientist had risked his career that he wanted to tell the truth. He had been a pioneer.

Norman Bergrun:

Let me tell you a brief synopsis of the lecture: Electric Vehicle (EMV) is an open secret.I’ll show you the vehicles that I saw with my own eyes, and then to the vehicle frame at NASA. I’ll talk about the character of these vehicles. They use a technology that is our own civilization with a high IQ. Then the events of the moon and the moon.

NASA images are an open secret, are open to the public, such as the Voyager missions.They are on the site, but none of them were not interpreted. It’s a mystery to us screaming in his face. And we are trying to unravel.

Lecture title: Evidence of Extraterrestrial Intelligence – a public secret, International ufological Congress, Laughlin, Nevada, February 14th, 2004.

Let me tell you a story about a plane Ryan P3. Can carry 60,000 gallons of fuel, lots of guns, maybe 10 torpedoes, depth missiles for submarines, has on board a variety of equipment, lots of safety equipment, worked for a long time, and today’s modern aircraft still flying. This airplane is in r. 1972 May 27, after the start of the Californian coast lost. The last signal was over the city of Salinas. It was about this story in the news. 4300 HP had a lot of equipment, and everything was lost, did not stay the oil spill. Everything seemed to evaporate, no one knows how or where. The search found nothing.

In September 1971, I was at the bay on vacation, I lay on my back and looked up and saw a very bright light. I thought it was a helicopter of the Navy, where they often flew.The sun was behind me, I thought, it’s a reflection, and then I realized that the sun can reflect on this helicopter. I looked through binoculars and saw what shows this model.Do you see him? (Below.)

 I've seen this kind of vehicle

I’ve seen this kind of vehicle. Its diameter was about thirteen times greater than the length of the model. Should at each end of the flame. Then came the flames as two shots, here are the two wires, and among them was a black thing in the form of rods, and when she reached the end, you could see a very bright light, like the arc lamps. I say to those drátkům down mustache vehicle.

Perhaps you are wondering what they are going up these ribbons with bullets. I call it the bands, there were many of them here, I only have a few. Emit a plasma, it is high temperature gas, so that, releasing plasma globules, and these are moved up along the streamers.

Interestingly, the plasma had a yellow and green color, it means that there was chlorine.This is a way to disrupt the ozone layer. Quickly, I wanted to make a picture, because formed clouds, and I managed to make one, yet it almost disappeared behind the clouds, but it is obvious that there is a body.

Here’s a quick sketch of the model that I drew when I came home. Basically, it looked like this:

 Here's a quick sketch of the model that I drew when I came home

Maybe it’s not exact proportions, but it shows the basic features. 

That somehow seemed the ribbons. What is before them, I call the nose of the vehicle.

 That somehow seemed the ribbons. What is before them, I call the nose of the vehicle

I made a custom image that can be seen as clouds. The object created clouds. (NB. Orgonet: The film is on video, indistinct).

In December 1972 I saw this object that shone in many colors. The whole thing was flashing. (Below.)

In December 1972 I saw this object that shone in many colors. The whole thing was flashing
When you see something that flashes different colors and are based on the rays, it can not be a plane. I wondered where it was geometrically. I was on a beach in Santa Cruz, and a wife at home in Los Altos, so we chart a point of intersection of the two lines. It was about 60 miles from the coast.

Then I learned that the army had lost airship capable of carrying four aircraft at about that point, like before the plane Ryan. That you have two cases, so you can imagine what it is about the relationship of our extraterrestrial friends to engines of war, and they are certainly around us … That’s my opinion, maybe you disagree with me. I am trying to put together the pieces of the puzzle.

And now let’s look at the Voyager images. V1 started to Saturn 5 September 1977, he was closest to 12 November 1980. V2 started 20 August 1977. The closest was 26 August 1981. Their approach is 9 months difference. NASA must stick to the party line and say here publicly … so by the former version of NASA, the rings are made up of primary materials, are essentially static and the Cassini Division is no material. I saw the television images from the Voyager 1 and Division Cassini I saw a kind of stick and if there was Voyager 2, again I saw some stuff. NASA now has a version that there are large chunks of matter and ice.

Here you can see the rings and their names, it gets F ring, then the ring A, among them is the Encke division. Between A and B is a division of Cassini. Here is drawn with some material inside. Then, the rings C and D, but now we will be interested only ring A.

 Then, the rings C and D, but now we will be interested only ring A

This is the cover of my book. Orange object that you see, will be discussed later. It is the energy space which adjoins the left side to the ring A.

[!]Ringmakers Of Saturn by Norman R. Bergrun [] (469×691)

 Another picture is very dark, you can see it on the upper part of the ring, and a light source, one that is on the cover of my book on the left side. Numbers 1 and 2 will be discussed later, you’ll see that the bottom ring and just missing.

 Another picture is very dark 

For the next picture you can get an idea of the size. The diameter of Saturn is about 10 times larger than the diameter of Earth, and diameter of the ring system of about 6 times larger than Earth. Whole system is 22x larger than Earth. That is quite a lot.Another thing about this picture is that one ring is cut by the Cassini line. Straight portion is about as large as the diameter of Saturn.

 For the next picture you can get an idea of the size

On the next slide you see the ring B (B-ring) and a luminous source (luminous source), again on the cover of the book. This thing has a diameter larger than our moon. It’s a chunk of energy in addition to the ring. First I noticed that the ring A (A-ring) has a piece cut. It was a mystery. There piece missing, and nor is it a circle. Furthermore, there is a long subject, body (points), which actually closes the ring A.

On the next slide you see the ring B (B-ring) and a luminous source (luminous source)
But he’s really looking around, you see here, the exhaust gas (exhaust) under the light source (light source), and the subject includes ribbons (streamers) – I do those long things I say ribbons – and go up into the ring (A ring) . And so I understand how the ring made – is generated by an object from the other side nothing.

Later, I tried to understand what the body, and it turned out it was electric.

(03.07, 09.00)

(The continuation of the work).



==========================================  [[End Part 1]] ===========

[!]CosmicRevelationsblog [{(Ringmakers of Saturn)}[banner]}{[4846x742]high}»




February 3, 2012

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence 2nd

The first part of the lecture here:

 One fellow scientist could not believe what I just said and asserted that I have the right image. Right is supposedly the right (see figure below). You can see that it is both elongated body, the nose is to the right. Pictured on the left you see no. 1 – light under his nose, lacking the right light. On the left you can see the texture of the ring ribbons on the right is not monolithic. NO. 3 – left a bit to see ribbons (streamer), but the streamers produces plasma is seen at right. On the right you can see the colors of the plasma, and blue under tilts, and left not. He did not understand that there are different levels of the process. There are four images of the area, and when processing data, and image are missing some places, images and superimpose them, connects and creates one image that is published, and the level creation process rings there are not visible.To confuse him.

 Now the other side of the missing ring... oblong object, its emissions go into the ring, exhaust gases light source, this time above the ring because of high exposure

 Now the other side of the missing ring – most labels you already know (see figure below). Again there oblong object, its emissions (Emissions points) that go into the ring, exhaust gases (exhaust) light source, this time above the ring (luminous source) because of high exposure. The thing that I would like to talk about the toroid (toroidal cylinder) on a curved arm that goes up. Around the conductor comprising electricity in fact forms a toroid, because around it there is a magnetic field. 

 Around the conductor comprising electricity in fact forms a toroid, because around it there is a magnetic field

This is an example of the magnetic field around the cylindrical conductor (picture below). Wire (conductor), the current flow (current flow), the concentric magnetic field.Torus – an annular cylinder shaped American donut with a hole in creating and aircraft.So there is evidence that the object has electrostatic discharge properties.

 This is an example of the magnetic field around the cylindrical conductor

 Vrátímm to the first image of the object on the right, because there you can see the flow upwards. You see perpendicular plasma currents that go from the bottom of the object and intersect at right angles. This is caused also by the electric field. If there were not, they would not form right angles. So we begin to understand that it is electromagnetic matter.

And because of those two characteristics I say to those vehicles EMV – Electromagnetic vehicle, because it captures their essence.

 You see perpendicular plasma currents that go from the bottom of the object and intersect at right angles

Here (below) you can see the progress of the field lines around a cylindrical electrical conductors, which may explain why they currents coming from the object vertically – again characteristic of electricity. ( NB. Org .: omitting details – engineers understand, others just do not.)

 you can see the progress of the field lines around a cylindrical electrical conductors

When Voyager 2 flew past Saturn, flew ring. It is interesting that had aboard detector plasma. Until then, no one admitted that the rings contain plasma. The ring should have a thickness of 10 miles or less. Yes, the ring may have this thickness, but can also be very thick, depending on whether it is near the EMV. The graph (below) shows the flyby spacecraft ring. Is there a time history of the flyby plasma. The device operates at frequencies – recognizes the plasma of different frequencies given in decibels. According to this measure the thickness – to me it comes down to 600 miles. This is a great distance. It is proof that the ring can be quite thick – and the reason is that Voyager flew close around EMV object. If there was not an object, Voyager might have seen absolutely no ring. It would be something like the contrail of an aircraft, which fades away, and found it was much smaller values for the thickness. So thickness varies greatly by location.

 When Voyager 2 flew past Saturn, flew ring. It is interesting that had aboard detector plasma

Then there is the image Overshoot star (below). Before I gave Builder rings, I studied astronomical literature, and I found something similar to what I had, if at all possible.It’s a picture of Saturn called Fly star. Two astronomers from the UK whose names you see there, each working in a different lab and noticed something called a star because it gave off a very intense light, as is crossing the rings of Saturn. You can see that it flew the same area of the ring that I showed you earlier. Therefore, it seemed very similar, it was again a division Cassini. Both there, then they saw a bright object, and then passed this image, and marveled that fly through the ring did not make any problem, and indeed over amazed. It was actually a proof that in the ring and nothing. And there’s nothing strange if we know what works in the Cassini Division …

 Then there is the image Overshoot star

Here is a picture of Miranda, it is a satellite of Uranus (below). At first I thought that the object 1 is part of a long object, which goes through the entire picture above. Then I realized that it was probably a short object EMV. It enables you to see the characteristic features of such emissions, projections of material, and is typical for the building of the second, but what is important in this picture, it’s Nos. 8 and 9, I call it energy rolls.Evidently this EMV have the ability to create any shape what they want. For me, those things “storehouse” (stores) like they need military aircraft carrying torpedoes, and they can use to control all emissions in the region. 

They can control their appearance, according to electromagnetic laws may shape what they want, an infinite number of shapes. So we sometimes think that we see different objects, but they all come from a single unit. Changing shape and size depending on what they are doing. And it is very important idea: there is one basic thing that shows itself in different forms.

They can control their appearance, according to electromagnetic laws may shape what they want, an infinite number of shapes

As seems to be the creators of the rings as a UFO? They’re very good UFA. Above left is a typical shape for EMV, while showing top and bottom. But it can also show only the top and look like a hat. Amid a cross section of a hat.

 a typical shape for EMV, while showing top and bottom

(End Video 4. sequel in the works.)



==========================================  [[End Part 2]] ==========

[!]CosmicRevelationsblog [{(Ringmakers of Saturn)}[banner]}{[4846x742]high}»

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence 3rd




February 5, 2012

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence 3rd

I have to complain that the translation is pretty hard work – the sound is very weak, the professor can mumble under his breath, and cameraman fundamentally changes to the professor when he shows something interesting to slide … Good thing I’m enormously interested, it’s really absolutely vital thing, and now it will soon be translated … a nice Sunday Orgonet wishes. 

Previous part 2 here:

Video 5/7

UFO may have these shapes (see below), but may be angular, by what they do. Below left you have an object in the shape of L, it is EMV sending projection just right so it does not shape. Such is the lot. They may have a projection on the other side and look different. Bottom right you have the shape of a cloud in the shape of the lens, which is EMV uvnitř.To is typical when you see such a lenticular cloud, it is very likely there EMV.So you see that have properties that enable them to create UFOs – unidentified flying objects (Undentified flying objects).

 UFO may have these shapes

But for us to begin to be longer IFO (identified flying objects), we’re getting closer to understand.

EMV are therefore flying objects having an electromagnetic nature, and we can mark them as IFO. Then there are those things from them, and we would like to know what it is. Gradually about them compose pieces of the puzzle. The EMV capabilities will learn fascinating things.

I was in r. 1987 in Rome at the congress called scientific dimension of cultural development, under the auspices of UNESCO. It was about the impact of science on culture. The weather has been the same, and I decided to show there are pictures that show you and tell you that the weather can be disturbed by these EMV, their plasma fringes and so on. It was in the year. 87, and I am very proud that what I said there is still proving to be true. Over the years there are many cases where this is happening.

EMC will also relate to the debate on global warming and melting Arctic ice. I do not want to talk to the environmentalists, but when and composing pieces of the puzzle, there is missing one variable, which is not considered, and the variable are now EMV.They have great energy (I’ll show you in a moment one source of the same diameter as the moon), and they can also be the cause of melting ice.

Now let’s look at the Apollo 12 (below). Commander was Pete Conrad. He came down with Bean in the lunar module on the moon, and Gordon remained in orbit in the boat.Remember, this is done by Pete Conrad, it has to be Bean. I’ve marked it 1. Object 2 is to be collector solar wind. It’s not easy to see, but the collector has such like a flag in which cosmic rays collide. That picture is on the Internet, the Web author is Eric Jones (Pos. Orgonet: Reference: ., Archive photos )

So, this is supposed to be a bean that photographing the white spot behind the camera should be. It looks like an astronaut, see his feet, but let’s look at it closer.

 So, this is supposed to be a bean that photographing the white spot behind the camera should be. It looks like an astronaut, see his feet, but let's look at it close

And this is more closely (see below). It seems that rotates to do the picture.

 And this is more closely (see below). It seems that rotates to do the picture

And this is very close (below). We see that there is not just “astronaut”. Is there something like a body, like a shadow, which is surrounded by white light. If it was an astronaut, so it was rather the shadow. If you look closely at his “feet”, so you can see that this is not an astronaut. It’s just sort of object.

 If you look closely at his 'feet', so you can see that this is not an astronaut. It's just sort of object

Here’s a second look at his feet, with added contrast (below). Is there created lighting effect of which from afar think it’s an astronaut. But it’s not an astronaut, is not in any event Bean. Is there something like a raised arm, it suggests something like a bionic robot.

 Is there something like a raised arm, it suggests something like a bionic robot

Next slide (below): It should be Pete Conrad. Famous film, everyone thinks Pete builds flag as commanders do after landing. Please pay attention to the area between the two arrows.

It should be Pete Conrad. Famous film, everyone thinks Pete builds flag as commanders do after landing
Zoom (below): Arrows 1 shows a dark area that looks like a crater, Arrow 2 shows that if a crater or a cavity 3 shows on some material leading into the country, actually a month. It’s a huge thing that leads upstairs. It’s Pete with a hole in his belly? But he returned alive. Again, it’s a situation where we think it’s an astronaut, but it’s not an astronaut. It was something else.

 Again, it's a situation where we think it's an astronaut, but it's not an astronaut. It was something else

Now look at the lunar module. I’ll show you three. Their images can be seen GET time, but do not know if those images are in the correct time sequence. GET is a Ground Elapsed Time (the time elapsed since the start of the Earth), you see there for hours, minutes and seconds. Do you see lunar horizon to him reportedly the Apollo 11th

 Now look at the lunar module. I'll show you three

On the next slide you see the three lunar modules, and the back of the horizon (3).Below is a color calibrator for color images, it is called Gnome (2). Then there is the transport module for transporting material (1).

 On the next slide you see the three lunar modules

Here’s the lander Apollo 11th Note, that it is his panel octagon shape, very high above the ground (that month).

 Here's the lander Apollo 11th Note, that it is his panel octagon shape, very high above the ground

And compare it with the “module” on the horizon from the first picture in the approach.You can see osmiúhelný shape, it is one that I showed you on Apollo 11, but is low, and around it are some strange formations. It’s apparently the Apollo 11 …

 And compare it with the 'module' on the horizon from the first picture in the approach

Taking a Closer Look later: It’s the last image by GET time. Here’s even worse … octagon almost touches the ground, not in height as on Apollo 11, and other materials around him seemed enthused. Number two is a black rod-shaped object, which adjoins something, it looks as though it generated a kind of tree shape.

 Here's even worse ... octagon almost touches the ground, not in height as on Apollo 11, and other materials around him seemed enthused

Video 6/7

This is the last time frame, but I think it should be between the previous two because it shows the process of growth – it is something between a full-fledged initial shape and form.

It’s a funny-looking structure, and I think its purpose was that we wanted to let you know that they are able to make a replica that looks like what we have. A very clever use of shadow and light, so eventually become a thing that looks like what we know.And yet, it’s very strange.

 A very clever use of shadow and light, so eventually become a thing that looks like what we know.And yet, it's very strange

(The other is working.)

Posted Orgonet on 2/5/2012 1:26:00 PM.

==========================================  [[End Part 3]] ===========

[!]CosmicRevelationsblog [{(Ringmakers of Saturn)}[banner]}{[4846x742]high}»

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence 4th

February 7, 2012

Norman Bergrun: Evidence of extraterrestrial intelligence 4th

EMC also appeared on the spacecraft images of Mars and the Moon.

This is a picture of Mars because of the orientation (below). Do you see the entire surface of Mars, here’s meridian, there are poles. Here is an area called Helios Basin.Examined him and probes Rover Spirit.

 Here is an area called Helios Basin.Examined him and probes Rover Spirit

Then there is a picture of Mars piping length of 6.3 million miles. Somewhere down the North Pole. 

 Then there is a picture of Mars piping length of 6.3 million miles. Somewhere down the North Pole

Via close (below) between four arrows is an elliptical shape. There we see something like nose. And it goes on and we see there the entire body. Here is a fringe upwards, and here screenings. So based on what we already know, we have again EMC characteristics.

These structures can be seen at all space missions ever since, until now. On Mars, there are a lot … 

 These structures can be seen at all space missions ever since, until now. On Mars, there are a lot

Here it is the moon on the Apollo 13 image (below).

Here it is the moon on the Apollo 13 image

This image I like (below): top right you can see the structure from which a flow of something like a laser. It is obvious that this is connected with the body. You see, it’s pretty robust, and that region of the moon is certainly affected by this giant EMC. Month probably is not very hospitable place.

 This image I like (below) top right you can see the structure from which a flow of something like a laser

Here I flew kites. What I want you to realize where we are. We have compared them about the capabilities and as a dragon right, we can do jet propulsion, but its possibilities are far and for their drive.

 Here I flew kites. What I want you to realize where we are

Theory of civilizations

now turn to the concept of civilization. In the Soviet Union, today’s Russia is one person, I read his articles when I have dealt with space technologies, named Nikolai Kardashev. He hypothesized that IQ society is related to the amount of energy which the company can operate successfully. If you can not control nuclear enerii and you learn it, you’ve progressed one step further. Nikolai said that the civilization of type 1, 2 and 3. However, it is also a type 0, that’s us.

So we are going to define. 

Type 1 civilization is a company that is able to control all the resources on Earth. We have a storm, weather, all this must be controlled if we are to be invited to type the first

Company Type 2 must control all the resources of the sun. Tamta projections at the top of the Sun is supposedly a 90x diameter of the Earth. It seems that there is an object, and it is interesting to find that the sun is formed of nuclear fusion another.That’s what I think. It looks like EMV again. Does this stuff down, circular area. So it seems that the sun is not what we think it should be. So, a company controlled Type 2 has all the energy of the sun.

 So, a company controlled Type 2 has all the energy of the sun

Type 3 civilization must master all the resources of the galaxy. This is a huge leap forward, but Kardashev defined it this way. On cross-section of the Milky Way galaxy you see that its width is about 100 000 light years, it is a great distance to travel, and yet it must control … there thickness as arrows, is 10,000 light-years, and in the midst of about 30 000 light flight.

 Type 3 civilization must master all the resources of the galaxy

This table is Kardaševových civilizations. Dole us.

 This table is Kardaševových civilizations

(Video 7/7: )

The numbers below represent all visible energy. The vertical axis you have the type of civilization, or the numbers indicate their IQ. These different types of civilization are separate, discrete. Energy Saturn and the Sun are very close, Saturn is actually the final source of civilization 2. The country is not even master the first type yet about 7/10 of energy. Do you see the situation in 2001. The next level is the Milky Way. We got three points in a straight line, that we are lucky because we can extend. And when they extend, we will get to control all the energy of the universe. When you want to control, you have to be the type of company about 6.5.

Now the question arises, where is God in this picture. Decreased somehow intelligence or infinite? Above you can see infinity, and the upper-right corner of the chart I say, “God’s Area”. Because God is infinite, he knows everything in the universe. Time is of some 50 billion years old, so it’s enough time to make it all happen. The vertical difference between where we are now and type 1 is still a lot of years. So you can imagine that we get somewhere far way too fast. (Completion will soon follow.)
Posted Orgonet on 2/7/2012 4:31:00 PM. 

Email ThisBlogThis!Share to TwitterShare to FacebookShare to Pinterest

Tags: Saturn. , Sun. , Creators circles.



==========================================  [[End Part 4]] ===========

[!]CosmicRevelationsblog [{(Ringmakers of Saturn)}[banner]}{[4846x742]high}»

Norman Bergrun: ingenious explanation of objects around planets



February 2, 2012

Norman Bergrun: ingenious explanation of objects around planets

Big thanks to readers for the following posts in the comments (below  Anonymous – apparently sent the same reader?) 
Lecture dr. Norman Bergrun – I just dokoukáno all 7 parts – absolutely brilliant !!! illuminates a lot about the objects around stars, planets and the Earth … It absolutely fits into (my) existing knowledge and ideas.
So now vyvěšuju, although so far in English – who understand, be sure to check. During the day, I decided to make it (I hope that I make) at least resume. Subtitling would be great, but everything probably will not have much time. If he found a candidate, write, let nedublujeme.
Perhaps the reader who sent the links on Ringmakers write something – probably already familiar?

From the readers:

[!]Ringmakers Of Saturn by Norman R. Bergrun [] (469×691)

Sensational lecture dr. Norman Bergrun of his amateur astronomy observations sensational events in and around Saturn.In a group of 7-videos are a lot of visual material including Saturnian mock spacecraft that dr. Bergrun called “Ringmakers – Creators rings (the rings around Saturn!”). He borrowed a pattern tzvané “Creator of Wings” (see here: , and here: rA ) of earthly Mexican finds in the Ancient Arrow! 
it would be good again, if someone took the subtitling of all these videos presented in this commentary. Videos have immense evidential value

S. Orgonet: It’s not just about Saturn – the same objects observe